GOLAR GIMI FLNG

As Built 03Z XX 20.06.2024 KEG PP ISH

New tag for vent & purge valve 02 XX 12.09.2022 KEG PP ISH
Issued for Construction 01 XX 11.08.2020 KEG PF ISH
REASON FOR ISSUE REVISION SUPPLIER REV.DATE PREP. BY CHECKED APPROVED
REV.

SUPPLIER LOGO PROJECT: 18002 GOLAR GIMI FLNG PAGES

Supplier Project No. 18002

Supplier Company: Golar LNG 1 of 251

PO No.: -
DOCUMENT TITLE
Valve data sheets (XV, Manual, Non return)

TAG NO. -

PACKAGE/EQUIPMENT: FW ESD III Boiler’s & Steam Plant

SYSTEM CODE: 55 - Steam System (Includes Demin & Boiler Feed water)

DISCIPLINE CODE: I – Instrumentation TYPE CODE: FD – Project Design Criteria

and Philosophies

SUPPLIER DOCUMENT NO.: NA

GOLAR DOCUMENT NO.: 18002-JAR-055-L-DS-0001 03Z

Project Originator System Discipline Sequence Current

number & number Revision
Doc. Type
 203 107

Tag:
64-XV-82101
2 45-XV-82109
45-XV-82111A
45-XV-82111B
45-XV-82111C
317

64-XV-81101
1 45-XV-81109
45-XV-81111A
45-XV-81111B
45-XV-81111C

133
85
6
597

224

5
8
5

4
 14 X

125

8 8
6 6

11
CUT OUT IN GAS BOX

Total weight: 9,7KG

1 6 Valve extension for DN25, ref 1097-055-L-XV-0023 - 2,3

1 5 Pekos DN25 PN16 Valve, Z04PGGG Carbon steel 4,0
4 4 Hexagon Socket Head M8x16 A4 0,0
4 3 Hexagon Socket Head M6 x 25 A4 0,0
1 2 Eurotec Limit switch box EPP2I01-9-3D1 - 0,6
1 1 Air torque AT201US12 - 2,8
Pr
Tot ant Pos nr Navn, type, dim. Materiale Vekt
enh.
Stykkliste
PROSJEKT / PROJECT: TEGNET AV
DRAWN BY KEG DATO
DATE
30.01.2020

GOLAR GIMI
TITTEL / TITLE: KUNDE / CLIENT

XV VALVE WITH EXTENSION GOLAR

DN25 PN16
KUNDE DOC
CLIENT DOC

TEGN NR / DRWG NO: SHEET REV FORMAT SCALE

1097-055-L-XV-0020.idw 1 01 A4 1:5
 394 187
Tag:
45-XV-82110A
2 45-XV-82110B
45-XV-82110C

307
45-XV-82112A
45-XV-82112B
45-XV-82112C
1
45-XV-81110A
45-XV-81110B
45-XV-81110C

676
85

85
6 45-XV-81112A
45-XV-81112B
786

45-XV-81112C

285
 5
 18
18 0
X8

20
2
190

15 32
0 1
CUT OUT IN GAS BOX

11
Total weight: 44,5KG

1 6 Valve extension for DN100, ref 1097-055-L-XV-0024 5,0

1 5 Pekos DN100 PN16 valve, Z04TTTG Carbon Steel 32,0
4 4 Hexagon Socket Head M12 x 20 A4 0,0
4 3 Hexagon Socket Head M8 x 20 A4 0,0
1 2 Eurotec Limit switch box EPP2I01-9-3D1 - 0,6
1 1 Air torque AT451U S12 - 9,2
Tot Pr
Pos nr Navn, type, dim. Materiale Vekt
ant enh.
PARTLIST
PROSJEKT / PROJECT: TEGNET AV
DRAWN BY KEG DATO
DATE
30.01.2020

GOLAR GIMI
TITTEL / TITLE: KUNDE / CLIENT

XV VALVE WITH EXTENSION GOLAR

DN100 PN16
KUNDE DOC
CLIENT DOC

TEGN NR / DRWG NO: SHEET REV FORMAT SCALE

1097-055-L-XV-0021.idw 1 01 A4 NTS
 100
518
Tag: 

709
24

333
Boiler Manual master 0 20
gas valves 3
45-BA-8100
45-BA-8200 2
2

740 350

1
76 58
1

CUT OUT IN GAS BOX

 11

Total weight: 89KG

1 2 Valve extension for DN150, Ref 1097-055-L-XV-0025 - 7,6

1 1 Pekos DN150 PN16 valve, Z04TTTG - 81,0
Tot Pr
Pos nr Navn, type, dim. Materiale Vekt
ant enh.
Stykkliste
PROSJEKT / PROJECT: TEGNET AV
DRAWN BY KEG DATO
DATE
30.01.2020

GOLAR GIMI
TITTEL / TITLE: KUNDE / CLIENT

MANUALL VALVE WITH EXTENSION GOLAR

DN150 PN16
KUNDE DOC
CLIENT DOC

TEGN NR / DRWG NO: SHEET REV FORMAT SCALE

1097-055-L-XV-0044.idw 1 01 A4 NTS
 251
Tag:
Boiler master gas valves
2 45-XV-81101
45-XV-82101

403
488

527
1

821
85
6
964


333

24
20

0
3
X8
22


350

1
76 58
1

11 CUT OUT IN GAS BOX

Total weight: 107KG

1 6 Valve extension for DN150, Ref 1097-055-L-XV-0025 - 7,6

1 5 Pekos DN150 PN16 valve, Z04TTTG - 81,0
4 4 Hexagon Socket Head M16x25 A4 0,1
4 3 Hexagon Socket Head M10x25 A4 0,0
1 2 Eurotec Limit switch box EPP2I01-9-3D1 - 0,6
1 1 Air torque AT601U S12 - 22,5
Tot Pr
Pos nr Navn, type, dim. Materiale Vekt
ant enh.
Stykkliste
PROSJEKT / PROJECT: TEGNET AV
DRAWN BY KEG DATO
DATE
30.01.2020

GOLAR GIMI
TITTEL / TITLE: KUNDE / CLIENT

XV VALVE WITH EXTENSION GOLAR

DN150 PN16
KUNDE DOC
CLIENT DOC

TEGN NR / DRWG NO: SHEET REV FORMAT SCALE

1097-055-L-XV-0022.idw 1 01 A4 NTS
 Tag:
Atomising steam valves
240 118
55-XV-82204A
55-XV-82204B
55-XV-82204C

55-XV-81204A
2 55-XV-81204B
55-XV-81204C

NOTE:
Valves has a Ø3,0mm hole
in the ball

364
1
421

5
8
3

1 4 X
4

125

Total weight: 7,6KG

1 3 Pekos DN25 PN16 Valve, Z04 U PGGG Carbon Steel 4,7

1 2 Eurotec Limit switch box EPP2I01-9-3D1 - 0,6
1 1 Air torque AT251US12 - 2,3
Tot Pr
Pos nr Navn, type, dim. Materiale Vekt
ant enh.
Stykkliste
PROSJEKT / PROJECT: TEGNET AV
DRAWN BY KEG DATO
DATE
30.01.2020

GOLAR GIMI
TITTEL / TITLE: KUNDE / CLIENT

XV VALVE - STEAM GOLAR

DN25 PN40 - with hole in ball

KUNDE DOC
CLIENT DOC

TEGN NR / DRWG NO: SHEET REV FORMAT SCALE

1097-055-L-XV-0035.idw 1 01 A4 1:5
 656 309

144 512 Tag:

Master fuel gas valve
45-XV-83130

827
1044 3


33
2
217

Total weight: 73,6

1 4 ASCO 327 3/2 - WSCRETISG327B302 - 0,6
1 3 Limit Switch box Westlock 3X4XXBYN00022AAA-XR1 - 0,2
1 2 Valve wafer 10" 150# Bray S40-468-1000-CSD-01 - 48,0
1 3 Actuator Rotork REM00227 - 25,4
Tot Pr
Pos nr Navn, type, dim. Materiale Vekt
ant enh.
Stykkliste
PROSJEKT / PROJECT: TEGNET AV
DRAWN BY KEG DATO
DATE
30.01.2020

GOLAR GIMI
TITTEL / TITLE: KUNDE / CLIENT

XV MASTER GAS VALVE GOLAR

10" - 150# Wafer

KUNDE DOC
CLIENT DOC

TEGN NR / DRWG NO: SHEET REV FORMAT SCALE

1097-055-L-XV-0036.idw 1 01 A4 1:5
 251

168 192
Tag:
Manual main fuel gas
valve
45-250BA-8305

2
03

406

33

305
2

622
70

Total weight: 51KG

1 2 Bray Manual gear box - 3,0

1 1 Valve 10" 150# Bray 40-1000-CSD-01 - 48,0
Tot Pr
Pos nr Navn, type, dim. Materiale Vekt
ant enh.
Stykkliste
PROSJEKT / PROJECT: TEGNET AV
DRAWN BY KEG DATO
DATE
30.01.2020

GOLAR GIMI
TITTEL / TITLE: KUNDE / CLIENT

MANUAL MAIN FUEL GAS VALVE GOLAR

10" - 150# Wafer

KUNDE DOC
CLIENT DOC
-

TEGN NR / DRWG NO: SHEET REV FORMAT SCALE

1097-055-L-XV-0037.idw 1 01 A4 1:5
 Tag:
Oil purge valves
55-XV-82205A
240 118 55-XV-82205B
55-XV-82205C

55-XV-81205A
55-XV-81205B
55-XV-81205C
2

364
1
421

5
8
3

1 4
X4

125

Total weight: 7,6KG

1 3 Pekos DN25 PN16 Valve, Z04PGGG Carbon Steel 4,7

1 2 Eurotec Limit switch box EPP2I01-9-3D1 - 0,6
1 1 Air torque AT251US12 - 2,3
Tot Pr
Pos nr Navn, type, dim. Materiale Vekt
ant enh.
Stykkliste
PROSJEKT / PROJECT: TEGNET AV
DRAWN BY KEG DATO
DATE
30.01.2020

GOLAR GIMI
TITTEL / TITLE: KUNDE / CLIENT

XV VALVE - STEAM GOLAR

DN25 PN40
KUNDE DOC
CLIENT DOC

TEGN NR / DRWG NO: SHEET REV FORMAT SCALE

1097-055-L-XV-0038.idw 1 01 A4 1:5
 Tag:
62-XV-82113A
62-XV-82113B
62-XV-82113C
203 106 62-XV-82114A
62-XV-82114B
62-XV-82114C

62-XV-81113A
62-XV-81113B
2 62-XV-81113C
62-XV-81114A
62-XV-81114B
62-XV-81114C

351
1
408

85
3

14
X4

125

Total weight: 6,8KG

1 3 Pekos DN25 PN40 Valve, Z04TTTG Carbon Steel 4,7

1 2 Eurotec Limit switch box EPP2I01-9-3D1 - 0,6
1 1 Air torque AT201US12 - 1,5
Tot Pr
Pos nr Navn, type, dim. Materiale Vekt
ant enh.
Stykkliste
PROSJEKT / PROJECT: TEGNET AV
DRAWN BY KEG DATO
DATE
30.01.2020

GOLAR GIMI
TITTEL / TITLE: KUNDE / CLIENT

XV VALVE - FUEL OIL GOLAR

DN25 PN40
KUNDE DOC
CLIENT DOC

TEGN NR / DRWG NO: SHEET REV FORMAT SCALE

1097-055-L-XV-0039.idw 1 01 A4 1:5
 203 106 Tag:
Fuel oil resirc valves
62-XV-81108
62-XV-82108

345
1
392

5
6
3

14
X4

115

Total weight: 6,1KG

1 3 Pekos DN15 PN16 Valve, Z04TTTG Carbon Steel 4,0

1 2 Eurotec Limit switch box EPP2I01-9-3D1 - 0,6
1 1 Air torque AT201US12 - 1,5
Tot Pr
Pos nr Navn, type, dim. Materiale Vekt
ant enh.
Stykkliste
PROSJEKT / PROJECT: TEGNET AV
DRAWN BY KEG DATO
DATE
30.01.2020

GOLAR GIMI
TITTEL / TITLE: KUNDE / CLIENT

XV VALVE - OIL GOLAR

DN15 PN40
KUNDE DOC
CLIENT DOC

TEGN NR / DRWG NO: SHEET REV FORMAT SCALE

1097-055-L-XV-0040.idw 1 01 A4 1:5
 303 158
Tag:
Fuel oil Master valve's
62-XV-82103
62-XV-81103
418

418

8
1
25
1

Total weight: 21,9KG

1 3 Eurotec Limit switch box EPP2I01-9-3D1 - 0,6

1 2 Air Torqye AT 351US12 - 9,4
1 1 Pekos DN50 PN40 Valve Z04TTG Carbon steel 11,9
Tot Pr
Pos nr Navn, type, dim. Materiale Vekt
ant enh.
Stykkliste
PROSJEKT / PROJECT: TEGNET AV
DRAWN BY KEG DATO
DATE
30.01.2020

GOLAR GIMI
TITTEL / TITLE: KUNDE / CLIENT

XV VALVE - FUEL OIL MASTER GOLAR

DN50 PN40
KUNDE DOC
CLIENT DOC

TEGN NR / DRWG NO: SHEET REV FORMAT SCALE

1097-055-L-XV-0041.idw 1 01 A4 1:5
 Tag:
203 217
64-XV-83130, N2 purge valve
45-XV-83131, Vent valve

M20x1,5
Cable entry

M20x1,5
Cable entry

351
Instrument air
connection 1/4"
9
7

1 6

127

Total weight: 7,3KG

1 5 ASCO 327 3/2 - WSCRETISG327B302 Aisi 316 1,2

1 4 Eurotec Limit switch box EVP2I01-IA-3D1 - 0,6
1 3 Air torque AT201US12 - 1,5
1 1 Pekos 1" - 150# Z16TTG Aisi 316 4,0
Tot Pr
Pos nr Navn, type, dim. Materiale Vekt
ant enh.
Stykkliste
PROSJEKT / PROJECT: TEGNET AV
DRAWN BY KEG DATO
DATE
30.01.2020

GOLAR GIMI
TITTEL / TITLE: KUNDE / CLIENT

XV VALVE - EX verson GOLAR

1" - 150#
KUNDE DOC
CLIENT DOC

TEGN NR / DRWG NO: SHEET REV FORMAT SCALE

1097-055-L-XV-0042.idw 1 02 A4 1:5
 Kompakte und flexible Endschalterbox, Kunststoff
Compact and flexible limit switch box, plastic

IP67
SIL
IEC 61508

Gehäusetyp EPP EPE

Housing type

Material Gehäuse/Brücke/Welle PA6 + PC / PA6 mit 30% GF / PA6 PA6 + PC / Edelstahl 1.4301 / Edelstahl 1.4305
Housing/bracket/shaft material PA6 + PC / PA6 with 30% FG / PA6 PA6 + PC / Stainless steel AISI 304 / Stainless steel AISI 303

Material Dichtungen/Schrauben EPDM, NBR / Edelstahl 1.4301 EPDM, NBR / Edelstahl 1.4301
Sealing/screw material EPDM, NBR / Stainless steel AISI 304 EPDM, NBR / Stainless steel AISI 304

Stellungsanzeige 2D (Optional: 3D, 3D1) 2D (Optional: 3D, 3D1, OC)

Visual indicator

Antriebsbohrbilder 80x30 mm / 130x30 mm (Optional: 50x25 mm) 80x30 mm / 130x30 mm (Optional: 50x25 mm)
Actuator hole spacings

Antriebswellenhöhen 20, 30 mm 20, 30, 40, 50 mm

Actuator shaft heights

F05 Anschluss Nicht serienmäßig (optional erhältlich) Serienmäßig

F05 interface Not standard (option available) Standard

Anschlüsse 1x M20x1,5 mit Kabelverschraubung 1x M20x1,5 mit Kabelverschraubung

Connections with cable gland with cable gland

Umgebungstemperatur -25 °C ... +80 °C -25 °C ... +80 °C

Ambient temperature

Maßzeichnung Dimensions
124 79

60,5
60

30,5

40,5
[39]
29
[30]
20

80 30
130

EPP 3D1

124 79

56
60

19

3D
[55]
[65]
[75]
45
[50]
[40]
[30]
20

80 30
130

EPE

Schalterinformationen auf Seiten w.04-16 Optionenseite am Kapitelende

Switch information on pages w.04-16 Options page at the end of chapter

w.02 EUROTEC Antriebszubehör GmbH | Tel: +49 7543-93463-0 | Fax: +49 7543-93463-10 | [email protected] | www.eurotec-shop.com | wave | Stand: 22.03.2018
 Endschalterbox mit induktiven Näherungsschaltern, 2-Draht
Limit switch box with inductive proximity switches, 2-wire

IP66
IP67
IP68

SIL
IEC 61508

Endschaltertyp IFM, IS5026 P+F, NBB3-V3-Z4 Turck, Bi2-Q10S-AZ31X

Switch type (PNP/NPN, NO/NC) (DC, NO) (AC/DC, NO)

Spannung 5 - 36 V DC 5 - 60 V DC AC: 20 - 250 V

Voltage DC: 10 - 300 V

Betriebsstrom 4 - 200 mA 4 - 100 mA 0 - 100 mA

Operating current

Schaltfrequenz 2000 Hz 2000 Hz 20 Hz

Switching frequency

Schaltzustandsanzeige LED gelb LED gelb LED rot

Switching state indicator yellow yellow red

SIL Level SIL 1 - 3 (IEC 61508:2010) SIL 1 - 3 (IEC 61508:2010) SIL 1 - 3 (IEC 61508:2010)
SIL Level

Umgebungstemperatur -25 °C ... +80 °C -25 °C ... +80 °C -25 °C ... +70 °C
Ambient temperature

Max. Schalteranzahl 4 4 4
Max. number of switches

Artikelnummer EPP2I01-19, EPE2I01-19 EPP2I01-9, EPE2I01-9 EPP2I01-371, EPE2I01-371

Part number EAE2I01-19 EAE2I01-9 EAE2I01-371

*Allgemeiner Bestellschlüssel am Kapitelende

*General ordering code at the end of chapter

Klemmplan Wiring diagram

zusätzlich für /
additionally for
optional IS5026: optional
Bottom

Top
switch

switch
Bottom

Top
switch

switch

COIL COIL COIL COIL

Optionenseite am Kapitelende
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 Options page at the end of chapter

Gehäuseinformationen auf Seiten w.02-03

Housing information on pages w.02-03
I012: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 I002: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Notizen Notes

w.10 EUROTEC Antriebszubehör GmbH | Tel: +49 7543-93463-0 | Fax: +49 7543-93463-10 | [email protected] | www.eurotec-shop.com | wave | Stand: 06.11.2018
 Optionen und Zubehör
Options and accessories

Optische Anzeigen Visual indicators

2D-Anzeige im Gehäuse mit möglicher 3D-Anzeige im Gehäuse mit möglicher

Visualisierung der Stellung von Visualisierung der Stellung von 2-wege oder
2-wege oder 3-wege Kugelhähnen (T / L) 3-wege (T / L) Kugelhähnen
2D visual indicator inside the housing with 3D visual indicator inside the housing with the
the option to indicate positions of 2-way possiblity to indicate positions of 2-way or
or 3-way ball valves (T / L) 3-way (T / L) ball valves
Für Gehäusetyp For housing type: Für Gehäusetyp For housing type:
EPP, EPE, EVP, EVE, EAE EPP, EPE, EVP*, EVE*, EAE
Standard ...-3D
* reduzierter Ex-Schutz: IIB / Reduced Ex approval: IIB

Große 3D1-Anzeige im Gehäusedeckel OPEN-CLOSED Anzeige unter der Box

mit OPEN-CLOSED Beschriftung für für 90° Schwenkbereich
90° Schwenkbereich OPEN-CLOSED indicator below the box
Large 3D1 visual indicator inside the cover with for 90° swivel range
OPEN-CLOSED indication for 90° swivel range

Für Gehäusetyp For housing type: Für Gehäusetyp For housing type:
EPP, EPE, EVP*, EVE*, EAE EPE, EVE, EAE
...-3D1 ...-OC
* reduzierter Ex-Schutz: IIB / Reduced Ex approval: IIB

VDI/VDE Schnittstelle 80x30x20 mm für den LED-Anzeige im Gehäuse, orange-grün,

Aufbau von Stellungsreglern, Doppelsensoren, max. 24V DC
weiteren Boxen usw. (Redundanz schaffen) LED indicator inside the housing, orange-green,
Edelstahl 1.4301 max. 24V DC
VDI/VDE interface 80x30x20 mm for positioners,
dual sensors, further boxes etc.
(Achieve redundancy) Stainless steel AISI 304

Für Gehäusetyp For housing type: EAE ...-WD ...-LED

Anschlüsse Connections

Magnetventilanschluss für 1 Spule über Magnetventilanschluss für 2 Spulen über

vorkonfektioniertes Kabel mit 500mm Länge vorkonfektionierte Kabel mit 500mm Länge
Solenoid valve connection for 1 coil with Solenoid valve connection for 2 coils with
500mm long pre-assembled cable 500mm long pre-assembled cables

...-MA ...-2MA

M12-Steckverbindung 5-polig, weiblich, M12-Steckverbindung 5-polig, männlich,

für schnelles und einfaches Anschließen für schnelles und einfaches Anschließen
eines Magnetventils M12 plug connector 5 polar, male, for quick
M12 plug connector 5 polar, female, for quick and simple connection
and simple connection of a solenoid valve

...-MA12 ...-M12

2 Kabelverschraubungen M20x1,5 Gewindeanschluss NPT 1/2

2 cable glands M20x1,5 Thread connection NPT 1/2

...-2KV ...-NPT1/2

Außenaufstellung Outdoor use Gehäusefarbe Housing colour

Druckausgleichselement zur Vermeidung von Gehäusefarbe (EP, EA) passend zum Antrieb
Kondenswasserbildung im Boxengehäuse Housing (EP, EA) colour matching the actuator
Venting screw in order to avoid condensed
water inside of the switch box housing ...-020 = Königsblau / Royal blue
...-057 = Marineblau / Navy blue
...-010 = Grau / Grey
...-026 = Weiß / White
...-DAE ...-114 = Rot / Red

w.42 EUROTEC Antriebszubehör GmbH | Tel: +49 7543-93463-0 | Fax: +49 7543-93463-10 | [email protected] | www.eurotec-shop.com | wave | Stand: 05.02.2018
 Inductive sensor NBB3-V3-Z4

Technical Data
General specifications
Switching function Normally open (NO)
Output type Two-wire
Rated operating distance sn 3 mm
Installation flush
Output polarity DC
Assured operating distance sa 0 ... 2.4 mm
Actual operating distance sr 2.7 ... 3.3 mm typ.
Reduction factor rAl 0.45
Reduction factor rCu 0.35
Reduction factor r304 0.8
Reduction factor rBrass 0.5
Output type 2-wire
Nominal ratings
Operating voltage UB 5 ... 60 V DC
Switching frequency f 0 ... 2000 Hz
Hysteresis H typ. 0.2 mm
Reverse polarity protection reverse polarity protected
Short-circuit protection no
Inductive overvoltage protection yes
S

Voltage drop Ud ≤4V

Voltage drop at IL
Voltage drop IL = 10 mA, switching 3.4 ... 3.9 V typ. 3.6 V
element on Ud
Operating current IL 4 ... 100 mA
Model Number Lowest operating current Im 4 mA
Off-state current Ir 0.4 ... 0.55 mA typ. 0.46 mA
NBB3-V3-Z4 Time delay before availability tv ≤ 1 ms
Switching state indicator LED, yellow
Features Limit data
Tightening torque, fastening screws 0.4 Nm
• 3 mm flush Functional safety related parameters
• 2-wire DC MTTFd 1552 a
Mission Time (TM) 20 a
Diagnostic Coverage (DC) 0%
Standard conformity
EMC in accordance with EN 60947-5-2:2007
EN 60947-5-2/A1:2012
IEC 60947-5-2:2007
IEC 60947-5-2 AMD 1:2012
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -25 ... 85 °C (-13 ... 185 °F)
Mechanical specifications
Connection type cable PVC , 130 mm
Core cross-section 0.14 mm2
Housing material PBT
Sensing face PBT
Degree of protection IP67
Mass 7.5 g
Approvals and certificates
UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
CCC approval Certified by China Compulsory Certification (CCC)

Dimensions

5.5
10

LED
ø3
301158_eng.xml

10.3
16
Date of issue: 2018-07-27

22.2
27.8
Release date: 2018-07-27 10:13

1
Refer to “General Notes Relating to Pepperl+Fuchs Product Information”.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group USA: +1 330 486 0001 Germany: +49 621 776 4411 Singapore: +65 6779 9091
www.pepperl-fuchs.com [email protected] [email protected] [email protected]
 Inductive sensor NBB3-V3-Z4

Electrical Connection

BN
L+

BU
L-

301158_eng.xml
Date of issue: 2018-07-27
Release date: 2018-07-27 10:13

2
Refer to “General Notes Relating to Pepperl+Fuchs Product Information”.
Pepperl+Fuchs Group USA: +1 330 486 0001 Germany: +49 621 776 4411 Singapore: +65 6779 9091
www.pepperl-fuchs.com [email protected] [email protected] [email protected]
 STD OPTIONAL
ISO 5211 F05 + F07 F05 F04 + F07
Ø d2 35 NA 35 NA
Ø d3 50 70 50 42 70
d4 M6x9 M8x12 M6x9 M5x8 M8x12
ØH 35 35 NA
Ch x I D 11x19 - 14x16
min. DS 14x19 - 17x19
h min. 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5
h1 2 NA 2 NA

Pressure connection: Port 2 and 4 G1/8"

Ancillary Attachment AA 1

OUTPUT TORQUE FOR DOUBLE ACTING IN Nm APPROX.

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar WEIGHT (Kg)
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90°
2,68
D 29,1 34,9 40,7 46,5 48,9 52,4 58,2 64 69,8 81,4 93,1

OUTPUT TORQUE FOR SPRING RETURN IN Nm Spring

APPROX.
Pressure 2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke
WEIGHT
Spring 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0°
(Kg)
Set Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End
S 05 18 11,8 23,8 17,6 29,7 23,4 35,5 29,2 37,8 31,6 41,3 35,0 47,1 40,9 52,9 46,7 58,7 52,5 70,4 64,1 82,0 75,8 17,3 11,1 2,83
S 06 15,8 8,3 21,6 14,1 27,5 19,9 33,3 25,8 35,6 28,1 39,1 31,6 44,9 37,4 50,7 43,2 56,5 49,0 68,2 60,7 79,8 72,3 20,8 13,3 2,86
S 07 13,6 10,7 19,4 10,7 25,2 16,5 31,1 22,3 33,4 24,6 36,9 28,1 42,7 33,9 48,5 39,8 54,3 45,6 66,0 57,2 77,6 68,8 24,2 15,5 2,89
S 08 17,2 7,2 23 13 28,8 18,8 31,2 21,2 34,7 24,7 40,5 30,5 46,3 36,3 52,1 42,1 63,7 53,7 75,4 65,4 27,7 17,7 2,92
S 09 15,0 3,7 20,8 9,6 26,6 15,4 29 17,7 32,5 21,2 38,3 27 44,1 32,8 49,9 38,6 61,5 50,3 73,2 61,9 31,2 19,9 2,95
S 10 18,6 6,1 24,4 11,9 26,8 13,7 30,2 17,7 36,1 23,6 41,9 29,4 47,7 35,2 59,3 46,8 71 58,5 34,6 22,1 2,98
S 11 22,2 8,5 24,7 10,4 28,0 14,3 33,8 20,1 39,7 25,9 45,5 31,7 57,1 43,4 68,7 55 38,1 24,3 3,01
S 12 25,8 10,8 31,6 16,6 37,5 22,4 43,3 28,3 54,9 39,9 66,5 51,5 41,5 26,5 3,04

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air Volume (L) Moving Time (Sec.) ( A ) Operating Temperature (°C) ( B )
Pressure ( For STD ) Adjustment φ (mm) Opening Closing Opening Closing ST (standard) HT (high temperature) LLT (Extreme low temperature)
For 1° adj. D 0,30 D 0,35
8 bar 0° - 90° 75 0,31 0,49 - 40 to + 80 - 15 to + 150 - 55 to + 80
need 1/6 Turn S 0,40 S 0,50

This data sheet is property of AIR TORQUE S.p.A. Costa di Mezzate - Italy and all rights of use and reproduction are reserved.
Due to continuous development product data is subject to change without prior notice.
 STD OPTIONAL
ISO 5211 F05 + F07 F07
Ø d2 40 NA 55
Ø d3 50 70 70
d4 M6x9 M8x12 M8x12
ØH 40 55
Ch x I D 11x12 - 14x19 - 17x19
min. DS 17x19
h min. 1,5 1,5 1,5
h1 1,5 NA 2

Pressure connection: Port 2 and 4 G1/8"

Ancillary Attachment AA 1

OUTPUT TORQUE FOR DOUBLE ACTING IN Nm APPROX.

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar WEIGHT (Kg)
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90°
3,82
D 45,8 54,9 64,1 73,2 76,9 82,4 91,5 101 110 128 146

OUTPUT TORQUE FOR SPRING RETURN IN Nm Spring

APPROX.
Pressure 2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke
WEIGHT
Spring 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0°
(Kg)
Set Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End
S 05 27,4 16,9 36,6 26 45,7 35,2 54,9 44,3 58,5 48 64 53,5 73,2 62,6 82,3 71,8 91,5 80,9 #### 99,2 #### #### 28,9 18,3 4,07
S 06 23,8 11,1 32,9 20,3 42,1 29,4 51,2 38,6 54,9 42,2 60,4 47,7 69,5 56,9 78,7 66 87,8 75,2 #### 93,5 #### #### 34,7 22 4,12
S 07 20,1 5,3 29,2 14,5 38,4 23,6 47,5 32,8 51,2 36,4 56,7 41,9 65,8 51,1 75 60,2 84,2 69,4 #### 87,7 #### #### 40,4 25,7 4,17
S 08 25,6 8,7 34,7 17,9 43,9 27 47,5 30,7 53 36,2 62,2 45,3 71,3 54,5 80,5 63,6
98,8 81,9 #### #### 46,2 29,3 4,22
S 09 21,9 2,9 31,1 12,1 40,2 21,2 43,9 24,9 49,4 30,4 58,5 39,5 67,7 48,7 76,8 57,8
95,1 76,1 113 94,5 52 33 4,27
S 10 27,4 6,3 36,5 15,5 41,7 19,6 45,7 24,6 54,8 33,8 64 42,9 73,1 52,1
91,5 70,4 110 88,7 57,8 36,7 4,32
S 11 32,9 9,7 38,7 14,4 42,0 18,8 51,2 28 60,3 37,1 69,5 46,3
87,8 64,6 106 82,9 63,5 40,3 4,37
S 12 38,4 13,1 47,5 22,2 56,7 31,4 65,8 40,5 84,1 58,8 102 77,1 69,3 44 4,42

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air Volume (L) Moving Time (Sec.) ( A ) Operating Temperature (°C) ( B )
Pressure ( For STD ) Adjustment φ (mm) Opening Closing Opening Closing ST (standard) HT (high temperature) LLT (Extreme low temperature)
For 1° adj. D 0,40 D 0,50
8 bar 0° - 90° 88 0,51 0,78 - 40 to + 80 - 15 to + 150 - 55 to + 80
need 1/5 Turn S 0,50 S 0,60

This data sheet is property of AIR TORQUE S.p.A. Costa di Mezzate - Italy and all rights of use and reproduction are reserved.
Due to continuous development product data is subject to change without prior notice.
 STD OPTIONAL
ISO 5211 F07 + F10 F10
Ø d2 55 NA 70
Ø d3 70 102 102
d4 M8x12 M10x15 M10x15
ØH 55 70
Ch x I D 14x19 - 22x24
min. DS 17x25 - 22x24
h min. 1,5 1,5 1,5
h1 2 NA 2

Pressure connection: Port 2 and 4 G1/4"

Ancillary Attachment AA 2

OUTPUT TORQUE FOR DOUBLE ACTING IN Nm APPROX.

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar WEIGHT (Kg)
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90°
8,07
D 107 129 150 172 181 193 215 236 258 301 344

OUTPUT TORQUE FOR SPRING RETURN IN Nm Spring

APPROX.
Pressure 2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke
WEIGHT
Spring 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0°
(Kg)
Set Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End End Start
S 05 66,5 41,9 87,9 63,4 109 84,9 131 106 140 115 152 128 174 149 #### #### #### #### 259,9 #### #### #### 65,5 41 8,62
S 06 58,3 28,8 79,7 50,3 101 71,8 123 93,3 131 102 144 115 166 136 187 158 #### #### 251,7 #### #### #### 78,6 49,2 8,73
S 07 50,1 15,7 71,5 37,2 93 58,7 115 80,2 123 88,8 136 102 158 123 179 145 200 166 243,5 #### #### #### 91,7 57,4 8,84
S 08 63,3 24,1 84,8 45,6 106 67,1 115 75,7 128 88,6 149 110 171 132 192 153 235,3 196 278 239 105 65,6 8,95
S 09 55,1 11,0 76,6 32,5 98,1 54 107 62,6 120 75,5 141 97 163 118 184 140 227,1 183 270 226 118 73,8 9,06
S 10 68,4 19,4 89,9 40,9 98,5 49,5 111 62,4 133 83,9 154 105 176 127 218,9 170 262 213 131 82 9,17
S 11 81,7 27,8 90,3 36,4 #### 49,3 125 70,8 146 92,3 168 114 210,7 157 254 200 144 90,2 9,28
S 12 95,0 36,2 #### 57,7 138 79,2 159 101 202,5 144 245 187 157 98,4 9,39

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air Volume (L) Moving Time (Sec.) ( A ) Operating Temperature (°C) ( B )
Pressure ( For STD ) Adjustment φ (mm) Opening Closing Opening Closing ST (standard) HT (high temperature) LLT (Extreme low temperature)
For 1° adj. D 0,70 D 0,80
8 bar 0° - 90° 115 1,19 1,8 - 40 to + 80 - 15 to + 150 - 55 to + 80
need 1/5 Turn S 0,90 S 1,10

This data sheet is property of AIR TORQUE S.p.A. Costa di Mezzate - Italy and all rights of use and reproduction are reserved.
Due to continuous development product data is subject to change without prior notice.
 STD OPTIONAL
ISO 5211 F10 + F12 F12
Ø d2 70 NA 85
d3 102 125 125
Ø d4 M10x15 M12x18 M12x18
ØH 70 85
Ch x I D 22x32 - 27x29
min. DS 27x29
h min. 1,5 1,5 1,5
h1 3 NA 1,5

Pressure connection: Port 2 and 4 G1/4"

Ancillary Attachment AA 2

OUTPUT TORQUE FOR DOUBLE ACTING IN Nm APPROX.

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar WEIGHT (Kg)
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90°
14,2
D 217 261 304 348 365 391 435 478 522 609 696

OUTPUT TORQUE FOR SPRING RETURN IN Nm Spring

APPROX.
Pressure 2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke
WEIGHT
Spring 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0°
(Kg)
Set Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End
S 05 135 88,6 179 132 222 176 265 219 283 236 309 262 352 306 #### #### #### #### 526,4 #### #### #### 129 82,4 15,4
S 06 119 62,8 162 106 206 150 249 193 266 211 293 237 336 280 379 324 423 367 510 454 597 541 155 99 15,6
S 07 102 37 146 80,5 189 124 233 167 250 185 276 211 320 254 363 298 406 341 493 428 580 515 180 115 15,9
S 08 129 55 173 98,2 216 142 233 159 260 185 303 229 347 272 390 316 477 403 564 490 206 132 16,1
S 09 113 29 156 72 200 116 217 133 243 159 287 203 330 246 374 290 460 377 547 464 232 148 16,4
S 10 140 47 183 90 201 108 227 134 270 177 314 221 357 264 444 351 531 438 258 165 16,6
S 11 167 64 184 82 210 108 254 151 297 195 341 238 428 325 515 412 283 181 16,9
S 12 194 82 237 126 281 169 324 213 411 299 498 386 309 198 17,1

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air Volume (L) Moving Time (Sec.) ( A ) Operating Temperature (°C) ( B )
Pressure ( For STD ) Adjustment φ (mm) Opening Closing Opening Closing ST (standard) HT (high temperature) LLT (Extreme low temperature)
For 1° adj. D 1,2 D 1,4
8 bar 0° - 90° 145 2,41 3,78 - 40 to + 80 - 15 to + 150 - 55 to + 80
need 1/4 Turn S 1,5 S 1,8

This data sheet is property of AIR TORQUE S.p.A. Costa di Mezzate - Italy and all rights of use and reproduction are reserved.
Due to continuous development product data is subject to change without prior notice.
 STD OPTIONAL
ISO 5211 F14 F10 + F12
Ø d2 100 NA 85
Ø d3 140 102 125
d4 M16X24 M10x15 M12x18
ØH 100 85
Ch x I D 22x40 - 36x38
min. DS 27x40 - 36x38
h min. 2 2 2
h1 3 NA 1,5

Pressure connection: Port 2 and 4 G1/4"

Ancillary Attachment AA 4

OUTPUT TORQUE FOR DOUBLE ACTING IN Nm APPROX. WEIGHT

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar (Kg)
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90°
34,3
D 532 638 745 851 893 957 1064 1170 1276 1489 1702

OUTPUT TORQUE FOR SPRING RETURN IN Nm Spring

APPROX.
Pressure 2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke
WEIGHT
Spring 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0°
(Kg)
Set Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End
S 05 319 217 426 323 532 430 638 536 681 578 745 642 851 749 957 855 1064 961 1276 1174 1489 1387 315 213 38,2
S 06 277 154 383 260 489 367 596 473 638 515 702 579 808 686 915 792 1021 898 1234 1111 1447 1324 378 255 39
S 07 234 91 341 197 447 304 553 410 596 453 660 516 766 623 872 729 979 835 1191 1048 1404 1261 441 298 39,7
S 08 298 134 404 241 511 347 553 390 617 453 723 560 830 666 936 772 1149 985 1362 1198 504 340 40,5
S 09 255 71 362 178 468 284 511 327 575 390 681 497 787 603 894 709 1106 922 1319 1135 567 383 41,3
S 10 319 115 426 221 468 264 532 327 638 434 745 540 851 646 1064 859 1277 1072 630 425 42
S 11 383 158 426 201 489 264 596 371 702 477 809 583 1021 796 1234 1009 693 468 42,8
S 12 447 201 553 308 660 414 766 520 979 733 1192 946 756 510 43,6

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air Volume (L) Moving Time (Sec.) ( A ) Operating Temperature (°C) ( B )
Pressure ( For STD ) Adjustment φ (mm) Opening Closing Opening Closing ST (standard) HT (high temperature) LLT (Extreme low temperature)
For 1° adj. D 2,7 D 3,2
8 bar 0° - 90° 200 5,94 9,46 - 40 to + 80 - 15 to + 150 - 55 to + 80
need 1/4 Turn S 3,5 S 4,0

This data sheet is property of AIR TORQUE S.p.A. Costa di Mezzate - Italy and all rights of use and reproduction are reserved.
Due to continuous development product data is subject to change without prior notice.
 Spare
PART N° UNIT Q.TY / NOTE PART DESCRIPTION STANDARD MATERIAL (A) (B)
Parts
Stainless Steel ( for AT201U ÷ AT301U )
01 1 OCTI-CAM (Stop arrangement)
Carbon Steel ( for AT351U  AT651U ) , zinc coated
02 2 STOP CAP SCREW Stainless Steel
03 2 WASHER Stainless Steel
04 2 NUT (Stop screw) Stainless Steel
05 ◯ 2 BEARING (Piston back) PA46
06 ◯ 1 BEARING (Pinion top) High-grade polymers
07 ◯ 1 BEARING (Pinion bottom) High-grade polymers
08 ◯ 2 THRUST BEARING (Pinion) PA46
09 ◯ ☐ 2 PLUG Silicone
10 1 THRUST WASHER (Pinion) Stainless Steel
11 ◯ ☐ 2 "O" RING (Stop screw) M-NBR
12 2 PISTON GUIDE PA66+GF
13 8 CAP SCREW (End cap) Stainless Steel
14 ◯ ☐ 2 "O" RING (End cap) M-NBR
15 ◯ 2 BEARING (Piston head) POM
16 ◯ ☐ 2 "O" RING (Piston) M-NBR
min. 05
17 SPRING (Cartridge) SiCr Spring alloy Steel epoxy coated
max. 12
18 1 SPRING CLIP (Pinion) Spring Steel, ENP
19.0 1 GRADUATED RING PA66+GF+CB
19.1 1 POSITION INDICATOR PA66+GF+(CB)
19.5 1 TOP ADAPTOR Extruded Aluminium alloy, anodized
19.6 2 HEX. SOCKET SCREW (Top Adaptor) Stainless Steel
20 ◯ ☐ 1 "O" RING (Pinion bottom) M-NBR
21 ◯ ☐ 1 "O" RING (Pinion top) M-NBR
30 2 END CAP Pressure Die Cast Aluminium alloy, anodized and coated
39 1 CAP SCREW (Indicator) PA66+GF+CB
40 2 PISTON Pressure Die Cast Aluminium alloy, anodized
41 1 ACTUATOR IDENTIFICATION LABEL Polyester-Silver
43 1 SPIGOT (Only on request) Extruded Aluminium alloy, anodized
50 1 BODY Extruded Aluminium alloy, coated
60 1 DRIVE SHAFT Steel, ENP
60.1 1 only for protection level "E"and "F" INTEGRAL DRIVE SHAFT Stainless Steel, ENP
65 1 PLASTIC INSERT Modified PA66

◯ Parts included in Complete spare parts kit ☐ Parts included in "O" ring spare parts kit
Notes: A) For detail of material end coating specifications refer to T.D.S. U00400AE  U00400PE.
B) For different soft parts material depending on operating temperature range refer to T.D.S U00501E.
 DS-58
Rev.8
FIG.Z 04 TTTG PN40 DN15/125 F4-F5

Position Description Material

01 Body 1 C.S. 1.0619 General features Standards Official approvals
02 Body 2 C.S. 1.0619 Floating ball. Top flange ISO 5211 CERTIFICATE FIRE SAFE
03 Ball S.S. 1.4408 Split body. Flanges EN 1092-01 TÜV.AD-MERKBLATT A4
04 Seat PTFE Full bore. TA-LUFT VDI 2440
Face to face EN 558
05 Stem S.S. 1.4401 Soft seat. ISO 15848-1
06 Stem seal PTFE+FG Testing EN-12266, ISO 5208
Bidirectional. ATEX 2014/34/EU
07 Stem packing 1 PTFE Design EN-12516, ISO 17292
Anti Blow out proof stem. PED 2014/68/EU
07a Stem packing 2 Graphite
08 Gland packing 1 S.S. 1.4401 Autoadjustable packing. SIL 3 CAPABLE
08a Gland packing 2 S.S. 1.4401 Anti static device. EN 161/EN ISO 23553-1
09 Spring washer S.S. 1.4310 Self-cavity pressure relief.
11 Cover S.S. 1.4408
13 Cover bolt A4-70
14 Body seal 1 PTFE
15 Body bolt A2-70
Pressure (bars) BODY PN40 PEKOS GROUP CERTIFICATES:
16 Handle WCB 50
17 Handle bolt 1.045(8.8) 45
INTERNALS ISO 9001-2008 / 2014/68/EU /API-6D
19 Spring S.S. 1.4401 40
20 Antistatic ball S.S. 1.4401 35
34 Body seal 2 Graphite 30
50 Subjection ring S.S. 1.4021 25
110 Subjection ring seal S.S. 1.4401 Nitrided 20
165 Stem bearing PTFE+FG 15
10
5
0
‐50 ‐10 0 50 100 150 200 250

Temperature °C

DIMENSIONS & Technical information

DN PN D L E A B C F H G V X Y Z nxd ISO 5211 Torque MAST Weight
15 40 15 115 95 45 65 16 52 185 100 14 11 11 13,5 4 x 14 F05 12 43,5 3,0
20 40 20 120 105 58 75 18 54 185 102 14 11 11 13,5 4 x 14 F05 14 43,5 3,8
25 40 25 125 115 68 85 18 60 185 110 18 14 17 19,5 4 x 14 F05 18 94,5 4,7
32 40 32 130 140 78 100 18 65 185 115 18 14 17 19,5 4 x 18 F05 30 94,5 6,5
40 40 40 140 150 88 110 18 75 293 129 22 17 20 30 4 x 18 F07 40 250,4 8,2
50 40 50 150 165 102 125 20 83 293 137 22 17 20 30 4 x 18 F07 65 250,4 11,2
65 40 65 170 185 122 145 22 96 293 150 22 17 20 30 8 x 18 F07 85 250,4 16,9
80 40 80 180 200 138 160 24 114 350 187 28 22 22 40 8 x 18 F10 130 522,5 22,2
100 40 100 190 235 162 190 24 128 350 201 28 22 22 40 8 x 22 F10 190 522,5 30,0
125 40 125 325 270 188 220 26 158 740 247 36 27 35 50 8 x 26 F12 350 1073,4 62,0
** Depending on service conditions. * Dimensions are in mm. * Torque & MAST are in Nm. * Weight is in Kilogram
* Torque values have been measured ∆P at maximum rating at room temperature s

Tel.: (+34) 93 568 92 56

Rec del Molinar, 9-P-I. El Circuit -08160 Montmeló (Barcelona)-Spain
[email protected]
 DS-314
Rev.17
FIG.Z 14 TTTGV CL150 1/2"-8" For Reference
For Approval

Position Description Material

01 Body 1 C.S. A216 WCC General features Standards Official approvals
02 Body 2 C.S. A216 WCC Floating ball. Top flange ISO 5211 CERTIFICATE FIRE SAFE
03 Ball S.S. A351 CF8M Split body. Flanges ANSI B16.5 TA-LUFT VDI 2440
04 Seat PTFE (modified) Full bore. ISO 15848-1
Face to face ANSI B16.10
05 Stem S.S. AISI 316 Soft seat. API 6D.
06 Stem seal PTFE (modified)+FG Testing API 598,API 6D, BS
Bidirectional. 6755-1 ATEX 2014/34/EU
07 Stem packing PTFE (modified)
Anti Blow out proof stem. Design API 6D, B16.34 PED 2014/68/EU
07a Stem packing 2 Graphite
Autoadjustable packing. SIL 3 CAPABLE
08a Gland packing 1 S.S. AISI 316 Materials according to NACE
08b Gland packing 2 S.S. AISI 316 Anti static device. MR0175 EN 161/EN ISO 23553-1
09 Spring washer S.S. AISI 301 Self-cavity pressure relief.
11 Cover S.S. A351 CF8M
13 Cover bolt S.S. (316)
14 Body seal 1 PTFE (modified)
15 Body bolt A193 B7M
16 Handle WCB Pressure (bars) BODY Class150 PEKOS GROUP CERTIFICATES:
17 Handle bolt 1.045(8.8)
25
INTERNALS ISO 9001-2008 / 2014/68/EU /API-6D
19 Spring S.S. AISI 316 20
20 Antistatic ball S.S. AISI 316
34 Body seal 2 Graphite 15
35 O ring stem FKM
50 Subjection ring S.S. AISI 420 10
110 Subjection ring seal S.S. AISI 316 Nitrided
165 Stem bearing PTFE (modified)+FG 5

0
-50 -29 0 50 100 150 200 250

Temperature °C

DIMENSIONS & Technical information

DN CL D L E A B C F H G V X Y Z nxd ISO 5211 Torque MAST Weight
1/2" 150 15 108 90 35 60 11 45 185 106 14 11 11 13,5 4 x 16 F05 9 42 2
3/4" 150 20 117 100 43 70 12 47 185 108 14 11 11 13,5 4 x 16 F05 11 42 3
1" 150 25 127 110 51 79 14 52 185 113 18 14 17 19,5 4 x 16 F05 16 92 4
1 1/4" 150 32 140 115 64 89 15 57 185 118 18 14 17 19,5 4 x 16 F05 23 92 6
1 1/2" 150 40 165 125 73 98 16 75 293 145 22 17 20 30 4 x 16 F07 32 244 7
2" 150 50 178 150 92 121 17 83 293 153 22 17 20 30 4 x 19 F07 48 244 10
2 1/2" 150 65 190 180 105 140 19 96 293 166 22 17 20 30 4 x 19 F07 62 244 17
3" 150 80 203 190 127 152 21 113 450 199 28 22 22 40 4 x 19 F10 103 510 22
4" 150 100 229 230 157 191 25 128 450 221 28 22 22 40 8 x 19 F10 145 510 32
6" 150 150 394 280 216 241 27 176 740 285 36 27 35 50 8 x 22 F12 400 1047 81
8" 150 201 457 345 270 299 30 245 750 354 48 36 40 63 8 x 22 F14 720 2482 143
** Depending on service conditions. * Dimensions are in mm. * Torque & MAST are in Nm * Weight is in Kilograms
* Torque values have been measured ΔP at maximum rating at room temperature

Tel.: (+34) 93 568 92 56

Rec del Molinar, 9-P-I. El Circuit -08160 Montmeló (Barcelona)-Spain

-The contents of this document are subject to change without prior notice due to the continuous development processes. [email protected]
 ANSI
MANUAL INSTRUCTION


Z System Floating ball Nr.104
FOR STORAGE, INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF Class 150(NPS ½”- 8”) 12/06/19
PEKOS BALL VALVES Class 300(NPS ½”- 4”) Rev.7
Class 600(NPS ½”- 2”)

Table 1
Pos. Quant. Description
1 1 Body 1
2 1 Body 2
From NPS ½” up to NPS 1¼”  3 1 Ball
 4 2 Seat
 5 1 Stem
 6 1 Stem seal
 7 1 Stem packing
 7d 1 Stem packing d
8 1 Gland packing
8a 1 Gland packing a
9 * Spring washer
11 1 Cover
13a ** Cover bolt 1
13b 2 Cover bolt 2 (2),(3)
 14 1 Body seal 1
15 - Body bolt
16 1 Handle
From NPS 6” up to NPS 8”
17 1 Handle bolt
 19 1 Spring
 20 1 Antistatic ball
22 2 Stop pin (1)
23 1 Handle pin (3)
24 1 Lengthening handle (3)
 34 1 Body seal 2
 35 1 Stem O-ring
50 1 Subjection ring
110 1 Subjection ring seal (3)
 165 1 Stem bearing
* 2 up to NPS 6”, 3 from NPS 8”
(1) From NPS ½” up to NPS 1 ¼ ”
** 2 up to NPS 4”, 4 from NPS 6”
(2) From NPS 1 ½” up to NPS 4”
(3) From NPS 6” up to NPS 8”

 Start-up: 5% of ordered quantity

 SOFT PARTS KIT
  METALLIC PARTS

Suggested materials to be checked at

least every five (5) year service.
See point 5 (Maintenance)

Torque screw tightness values for bolts (Nr.

15) can be found attached in document DC-
08-07-03 PF “Screw torque”

Table 2
NPS Bolt

½” – 1 ½” M8
1. SCOPE
2” – 2 ½” M 10
This manual is intended as a guide to assist customers or end-users in the
correct storage, installation and maintenance of PEKOS floating valves. 3” – 4” M 12

2. APPLICABILITY 6” – 8” M 16

This manual is applicable to PEKOS floating ball valves (Z system) as per norm ANSI two pieces with full bore and 2 ways.
Nominal sizes and pressures covered by this manual: Class 150 NPS ½” - 8”, Class 300 NPS ½” - 4”, Class 600 NPS ½”-2”.
3. STORAGE
3.1 Supplying conditions

Cast iron and carbon steel ball valves are supplied with a phosphatising treatment to protect against corrosion.
These conditions are standard, but they can be changed on demand.
3.2 Maintenance during the storage

a. Stainless steel and carbon steel valves should be stored separately, to protect the stainless steel against corrosion.
b. Valves must remain in open position with plastic end covers fitted.
c. If possible it would be advisable to leave the ball valves in their own packing cases.
d. Valves to be stored for a long time shall be checked by the quality control personnel every 6 months.
e. Degreased valves shall only be unpacked before installation.

3.3 Environment conditions

a. Valves shall be stored in dry conditions. Other corrosive environment conditions must be also avoided.
b. Valves must be protected against ambient dust.

DC 08-12-07 PF -1-
 ANSI
MANUAL INSTRUCTION


Z System Floating ball Nr.104
FOR STORAGE, INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF Class 150(NPS ½”- 8”) 12/06/19
PEKOS BALL VALVES Class 300(NPS ½”- 4”) Rev.7
Class 600(NPS ½”- 2”)

4. INSTALLATION
a. Verify that valves have not been damaged during transit. Inspect inside of the valves and the pipeline of the installation to be
able to verify there are no strange particles.
b. It is advisable to use protective filters during the installation and check-in period while the possibility of dirt or even oxidation of
the pipes exists. They have to be used until pipes are absolutely free of particles in suspension.
c. If possible, valve shall be mounted in such way to allow periodic inspections.
d. Valves are bidirectional, so fluid can run in both directions.
e. Valves can be mounted in any position but it is advisable to mount the valves with the stem in vertical position.
f. It is necessary to obtain correct alignment and parallelism to avoid any kind of stress.
g. Once the installation is completed, valve must be operated for at least one opening and closing action to ensure perfect
operation.
h. After cleaning, protective filters could be removed.
i. Protective filters should remain installed on dirty applications.
5. MAINTENANCE
Pekos recommends inspecting the valves at least every five (5) years. These inspection intervals could be affected by the
process service (fluid, temperature, service, and cycles), and environmental condition.
5.1 Valves revision
PEKOS ball valves do not need lubrication and the packing does not need maintenance.
Seats (4), stem packing (7 and 7d), body seals (14 and 34), ball (3) and stem (5) can be replaced easily using common tools.
As replacement pieces is advisable to follow the instructions below table1 in page 1.
Prior to carrying out work on valves the pipeline must be completely empty, including the ball valve body cavity by half
opening valve to allow any pressure build up to escape.
Care must be taken to avoid contact with dangerous or toxic chemical products. The valves must be thoroughly cleaned, in
particular the body cavity, before handling and dismantling.
5.2 Stem leakage
The packing system of the stem (5) of PEKOS ANSI ball valves has been designed for a long life. The spring washers (9)
compensate any looseness inside the packing. In case of leakage, the stem seals shall be replaced as it is shown:
a. If the valve contains handle, loosen the handle bolt (17) and remove the handle (16).
b. Loosen the cover bolts (13a and 13b) and remove the cover (11).
c. Remove the spring washers (9), the gland packing (8 and 8a) and the stem packing (7 and 7d), and replace them.
d. Reassemble the pieces accordingly as it is indicated in point 6.
5.3 Body leakage
These ANSI floating ball valves are constructed in 2 pieces, body1 (1) and body2 (2). Body fasteners should be checked
(table 2, page 1) for tightness. If leakage occurs and if necessary, body seals (14 and 34) should be replaced as it is shown:
a. Make alignment marks on the body (1) and ends (2) prior to dismantling, to ensure a correct alignment when reassembling.
Remove body bolts (15) and disassemble body2 (2).
b. Substitute the body seals (14 and 34).
c. Reassemble the pieces accordingly as it is indicated in point 6.
5.4 Seat leakage
If leakage occurs, seats (4) must be replaced as it is shown:
a. Maintaining the valve in the closed position; loosen and remove body bolts (15) and remove body2 (2) from body1 (1) to
check the ball (3) and the seats (4). To remove the ball (3), if necessary, bang it with a soft tool gently.
b. Check the rest of components, and replace them if necessary.
c. Assemble the pieces accordingly as it is indicated in point 6.
6. RE-ASSEMBLY
a. Prior to re-assembly all components and body cavity should be cleaned of any incrustation, dirt, rust etc., especially in the
locations of seats & seals.
b. Put the seats (4) into their housings of the body1 (1) and the body2 (2). Check if they are well settled, and if necessary bang it
with a soft tool gently.
c. Put the stem seal (6) and the stem o-ring (35) onto the stem (5). Check the antistatic devices (pos. 19, 20).
d. Assemble the stem (5) into the valve as the arrow shows in the principal figure.
e. Assemble the following components into the body 1 (1) introducing them through the stem (5) in this order: stem packing (7),
gland packing (8), stem packing d (7d), gland packing a (8a) and spring washers (9), putting the stem (5) in closed position.
f. Assemble the stem bearing (165) in the cover (11), and put both of them in the body introducing through the stem (5). Match
them to the body 1 (1) by means of the cover bolts (13a and 13b). Put the subjection ring seal (110) and the subjection ring
(50).
g. Introduce carefully the ball (3) into the body 1 (1) aligning the ball groove with the stem.
h. Put the body seals (14 and 34) into their housing of the body 2 (2).
i. Maintaining the valve in its closed position and ensuring that alignment marks are matched, joint the body 1 (1) and the body
2 (2). Assemble the body bolts (15) evenly tighten in diagonal using a torque wrench and the values indicated attached in
document DC-08-07-03 PF “Screw torque”.
j. If the valve contains handle, put the handle (16) into its housing in the stem (5), and tighten the handle bolt (17).
k. Slowly cycle the valve until completing 1 cycle to ensure coupling between the seats (4) and the ball (3).
l. Carefully cycle the valve twice in order to check the correct working. Stem should rotate smoothly offering resistance as
indicated by the manufacturers torque figures. Tests should be carried out according to API598, at the pressure rating that
corresponds to the valve, before reinstallation.
The end user is responsible, in case that the fluid is not communicated, checking the compatibility of the service media/ fluid with the valve materials.

DC 08-12-07 PF -2-
 EU CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
In accordance with the requirements of the Pressure Equipment
Directive 2014/68/EU and the Pressure Equipment (Safety)
Regulations 2016,
UK Statutory Instrument 2016 No. 1105

This is to certify that the Quality Management System of:

PEKOS FABRICACION, S.L.U.

-Bildosola Industrialdea K3, E-48142 Artea (Vizcaya) Spain
-Polígono Ugarte, F1. Barrio Barrondo, E-48480 Zaratamo (Vizcaya) Spain

has been assessed against the requirements of Annex III, Module H of the Pressure
Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU, and Schedule 4, Module H of The Pressure Equipment
(Safety) Regulations 2016 and conforms to the requirements for the products shown
below:

Design and Manufacturing of cast iron, carbon, alloy and stainless

steel floating and guiding ball valves from DN 32 a 600/ PN 10 a 420,
NPS 1 ¼ ” a 24”/ Class 150-2500

Approval is subject to the continued maintenance of the quality system in accordance

with the requirements of the above Directive and Regulations for the products listed on
the attached schedule.

Authorisation is hereby given to use the LRV Notified Body Identification Number in
accordance with the requirements of the specified Directive and Regulations in relation
to the products as identified above.

Certificate No: 0038/PED/MAD/0102

Original Approval: 2 May 2002
Current Certificate: 29 May 2017
Certificate Expiry: 28 May 2020
LRV Notified Body Number 0038 Lloyd’s Register Verification Limited

Teresa Sout o
29/05/2017

M adrid
__________________________________________
LRV002.1.2016.05

Teresa Souto on behalf of Lloyd’s Register Verification

Lloyd’s Register Verification Limited (Reg. no. 4929226) is a limited company registered in England and Wales. Registered office: 71 Fenchurch Street, London, EC3M 4BS, UK. A
subsidiary of Lloyd’s Register Group Limited.

Lloyd's Register Group Limited, its affiliates and subsidiaries and their respective officers, employees or agents are, individually and collectively, referred to in this clause as the
'Lloyd's Register'. Lloyd's Register assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable to any person for any loss, damage or expense caused by reliance on the information or advice
in this document or howsoever provided, unless that person has signed a contract with the relevant Lloyd's Register entity for the provision of this information or advice and in
that case any responsibility or liability is exclusively on the terms and conditions set out in that contract.
This is a copy of an electronic document. In the event of any conflict or ambiguity between the copy and the electronic document,
which is LRV/ECD/PED/H/December_2016/Rev.4
retained and published by Lloyd's Register, the original electronic and certified version shall always prevail.
 EU CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
CERTIFICATE 0038/PED/MAD/0102 SCHEDULE

In accordance with the requirements of the Pressure Equipment

Directive 2014/68/EU and the Pressure Equipment (Safety)
Regulations 2016,
UK Statutory Instrument 2016 No. 1105

PEKOS FABRICACION, S.L.U.

-Bildosola Industrialdea K3, E-48142 Artea (Vizcaya) Spain
-Polígono Ugarte, F1. Barrio Barrondo, E-48480 Zaratamo (Vizcaya) Spain

Product(s)
NPS /
Description Type Standard DN/PN Materials
CLASS
EN 12516, EN 1983, Cast iron,
Floating, guided NPS 1 ¼” a
EN 1092, ISO 5211, carbon,
and trunnion DN 32 a 600 / 24” and
ISO17292, ASME alloy and
mounted ball PN 10 a 420 Class 150-
16.34, ASME B16.5, stainless
valves. 2500.
ASME B16.10, API 6D Steel.
VALVES EN 13445-3, EN
Floating, guided
12516, EN 1983, EN NPS 1 ¼”a Carbon
and trunnion
1092, ISO 5211, DN 32 a 150 / 6” and and
mounted ball
ISO17292, ASME PN 10 a 420 Class 150- stainless
valves, with
16.34, ASME B16.5, 2500. Steel.
heating jacket.
ASME B16.10, API 6D

Schedule Issue: 06
Date of Schedule Issue: 29 May 2017
LRV Notified Body Number 0038

Lloyd’s Register Verification Limited

Teresa Sout o
29/05/2017

M adrid
_____________________________________________
LRV002.1.2016.05

Teresa Souto on behalf of Lloyd’s Register Verification

Page 1 of 1

Lloyd’s Register Verification Limited (Reg. no. 4929226) is a limited company registered in England and Wales. Registered office: 71 Fenchurch Street, London, EC3M 4BS, UK. A
subsidiary of Lloyd’s Register Group Limited.

LRV/ECD/PED/H/December_2016/Rev.4

This is a copy of an electronic document. In the event of any conflict or ambiguity between the copy and the electronic document,
which is retained and published by Lloyd's Register, the original electronic and certified version shall always prevail.
 P.I.Bildosola, K3 P.I.Ugarte F.1
E-48142 Artea (Vizcaya) – Barrio Barrondo
SPAIN E-48480 Zaratamo (Vizcaya) -
CIF.: A48840672 SPAIN
Tel. : (+34) 94 671 18 14 CIF.: A48840672
Fax. : (+34) 94 671 34 65 Tel. : (+34) 94 671 18 14
Fax. : (+34) 94 671 34 65

[email protected]
www.pekos.es

2014/68/EU EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE

EU CONFORMITY DECLARATION

PEKOS FABRICACION S.L.U. declares that the products described bellow, and belonging to its
production range, are compliant to the requirements described in the European Directive 2014/68/EU,
and have been verified by NOTIFIED BODY :

LLOYD´S REGISTER VERIFICATION LIMITED

71 Fenchurch Street
EC3M 4BS – LONDON (UK)

Identification Nr.: 0038

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

DIN / ANSI BALL VALVES: Size: (mm) DN 32 to 600 / NPS 1 ¼ ” to 24”

Pressure Range: (bar) PN 10 to 400 / Class 150 to 2500
Construction Types:
- 2 and 3 piece split body and full bore valves
- 2, 3 and 4 ways valves
- 1,2 and 3 piece body and reduced bore valves

DESIGN STANDARDS

European Directives: 2014/68/EU, y 2014/34/EU

EN 12516-1; EN-ISO 17292, ISO 5211; EN 1983, EN 1759-1; EN 558-1, EN 1092
ASME B16.34; ASME B16.5, ASME B16.10; API 6D/ISO 14313, EN 13445-3

EVALUATION PROCEDURE

Modulo H Approval full quality assurance

Equipment classification: III category

Certificate Nr : 0038/PED/MAD/0102

Daniel Arranz
CEO of Organization

DC 08-12-04 Rev 11
 P.I.Bildosola, K3 P.I.Ugarte F.1
E-48142 Artea (Vizcaya) – Barrio Barrondo
SPAIN E-48480 Zaratamo (Vizcaya) -
CIF.: A48840672 SPAIN
Tel. : (+34) 94 671 18 14 CIF.: A48840672
Fax. : (+34) 94 671 34 65 Tel. : (+34) 94 671 18 14
Fax. : (+34) 94 671 34 65

[email protected]
www.pekos.es

DIRECTIVA EUROPEA 2014/68/UE

DECLARACION UE DE CONFORMIDAD

PEKOS FABRICACION S.L.U. declara que los productos descritos a continuación, y pertenecientes a
su gama de producción, cumplen los requisitos descritos en la Directiva Europea 2014/68/UE, cuya
verificación ha sido realizada por el ORGANISMO NOTIFICADO:

LLOYD´S REGISTER VERIFICATION LIMITED

71 Fenchurch Street
EC3M 4BS – LONDON (UK)

Nº de Identificación: 0038

DESCRIPCIÓN DEL PRODUCTO

VÁLVULAS DE BOLA DIN / ANSI: Tamaño: (mm) DN 32 to 600 / NPS; 1 ¼ ” to 24”

Rango de Presión: (bar) PN 10 to 400 / Clase 150 to 2500
Tipo de Construcción de las Válvulas:
- 2 y 3 piezas: split body y paso total
- 2, 3 y 4 Vias
- 1, 2 y 3 piezas paso reducido

NORMAS DE DISEÑO

Directivas Europeas: 2014/68/UE, y 2014/34/UE

EN 12516-1; EN-ISO 17292, ISO 5211; EN 1983, EN 1759-1; EN 558-1, EN 1092
ASME B16.34; ASME B16.5, ASME B16.10; API 6D/ISO 14313, EN 13445-3

PROCEDIMIENTO DE EVALUACIÓN

Módulo H Aseguramiento de calidad total

Clasificación del Equipo: Categoría III

Certificado Nº: 0038/PED/MAD/0102

Daniel Arranz
CEO de la Organización

DC 08-12-04 Rev 11
Type Approval Certificate Extension
This is to certify that Certificate No. 12/ 00083(E2) for the undernoted products is extended and
renumbered as shown.

This certificate is issued to:

PRODUCER PEKOS FA BRICA CION S.L.U.

PLACE OF Bildosola Industrialdea K3

PRODUCTION E-48142 A rtea (Vizcaya)
Spain

DESCRIPTION Low Fugitive Emission Ball Valves

TYPE AND Z series, full and reduced bore, floating and guided ball
RATINGS Full trunnion ball valve, full and reduced bore, split body
Size range ½” to 12” / DN15 to 300
Pressure rating ANSI Class 150-300-600/ DIN PN10-100

Full trunnion ball valve, full and reduced bore, split body
Size range ½” to 20” / ½” to 16” / ½” to 12” /
DN15 to 500 DN15 to DN400 DN15 to DN300
Pressure rating ANSI Class 150 &300/ ANSI Class 600/ ANSI Class 900/
DIN PN10-40 DIN PN63-100 DIN PN160

3 pieces forged ball valve, full bore

Size range 1/ 4” to 1½” / 2” to 2½” / 3” / DN80
DN8 to DN40 DN50 to DN65
Pressure rating ANSI Class 800 ANSI Class 600 ANSI Class 400

3 pieces forged ball valve, reduced bore

Size range ½” to 2” / 2½” to 3” / 4” / DN100
DN15 to DN50 DN65 to DN80
Pressure rating ANSI Class 800 ANSI Class 600 ANSI Class 400

APPLICATION For use as isolating, on/ off or control valves in volatile air pollutant and hazardous
fluid services in M arine, Offshore and Industrial systems.

Certificate No. 12/ 00083(E3)

Issue Date 25 M ay 2017

Mohamed Rila

Expiry Date
Southampton Office
24 M ay 2022 Lloyd's Register EMEA
LR031.1.2016.06

Sheet 1 of 2 M .H.M .Rila

Southampton Technical Support Office
M arine & Offshore Lloyd’s Register
Lloyd’s Register EM EA
71 Fenchurch Street, London EC3M 4BS
Lloyd's Register EMEA
Is a subsidiary of Lloyd's Register Group

Lloyd's Register Group Limited, its affiliates and subsidiaries and their respective officers, employees or agents are, individually and collectively, referred to in
this clause as the 'Lloyd's Register'. Lloyd's Register assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable to any person for any loss, damage or expense caused
by reliance on the information or advice in this document or howsoever provided, unless that person has signed a contract with the relevant Lloyd's Register
entity for the provision of this information or advice and in that case any responsibility or liability is exclusively on the terms and conditions set out in that
contract.

This is a copy of an electronic document. In the event of any conflict or ambiguity between the copy and the electronic document,
which is retained and published by Lloyd's Register, the original electronic and certified version shall always prevail.
STANDARD LR Rules and Regulations for the Classification of Ships
LR Rules and Regulations for the Classification of M obile Offshore Units
ISO 15848-1
TA -LUFT VDI 2440

Standard Temperature range Tightness Class Endurance Class

-29ºC to 200ºC BH CO3
ISO 15848-1
-29ºC to 400ºC AH CO3
TA -LUFT
-29ºC to 400ºC - -
VDI 2440

OTHER CONDITIONS 1. Valves used in flammable fluid systems are to be of fire tested type.
2. The valves are to be marked with the following information:
-Tightness class
-Endurance class
-Pressure rating
-Temperature class
-Number of stem seal adjustments

“ This Certificate is not valid for equipment, the design, ratings or operating parameters of which have been varied
from the specimen tested. The manufacturer should notify Lloyd’s Register EMEA of any modification or changes
to the equipment in order to obtain a valid certificate.”

The attached Design Appraisal Document No. 12/00083(E3) and its supplementary Type Approval Terms and
Conditions form part of this Certificate.

All other details remain as the previous Certificate No. 12/00083(E2) to which this extension should be attached.

Certificate No. 12/ 00083(E3)

Issue Date 25 M ay 2017

Mohamed Rila
Expiry Date 24 M ay 2022 Southampton Office
Lloyd's Register EMEA
LR031.1.2016.06

Sheet 2 of 2 M .H.M .Rila

Southampton Technical Support Office
M arine & Offshore Lloyd’s Register
Lloyd’s Register EM EA
71 Fenchurch Street, London EC3M 4BS
Lloyd's Register EMEA
Is a subsidiary of Lloyd's Register Group

Lloyd's Register Group Limited, its affiliates and subsidiaries and their respective officers, employees or agents are, individually and collectively, referred to in
this clause as the 'Lloyd's Register'. Lloyd's Register assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable to any person for any loss, damage or expense caused
by reliance on the information or advice in this document or howsoever provided, unless that person has signed a contract with the relevant Lloyd's Register
entity for the provision of this information or advice and in that case any responsibility or liability is exclusively on the terms and conditions set out in that
contract.

This is a copy of an electronic document. In the event of any conflict or ambiguity between the copy and the electronic document,
which is retained and published by Lloyd's Register, the original electronic and certified version shall always prevail.
 Certificate No:
TAP00000T2
Revision No:
1

This is to certify:
That the Ball Valve

with type designation(s)

Z (DIN), Z (ANSI/ASME), Z (ANSI/ASME), ZRB (ANSI/ASME), ZRB (ANSI/ASME), K/KRB
(ANSI/ASME), K/KRB (ANSI/ASME)

Issued to
PEKOS FABRICACION, S.L.U.,
Artea VIZCAYA, Spain

is found to comply with

DNV GL rules for classification – Ships Pt.4 Ch.6 Piping systems
DNV GL class programme DNVGL-CP-0186 – Type approval – Valves
DNV GL rules for classification – Ships Pt.5 Ch.7 Liquefied gas tankers

Application :
Product(s) approved by this certificate is/are accepted for installation on vessels classed by
DNV GL.

Type: Temperature Max. Sizes:

range: working
press.:
Z (DIN) See certificate PN 10/16/ DN 15, 20, 25, 32 40, 50, 65, 80, 100, 125,
25/40 150 & 200
Z (ANSI/ASME) See certificate Class 150 ½”, ¾”, 1”, 1-½”, 2”, 2-½”, 3”, 4”, 6" & 8"
Z (ANSI/ASME) See certificate Class 300 ½”, ¾”, 1”, 1-½”, 2”, 2-½”, 3” & 4”
ZRB See certificate Class 150 ½” x 3/8” , ¾” x ½”, 1” x ¾”, 1-½” x 1-
(ANSI/ASME) ¼”, 2” x 1-½”, 3” x 2-½”, 4” x 3”, 6” x 5”,
8” x 6”, 10” x 8” & 12” x 10”
ZRB See certificate Class 300 ½” x 3/8” , ¾” x ½”, 1” x ¾”, 1-½” x 1-
(ANSI/ASME) ¼”, 2” x 1-½”, 3” x 2-½”, 4” x 3” & 6” x 5”
K/KRB See certificate Class 600 2" & 2-½"
(ANSI/ASME)
K/KRB See certificate Class 800 ¼”, 3/8”, ½”, ¾”, 1”, 1-¼”, 1-½” & 2”
(ANSI/ASME)

This Certificate is valid until 2022-05-11.



Issued at Høvik on 2018-04-04

for DNV GL
DNV GL local station: Bilbao

Approval Engineer: Zeinab Sharifi

Marianne Spæren Marveng
Head of Section

This Certificate is subject to terms and conditions overleaf. Any significant change in design or construction may render this Certificate invalid.
The validity date relates to the Type Approval Certificate and not to the approval of equipment/systems installed.

Form code: TA 1411a Revision: 2015-05 www.dnvgl.com Page 1 of 6

© DNV GL 2014. DNV GL and the Horizon Graphic are trademarks of DNV GL AS.
 Job Id: 262.1-023910-2
Certificate No: TAP00000T2
Revision No: 1

Product description
Standard floating ball valves, 2/3-piece. Full/reduced bore with flanged, threaded or welded ends.
The design and construction of valve ends are in accordance with the following standards:
- Flanged ends : ASME B16.5/ EN 1092-1
- Threaded ends : ASME B1.20.1
- Buttwelding ends : ASME B16.25
- Socket welding ends : ASME B16.11
- Min. wall/body thickness : ASME B16.34/ EN 12516-1

Configuration of valve type, size and pressure ratings:

Valve type Size Pressure rating
Z (DIN) DN15, 20, 25, 32, 40 & 50 PN10/16/40
Floating, full bore, 2-piece, split DN65, 80 & 100 PN10/16
body, flanged end according to EN DN65, 80 & 100 PN25/40
1092-1 DN125 & 150 PN10/16
DN125 PN25/40
DN200 PN10/16
Z (ANSI/ ASME) ½”, ¾” & 1” class 150
Floating, full bore, 2-piece, split 1-½”, 2”, 2-½”, 3” & 4” class 150
body, flanged end according to 6” & 8” class 150
ASME B16.5 ½”, ¾” & 1” class 300
1-½”, 2”, 2-½”, 3” & 4” class 300
ZRB (ANSI/ ASME) ½” x 3/8” & ¾” x ½” class 150
Floating, reduced bore, 2-piece, end 1” x ¾” & 1-½” x 1-¼” class 150
entry, flanged end according to 2” x 1-½”, 3” x 2-½” & 4” x 3” class 150
ASME B16.5 6” x 5”, 8” x 6”, 10” x 8” & 12” x 10” class 150
½” x 3/8” & ¾” x ½” class 300
1” x ¾”& 1-½” x 1-¼” class 300
2” x 1-½”, 3” x 2-½” & 4” x 3” class 300
6” x 5” class 300
K/ KRB (ANSI/ ASME) ¼”, 3/8”, ½”, ¾”, 1”, 1-¼”, 1-½” & 2” class 800
Floating, full bore, 3-piece, split 2” & 2 ½” class 600
body, NPT/BSPP/BW/SW ends

Materials:
Valve type Body & valve ends Ball Stem Sealing materials
Z (DIN) 1.0619, 1.6220, 1.4408/ 1.4404/ - Ball seat: PTFE/ PTFE+FG/
1.4408 1.4401 1.4401/ PTFE+CG
A182 Gr. F51/ - Body seal: PTFE/ PTFE+FG/
XM-19 PTFE+CG/ Graphite
Z (ANSI/ ASTM A216 Gr. WCC, ASTM A351 AISI 316/ - Stem seal & packing:
ASME) ASTM A352 Gr. LCC, Gr. CF8M/ AISI 316L/ PTFE+FG, PTFE+CG , PTFE,
ASTM A351 Gr. CF8M ASTM A182 A182 Gr. F51/ FKM, NBR, Graphite
F316 XM-19
ZRB (ANSI/ ASTM A216 Gr. WCC, ASTM A351 AISI 316/ - Ball seat: PTFE/ PTFE+FG/
ASME) ASTM A352 Gr. LCC, Gr. CF8M/ AISI 316L PTFE+CG
ASTM A351 Gr. CF8M ASTM A182 A182 Gr. F51/ - Body seal: PTFE/ PTFE+FG/
F316 XM-19 PTFE+CG/ Graphite/ FKM
- Stem seal & packing:
PTFE+FG, PTFE+CG , PTFE,
FKM, NBR, Graphite
K/ KRB ASTM A182 F316/ ASTM A182 AISI 316/ - Ball seat & stem seal: PTFE/
(ANSI/ 316L, ASTM A105, F316/ 316L AISI 316L/ PTFE+FG/ PTFE+CG
ASME) ASTM A350 Gr. LF2 A182 Gr. F51/ - Body seal: PTFE/ PTFE+FG/
XM-19 PTFE+CG/ Graphite
- Stem seal & packing:

Form code: TA 1411a Revision: 2015-05 www.dnvgl.com Page 2 of 6

 Job Id: 262.1-023910-2
Certificate No: TAP00000T2
Revision No: 1

PTFE+CG, FKM, NBR, Graphite

Application/Limitation
Valves covered by this certificate are approved to be used in ship piping, machinery piping, LNG/LPG and
cargo piping systems.

Maximum pressure-temperature ratings shall be according to ASME B16.34/ EN 12516-1 for the selected
construction metallic material.

Temperature ranges for non-metallic sealings:

PTFE/ PTFE+FG/ PTFE+CG : -196°C to +250 °C
PEEK : - 80°C to +270 °C
PCTFE : -196°C to +185 °C
FKM : -46°C to +220 °C
FFKM : -25°C to +325 °C
NBR : -40°C to +120 °C
Graphite : -196°C to +450 °C

Valves intended for use in fire systems shall have same non-metallic materials as the qualified fire tested
valve, ref. to API 607 Clause 7.2.5.

Austenitic stainless steel grades listed in this certificate are not permitted for use in sea water systems.
Also, carbon steels in direct contact with seawater shall be properly protected. Surface preparation and
coating shall be approved by society.

The approval does not include any operating gear for remote control and actuator part of the valve.

The breakaway torque shall fulfil the requirements set forth in the product standard or specification as
applicable, considering the stem material grade & dimensions.

The valve shall be installed according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

Valves with threaded joints shall not be used for piping systems conveying toxic or flammable media or
services where fatigue, severe erosion or crevice corrosion is expected to occur.

Valves with threaded ends for direct connectors of pipe lengths with tapered thread shall be allowed for:
- class I, outside diameter not more than 33.7 mm
- class II and class III, outside diameter not more than 60.3 mm.

Valves with parallel thread ends shall be allowed only for class III applications with outside diameter not
more than 60.3 mm.

Valves with socket welded ends in accordance with DNV GL Pt.4 Ch.6 Sec.9 [6.1]:
- shall not be used in overboard pipes where substantial thickness is required.
- may be used for class I & II pipes with an OD of 88.9 mm and less.
- shall be subject to the Society's consideration in each case for stainless steel pipes

Type Approval documentation

Drawings:
0-36-040300---GV-DNV, rev. 2 0-07-015150-GGVV-DNV, rev. 2 0-36-040010---G-DNV, rev. 2
001B03600040300l, rev. 02 001B00700015150, rev. 00 001B03600040040, rev. 02
002B00200040300I, rev. 01 002000700015150, rev. 2 002B001F4040040, rev. 00
005003600040000, rev. 04 005-07-015-C, rev. 2 002B001F1040040, rev. 00
011B03600040000, rev. 03 011-07-015 rev. 0 005003600040000, rev. 04
001B03600050300, rev. 01 001B00700020150, rev. 00 011B03600040000, rev. 03
002B00200050300I, rev. 00 002000700020000 rev. 0 001B03600050040, rev. 01
001A03600065300, rev. 00 0-07-015300-GGVV-DNV rev. 2 002B001F4050040, rev. 01

Form code: TA 1411a Revision: 2015-05 www.dnvgl.com Page 3 of 6

 Job Id: 262.1-023910-2
Certificate No: TAP00000T2
Revision No: 1

002A00100065300, rev. 00 0010007RE015300, rev. 00 002B001F1050040, rev. 01

001B03600080300, rev. 00 002000700015300, rev. 00 001B03600065016, rev. 1
002B00200080300, rev. 00 005-07-015-C, rev. 2 002B001F4065016, rev. 01
005003600080000, rev. 02 011-07-015, rev. 1 002B001F1065016, rev. 01
011B03600080000, rev. 04 001A00700020300, rev. 00 001B03600065040, rev. 00
001B03600100300I, rev. 01 002000700020000 rev. 0 002B001F4065040, rev. 00
002B00200100300, rev. 1 0-07-025150-GVV-DNV, rev. 2 002B001F1065040, rev. 00
0-36-125010---G-DNV, rev. 2 001B0R700025150, rev. 01 001B03600080016, rev. 02
001B03600125016I, rev. 00 002000700025150, rev. 03 002B001F4080016I, rev. 04
002B00100125016, rev. 00 005003600015000, rev. 02 002B001F1080016I, rev. 02
005003600125000, rev. 02 011B03600015000, rev. 03 005003600080000, rev. 02
011B03600125000, rev. 02 001A0R700040150, rev. 00 011B03600080000, rev. 04
001B03600125040I, rev. 00 002000700040150, rev. 1 001B03600080040I, rev. 03
002B00100125040, rev. 00 005003600025000, rev. 02 002B001F4080040I, rev. 01
001B03600150016I, rev. 00 011B03600025000, rev. 03 002B001F1080040I, rev. 01
002B00100150016, rev. 00 0-07-025300-GVV-DNV, rev. 02 001B03600100016I, rev. 01
001B03600200010I, rev. 01 001B0R700025300, rev. 00 002B001F4100016I, rev. 02
002B00100200010, rev. 01 002000700025300, rev. 0 002B001F1100016I, rev. 00
005003600200000, rev. 01 005003600015000, rev. 02 001B03600100040I, rev. 00
011B03600200000, rev. 01 011B03600015000, rev. 03 002B001F4100040I, rev. 00
001B03600200016I, rev. 03 001A0R700040300, rev. 01 002B001F1100040, rev. 00
002B00100200016, rev. 01 002000700040150, rev. 1 0-36-040150---GV-DNV, rev. 2
0-36-150150---GV-DNV, rev. 2 005003600025000, rev. 02 001B03600040150, rev. 03
001B03600150150, rev. 01 011B03600025000, rev. 03 002B00200040150I, rev. 01
002B00200150150I, rev. 00 0-07-050150-GVV-DNV, rev. 2 005003600040000, rev. 04
005003600125000, rev. 02 001B0R700050150, rev. 01 011B03600040000, rev. 03
011B03600125000, rev. 02 002A00700050000, rev. 01 001B03600050150, rev. 01
001B03600200150I, rev. 03 005003600040000, rev. 04 002B00200050150I, rev. 00
002B00200200150, rev. 01 011B03600040000, rev. 03 001B03600065150, rev. 00
005003600200000, rev. 01 001B0R700080150, rev. 00 002B00200065150, rev. 00
011B03600200000, rev. 01 002000700080150, rev. 1 001B03600080150, rev. 01
0-41-01080-SGSGV-DNV, rev. 2 001A0R700100150, rev. 01 002B00200080150I, rev. 00
00100410010800, rev. 05 002000700100150, rev. 2 005003600080000, rev. 02
002SF410008800, rev. 02 005003600080000, rev. 2 011B03600080000, rev. 04
002BF410008800, rev. 02 011B03600080000, rev. 04 001B03600100150, rev. 01
002NF410008800, rev. 02 0-07-050300-GVV-DNV, rev. 2 002B00200100150I, rev. 02
002WF410006800-80, rev. 01 001B0R700050300, rev. 01 0RB41-01080-SGSGV-DNV,
rev. 3
00500410010800, rev. 08 002A00700050000, rev. 01 00100410010800, rev. 05
00100410010800, rev. 05 005003600040000, rev. 04 002SR410015800, rev. 05
002SF410010800, re. 02 011B03600040000, rev. 03 002BR410015800, rev. 02
002BF410010800, rev. 02 001B0R700080300, rev. 01 002NR410015800, rev. 05
002NF410010800, rev. 02 002000700080150, rev. 1 002WR410015800-80, rev. 01
002WF410010800-80, rev. 01 001B0R700100300, rev. 00 00500410010800, rev. 08
00500410010800, rev. 08 002000700100300, rev. 0 00100410015800, rev. 05
00100410015800, rev. 05 005003600080000, rev. 02 002SR410020800, rev. 03
002SF410015800, rev. 03 011B03600080000, rev. 04 002BR410020800, rev. 02
002BF410015800, rev. 02 0-07-150150-GVV-DNV, rev. 2 002NR410020800, rev. 04
002NF410015800, rev. 04 001B0R700150150, rev. 02 002WR410020800-80, rev. 01
002WF410015800-80, rev. 01 002B00700150150, rev. 0 00500410010800, rev. 08
00500410010800, rev. 08 005003600125000, rev. 02 00100410020800, rev. 05
00100410020800, rev. 05 011B03600125000, rev. 02 002SR410025800, rev. 03
002SF410020800, rev. 04 001B0R700200150, rev. 00 002BR410025800, rev. 02
002BF410020800, rev. 02 002B00700200150, rev. 00 002NR410025800, rev. 04
002NF410020800, rev. 04 001A0R700250150, rev. 01 002WR410025800-80, rev. 01
002WF410020800-80, rev. 01 002B00700250150, rev. 00 00500410020800, rev. 07
00500410020800, rev. 07 005003600200000, rev. 01 00100410025800, rev. 03

Form code: TA 1411a Revision: 2015-05 www.dnvgl.com Page 4 of 6

 Job Id: 262.1-023910-2
Certificate No: TAP00000T2
Revision No: 1

00100410025800, rev. 03 011B03600200000, rev. 01 002SR410032800, rev. 04

002SF410025800, rev. 03 001A0R700300150, rev. 01 002BR410032800, rev. 02
002BF410025800, rev. 02 002A00700300150, rev. 00 002NR410032800, rev. 03
002NF410025800, rev. 04 0-07-150300-GVV-DNV, rev. 2 002WR410032800-80, rev. 01
002WF410025800-80, rev. 01 001B0R700150300, rev. 01 00500410020800, rev. 07
00500410020800, rev. 07 002B00700150150, rev. 0 00100410032800, rev. 04
00100410032800, rev. 04 005003600125000, rev. 2 002SR410040800, rev. 04
002SF410032800, rev. 06 011B03600125000, rev. 2 002BR410040800, rev. 04
002BF410032800, rev. 05 0-36-015040---G-DNV, rev. 2 002NR410040800, rev. 05
002NF410032800, rev. 05 001B03600015040, rev. 01 002WR410040800-80, rev. 01
002WF410032800-80, rev. 01 002B001F1015040, rev. 00 00500410040800, rev. 06
00500410040800, rev. 06 002B001F4015040, rev. 0 00100410040800, rev. 03
00100410040800, rev. 03 005003600015000, rev. 02 002SR410050800, rev. 03
002SF410040800, rev. 05 011B03600015000, rev. 03 002BR410050800, rev. 03
002BF410040800, rev. 03 001B03600020040, rev. 01 002NR410050800, rev. 02
002NF410040800, rev. 04 002B001F1020040, rev. 00 002WR410050800-80, rev. 01
002WF410040800-80, rev. 02 002B001F4020040, rev. 00 00500410040800, rev. 06
00500410040800, rev. 06 001B03600025040, rev. 00 0-36-015300---GV-DNV, rev. 2
0RB41-06580-SGSGV-1-DNV, 002B001F1025040, rev. 01 001B03600015300, rev. 02
rev. 3
00100410050600, rev. 03 002B001F4025040, rev. 0 002B00200015300, rev. 00
002SR410065600, rev. 03 005003600025000, rev. 02 005003600015000, rev. 02
002BR410065600, rev. 02 011B03600025000, rev. 03 011B03600015000, rev. 03
002NR410065600, rev. 01 001B03600032040, rev. 0 001B03600020300, rev. 01
002WR410065600-80, rev. 00 002B001F1032040, rev. 00 002B00200020300, rev. 1
00500410040800-1, rev. 00 002B001F4032040, rev. 00 001B03600025300, rev. 02
0-41-05080-SGSGV-1-DNV, rev. 0-36-015150---GV-DNV, rev. 2 002B00200025300, rev. 01
3
00100410050600, rev. 03 001B03600015150, rev. 02 005003600025000, rev. 02
002BF410050600, rev. 02 002B00200015150, rev. 01 011B03600025000, rev. 03
002SF410050600, rev. 04 005003600015000, rev. 02
002NF410050600, rev. 03 011B03600015000, rev. 03
002WF410050600-80, rev. 01 001B03600020150, rev. 01
00500410040800-1, rev. 00 002B00200020150, rev. 01
0-41-05080-SGSGV-DNV, rev. 3 001B03600025150, rev. 01
00100410065600, rev. 01 002B00200025150, rev. 01
002SF410065600, rev. 03 005003600025000, rev. 02
002BF10065600, rev. 02 011B03600025000, rev. 03
002NF410065600, rev. 02
002WF10065600-80, rev. 00
00500410065600, rev. 04

Design & Calculation Dossier Pekos Ball Valves, Rev. 0 dated 2015-09-22
Torque table DC-75-02-10-PF rev. 08
Stem calculation rev. 1 dated 2017-03-28
Body 2 calculation – ZRB dated 2017-03-28, rev. 1
Body 2 calculation – Z full bore dated 2016-02-07, rev. 0
Pressure & Functional test – General procedure PR. 75-02 Rev. 15 June 2016
Pressure-temperature chart dated 2017-04-26 for various gasket materials used
Fire test reports from Lloyds: BBO 1000062/1/A1 dated 2009-12-16, BBO 1000062/2/A1 dated 2009-
12-16, BBO 1000062/3/A1 dated 2009-12-16, BBO 1000062/4/A1 dated 2009-12-17, BBO
1000062/5/A1 dated 2009-12-17, BBO 1000062/6/A1 dated 2009-12-17, BBO 1000062/7/A1 dated
2007-11-29 & BBO 1000062/8/A1 dated 2007-11-29
Cryogenic test report nos.: CRY-DNV-1-2-300, CRY-DNV-3-4-300, CRY-DNV-1-300, CRY-DNV-32-40,
CRY-DNV-11-2-300, CRY-DNV-2-300, CRY-DNV-21-2-300, CRY-DNV-3-300, CRY-DNV-4-300, CRY-DNV-
125-40, CRY-DNV-6-150, CRY-DNV-8-150, CRY-DNV-1-2-800, CRY-DNV-1-2RB-800, CRY-DNV-3-4-800,
CRY-DNV-1-800, CRY-DNV-11-2-800, CRY-DNV-2-600, CRY-DNV-21-2-600.

Form code: TA 1411a Revision: 2015-05 www.dnvgl.com Page 5 of 6

 Job Id: 262.1-023910-2
Certificate No: TAP00000T2
Revision No: 1

Certification
For DNV GL-RU-SHIP Pt.4 Ch.6 applications (general piping systems):
Valve bodies shall be delivered with material certificates in accordance with DNV GL Ship Pt.4 Ch.6 Sec.2
Table 3. Materials with VL and W certificates shall be manufactured in a foundry approved by the society.

DNV GL product certificates are required for valves with DN > 100 mm and design pressure ≥ 16 bar,
and for ship side valves where DN > 100 mm regardless of pressure. For other valves a manufacturer’s
product certificate may be accepted.

For DNV GL-RU-SHIP Pt.5 Ch.7 applications (LNG/LPG):

Valves shall be delivered with product certificate when minimum design temperature is less than -55°C
(reference is made to DNV GL Ship Rules Pt.5 Ch.7 Sec.1 Table 7).
Otherwise manufacturer's certificate may be accepted.

Material certificates for valve bodies are required to be in line with DNV GL Pt.5 Ch.7 Sec.1 Table 8.

Production Tests
All valves are to be tested as below:
- Hydrostatic test of the valve body at a pressure equal to 1.5 times the design pressure.
- Seat and stem leakage test at a pressure equal to 1.1 times the design pressure for valves.
Production testing and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with API 598/EN 12266-1.

For LNG/LPG applications (in addition to above tests):

- Cryogenic testing consisting of valve operation and leakage verification to be performed as per
B6364 for a minimum of 10% of each delivery intended to be used at a minimum design
temperature below -55°C.
Production tests for valves which are to be delivered with a DNV GL product certificate, shall be
witnessed by DNV GL surveyor.

Tests carried out

Fire test, cryogenic test.

Marking of product
For traceability to this type approval each product is at least to be marked with:
- Manufacturer's name or trade mark
- Type designation
- Maximum working pressure & temperature
- Serial number

Periodical assessment
For retention of the Type Approval, a DNV GL Surveyor shall perform periodical assessment after two
years (+/- 90 days) and after 3.5 years (+/- 90 days) to verify that the conditions for the approval are
complied with. Reference is made to DNVGL-CP-0338.

Renewal should be applied for in writing before the certificate expires.

Form code: TA 1411a Revision: 2015-05 www.dnvgl.com Page 6 of 6

 Certificate / Certificat
Zertifikat /
PEKOS 1505012 P0007 C001.2
exida hereby confirms that the:

Floating Ball valves with soft seat

The manufacturer
may use the mark:
up to 8" / DN200

PEKOS GROUP
Montmeló (Barcelona), Artea (Vizcaya)
Spain
Have been assessed per the relevant requirements of:

IEC 61508 : 2010 Parts 1-7

and meets requirements providing a level of integrity to:

Systematic Capability: SC 3 (SIL 3 Capable)

Random Capability: Type A, Route 2H Device
PFDAVG and Architecture Constraints
Revision 1.2 May 23, 2018
must be verified for each application
Surveillance Audit Due
March 31, 2020
Safety Function:
The Ball Valve will move to the designed safe position per the
actuator design within the specified safety time.
Application Restrictions:
The unit must be properly designed into a Safety Instrumented
Function per the Safety Manual requirements.

Evaluating Assessor
Place embossed
seal here for
originals, lining it
up at the bottom

Certifying Assessor
ANSI Accredited Program
PRODUCT CERTIFICATION
#1004 Page 1 of 2
 Certificate / Certificat / Zertifikat /
PEKOS 1505012 P0007 C001.2
Systematic Capability: SC 3 (SIL 3 Capable)
Random Capability: Type A, Route 2H Device
PFDAVG and Architecture Constraints
must be verified for each application

Systematic Capability :
The product has met manufacturer design process requirements of Safety
Floating Ball valves Integrity Level (SIL) 3. These are intended to achieve sufficient integrity against
with soft seat systematic errors of design by the manufacturer.
up to 8" / DN200 A Safety Instrumented Function (SIF) designed with this product must not
be used at a SIL level higher than stated.

Random Capability:
The SIL limit imposed by the Architectural Constraints must be met for each
element. This device meets exida criteria for Route 2H.

IEC 61508 Failure Rates in FIT*

Floating Ball valves with soft seat up to 8" / DN200

Fully closed Tight shut off Fully Open

Application lSafe lDD lDU lSafe lDD lDU lSafe lDD lDU
Clean service 0 0 492 0 0 1413 185 0 307
Clean Service w ith PVST 0 207 285 0 207 1206 185 207 100
Severe service 0 0 881 0 0 2723 369 0 512
Severe Service w ith PVST 0 350 531 0 350 2373 369 350 162
*FIT = 1 failure /
109hours
PVST = Partial Valve Stroke Test of a final element Device

SIL Verification:
The Safety Integrity Level (SIL) of an entire Safety Instrumented Function (SIF)
must be verified via a calculation of PFDavg considering redundant architectures,
proof test interval, proof test effectiveness, any automatic diagnostics, average
repair time and the specific failure rates of all products included in the SIF. Each
element must be checked to assure compliance with minimum hardware fault
tolerance (HFT) requirements.

The following documents are a mandatory part of certification:

Assessment Report: PEKOS 15/05-012-C R007 V1 R2
Safety Manual: : Safety manual PEKOS GROUP DC 77-02-04 Rev 3

64 N Main St
Sellersville, PA 18960

T-109, V1R2
Page 2 of 2
 Certificate / Certificat
Zertifikat /
PEKOS 1505012 P0007 C002.2
exida hereby confirms that the:

Floating Ball valves with

The manufacturer
may use the mark:
metal-to-metal seat up to 8" / DN200

PEKOS GROUP
Montmeló (Barcelona), Artea (Vizcaya)
Spain
Have been assessed per the relevant requirements of:

IEC 61508 : 2010 Parts 1-7

and meets requirements providing a level of integrity to:

Systematic Capability: SC 3 (SIL 3 Capable)

Random Capability: Type A, Route 2H Device
PFDAVG and Architecture Constraints
Revision 1.2 May 23, 2018
must be verified for each application
Surveillance Audit Due
March 31, 2020
Safety Function:
The Ball Valve will move to the designed safe position per the
actuator design within the specified safety time.
Application Restrictions:
The unit must be properly designed into a Safety Instrumented
Function per the Safety Manual requirements.

Evaluating Assessor
Place embossed
seal here for
originals, lining it
up at the bottom

Certifying Assessor
ANSI Accredited Program
PRODUCT CERTIFICATION
#1004 Page 1 of 2
 Certificate / Certificat / Zertifikat /
PEKOS 1505012 P0007 C002.2
Systematic Capability: SC 3 (SIL 3 Capable)
Random Capability: Type A, Route 2H Device
PFDAVG and Architecture Constraints
must be verified for each application

Systematic Capability :
The product has met manufacturer design process requirements of Safety
Floating Ball valves Integrity Level (SIL) 3. These are intended to achieve sufficient integrity against
with metal-to-metal systematic errors of design by the manufacturer.
seat up to 8" / DN200 A Safety Instrumented Function (SIF) designed with this product must not
be used at a SIL level higher than stated.

Random Capability:
The SIL limit imposed by the Architectural Constraints must be met for each
element. This device meets exida criteria for Route 2H.

IEC 61508 Failure Rates in FIT*

Floating Ball valves with metal-to-metal seat up to 8" / DN200

Fully closed Tight shut off Fully Open

Application lSafe lDD lDU lSafe lDD lDU lSafe lDD lDU
Clean service 0 0 576 0 0 1876 219 0 357
Clean Service w ith PVST 0 238 338 0 238 1638 219 238 119
Severe service 0 0 984 0 0 3586 423 0 561
Severe Service w ith PVST 0 380 604 0 380 3206 423 380 181
109
*FIT = 1 failure / hours
PVST = Partial Valve Stroke Test of a final element Device

SIL Verification:
The Safety Integrity Level (SIL) of an entire Safety Instrumented Function (SIF)
must be verified via a calculation of PFDavg considering redundant architectures,
proof test interval, proof test effectiveness, any automatic diagnostics, average
repair time and the specific failure rates of all products included in the SIF. Each
element must be checked to assure compliance with minimum hardware fault
tolerance (HFT) requirements.

The following documents are a mandatory part of certification:

Assessment Report: PEKOS 15/05-012-C R007 V1 R2
Safety Manual: : Safety manual PEKOS GROUP DC 77-02-04 Rev 3

64 N Main St
Sellersville, PA 18960

T-109, V1R2
Page 2 of 2
 Certificate / Certificat
Zertifikat /
PEKOS 1505012 P0007 C003.2
exida hereby confirms that the:

Floating Ball valves with soft seat

The manufacturer
may use the mark:
3-way up to 8" / DN200

PEKOS GROUP
Montmeló (Barcelona), Artea (Vizcaya)
Spain
Have been assessed per the relevant requirements of:

IEC 61508 : 2010 Parts 1-7

and meets requirements providing a level of integrity to:

Systematic Capability: SC 3 (SIL 3 Capable)

Random Capability: Type A, Route 2H Device
PFDAVG and Architecture Constraints
Revision 1.2 May 23, 2018
must be verified for each application
Surveillance Audit Due
March 31, 2020
Safety Function:
The Ball Valve will move to the designed safe position per the
actuator design within the specified safety time.
Application Restrictions:
The unit must be properly designed into a Safety Instrumented
Function per the Safety Manual requirements.

Evaluating Assessor
Place embossed
seal here for
originals, lining it
up at the bottom

Certifying Assessor
ANSI Accredited Program
PRODUCT CERTIFICATION
#1004 Page 1 of 2
 Certificate / Certificat / Zertifikat /
PEKOS 1505012 P0007 C003.2
Systematic Capability: SC 3 (SIL 3 Capable)
Random Capability: Type A, Route 2H Device
PFDAVG and Architecture Constraints
must be verified for each application

Systematic Capability :
The product has met manufacturer design process requirements of Safety
Floating Ball valves Integrity Level (SIL) 3. These are intended to achieve sufficient integrity against
with soft seat 3-way systematic errors of design by the manufacturer.
up to 8" / DN200 A Safety Instrumented Function (SIF) designed with this product must not
be used at a SIL level higher than stated.

Random Capability:
The SIL limit imposed by the Architectural Constraints must be met for each
element. This device meets exida criteria for Route 2H.

IEC 61508 Failure Rates in FIT*

Floating Ball valves with soft seat 3-way up to 8" / DN200

Fully closed Tight shut off Fully Open

Application lSafe lDD lDU lSafe lDD lDU lSafe lDD lDU
Clean service 0 0 628 0 0 2029 274 0 354
Clean Service w ith PVST 0 237 391 0 237 1762 274 237 117
Severe service 0 0 1137 0 0 3939 549 0 588
Severe Service w ith PVST 0 398 739 0 398 3541 549 398 190
109
*FIT = 1 failure / hours
PVST = Partial Valve Stroke Test of a final element Device

SIL Verification:
The Safety Integrity Level (SIL) of an entire Safety Instrumented Function (SIF)
must be verified via a calculation of PFDavg considering redundant architectures,
proof test interval, proof test effectiveness, any automatic diagnostics, average
repair time and the specific failure rates of all products included in the SIF. Each
element must be checked to assure compliance with minimum hardware fault
tolerance (HFT) requirements.

The following documents are a mandatory part of certification:

Assessment Report: PEKOS 15/05-012-C R007 V1 R2
Safety Manual: : Safety manual PEKOS GROUP DC 77-02-04 Rev 3

64 N Main St
Sellersville, PA 18960

T-109, V1R2
Page 2 of 2
 Certificate / Certificat
Zertifikat /
PEKOS 1505012 P0007 C004.2
exida hereby confirms that the:

Full Trunnion Ball valves with soft seat

The manufacturer
may use the mark:
up to 30" / DN750
Guided Ball valves with soft seat
up to 12" / DN300

PEKOS GROUP
Montmeló (Barcelona), Artea (Vizcaya)
Spain
Have been assessed per the relevant requirements of:

IEC 61508 : 2010 Parts 1-7

and meets requirements providing a level of integrity to:

Systematic Capability: SC 3 (SIL 3 Capable)

Revision 1.2 May 23, 2018
Surveillance Audit Due Random Capability: Type A, Route 2H Device
March 31, 2020
PFDAVG and Architecture Constraints
must be verified for each application

Safety Function:
The Ball Valve will move to the designed safe position per the
actuator design within the specified safety time.
Application Restrictions:
The unit must be properly designed into a Safety Instrumented
Function per the Safety Manual requirements.

Evaluating Assessor
Place embossed
seal here for
originals, lining it
up at the bottom

Certifying Assessor
ANSI Accredited Program
PRODUCT CERTIFICATION
#1004 Page 1 of 2
 Certificate / Certificat / Zertifikat /
PEKOS 1505012 P0007 C004.2
Systematic Capability: SC 3 (SIL 3 Capable)
Random Capability: Type A, Route 2H Device
PFDAVG and Architecture Constraints
must be verified for each application

Systematic Capability :
The product has met manufacturer design process requirements of Safety
Full Trunnion Ball Integrity Level (SIL) 3. These are intended to achieve sufficient integrity against
valves with soft seat systematic errors of design by the manufacturer.
up to 30" / DN750 A Safety Instrumented Function (SIF) designed with this product must not
be used at a SIL level higher than stated.

Guided Ball valves

Random Capability:
with soft seat
The SIL limit imposed by the Architectural Constraints must be met for each
up to 12" / DN300 element. This device meets exida criteria for Route 2H.

IEC 61508 Failure Rates in FIT*

Full Trunnion Ball valves with soft seat up to 30" / DN750
Guided Ball valves with soft seat up to 12" / DN300

Fully closed Tight shut off Fully Open

Application lSafe lDD lDU lSafe lDD lDU lSafe lDD lDU
Clean service 0 0 625 0 0 1926 261 0 364
Clean Service w ith PVST 0 243 382 0 243 1683 261 243 121
Severe service 0 0 1034 0 0 3636 466 0 568
Severe Service w ith PVST 0 386 648 0 386 3250 466 386 182
109
*FIT = 1 failure / hours
PVST = Partial Valve Stroke Test of a final element Device

SIL Verification:
The Safety Integrity Level (SIL) of an entire Safety Instrumented Function (SIF)
must be verified via a calculation of PFDavg considering redundant architectures,
proof test interval, proof test effectiveness, any automatic diagnostics, average
repair time and the specific failure rates of all products included in the SIF. Each
element must be checked to assure compliance with minimum hardware fault
tolerance (HFT) requirements.

The following documents are a mandatory part of certification:

Assessment Report: PEKOS 15/05-012-C R007 V1 R2
Safety Manual: : Safety manual PEKOS GROUP DC 77-02-04 Rev 3

64 N Main St
Sellersville, PA 18960

T-109, V1R2
Page 2 of 2
 Certificate / Certificat
Zertifikat /
PEKOS 1505012 P0007 C005.2
exida hereby confirms that the:

Full Trunnion Ball valves with

The manufacturer
may use the mark:
metal-to-metal seat up to 30" / DN750

PEKOS GROUP
Montmeló (Barcelona), Artea (Vizcaya)
Spain
Have been assessed per the relevant requirements of:

IEC 61508 : 2010 Parts 1-7

and meets requirements providing a level of integrity to:

Systematic Capability: SC 3 (SIL 3 Capable)

Random Capability: Type A, Route 2H Device
PFDAVG and Architecture Constraints
Revision 1.2 May 23, 2018
must be verified for each application
Surveillance Audit Due
March 31, 2020
Safety Function:
The Ball Valve will move to the designed safe position per the
actuator design within the specified safety time.
Application Restrictions:
The unit must be properly designed into a Safety Instrumented
Function per the Safety Manual requirements.

Evaluating Assessor
Place embossed
seal here for
originals, lining it
up at the bottom

Certifying Assessor
ANSI Accredited Program
PRODUCT CERTIFICATION
#1004 Page 1 of 2
 Certificate / Certificat / Zertifikat /
PEKOS 1505012 P0007 C005.2
Systematic Capability: SC 3 (SIL 3 Capable)
Random Capability: Type A, Route 2H Device
PFDAVG and Architecture Constraints
must be verified for each application

Systematic Capability :
The product has met manufacturer design process requirements of Safety
Full Trunnion Ball Integrity Level (SIL) 3. These are intended to achieve sufficient integrity against
valves with systematic errors of design by the manufacturer.
metal-to-metal seat A Safety Instrumented Function (SIF) designed with this product must not
be used at a SIL level higher than stated.
up to 30" / DN750
Random Capability:
The SIL limit imposed by the Architectural Constraints must be met for each
element. This device meets exida criteria for Route 2H.

IEC 61508 Failure Rates in FIT*

Full Trunnion Ball valves with metal-to-metal seat up to 30" / DN750

Fully closed Tight shut off Fully Open

Application lSafe lDD lDU lSafe lDD lDU lSafe lDD lDU
Clean service 0 0 656 0 0 1957 233 0 423
Clean Service w ith PVST 0 279 377 0 279 1678 233 279 144
Severe service 0 0 1065 0 0 3667 438 0 627
Severe Service w ith PVST 0 421 644 0 421 3246 438 421 206
109
*FIT = 1 failure / hours
PVST = Partial Valve Stroke Test of a final element Device

SIL Verification:
The Safety Integrity Level (SIL) of an entire Safety Instrumented Function (SIF)
must be verified via a calculation of PFDavg considering redundant architectures,
proof test interval, proof test effectiveness, any automatic diagnostics, average
repair time and the specific failure rates of all products included in the SIF. Each
element must be checked to assure compliance with minimum hardware fault
tolerance (HFT) requirements.

The following documents are a mandatory part of certification:

Assessment Report: PEKOS 15/05-012-C R007 V1 R2
Safety Manual: : Safety manual PEKOS GROUP DC 77-02-04 Rev 3

64 N Main St
Sellersville, PA 18960

T-109, V1R2
Page 2 of 2
 Certificate / Certificat
Zertifikat /
PEKOS 1505012 P0007 C006.2
exida hereby confirms that the:

Full Trunnion Ball valves with

The manufacturer
may use the mark:
soft & metal seat 3-way up to 24" / DN600

PEKOS GROUP
Montmeló (Barcelona), Artea (Vizcaya)
Spain
Have been assessed per the relevant requirements of:

IEC 61508 : 2010 Parts 1-7

and meets requirements providing a level of integrity to:

Systematic Capability: SC 3 (SIL 3 Capable)

Random Capability: Type A, Route 2H Device
PFDAVG and Architecture Constraints
Revision 1.2 May 23, 2018
must be verified for each application
Surveillance Audit Due
March 31, 2020
Safety Function:
The Ball Valve will move to the designed safe position per the
actuator design within the specified safety time.
Application Restrictions:
The unit must be properly designed into a Safety Instrumented
Function per the Safety Manual requirements.

Evaluating Assessor
Place embossed
seal here for
originals, lining it
up at the bottom

Certifying Assessor
ANSI Accredited Program
PRODUCT CERTIFICATION
#1004 Page 1 of 2
 Certificate / Certificat / Zertifikat /
PEKOS 1505012 P0007 C006.2
Systematic Capability: SC 3 (SIL 3 Capable)
Random Capability: Type A, Route 2H Device
PFDAVG and Architecture Constraints
must be verified for each application

Systematic Capability :
The product has met manufacturer design process requirements of Safety
Full Trunnion Ball Integrity Level (SIL) 3. These are intended to achieve sufficient integrity against
valves with systematic errors of design by the manufacturer.
soft & metal seat 3-way A Safety Instrumented Function (SIF) designed with this product must not
be used at a SIL level higher than stated.
up to 24" / DN600
Random Capability:
The SIL limit imposed by the Architectural Constraints must be met for each
element. This device meets exida criteria for Route 2H.

IEC 61508 Failure Rates in FIT*

Full Trunnion Ball valves with soft & metal seat 3-way up to 24" / DN600

Fully closed Tight shut off Fully Open

Application lSafe lDD lDU lSafe lDD lDU lSafe lDD lDU
Clean service 0 0 675 0 0 2076 274 0 401
Clean Service w ith PVST 0 265 410 0 265 1811 274 265 136
Severe service 0 0 1184 0 0 3986 549 0 635
Severe Service w ith PVST 0 426 758 0 426 3560 549 426 209
*FIT = 1 failure /
109hours
PVST = Partial Valve Stroke Test of a final element Device

SIL Verification:
The Safety Integrity Level (SIL) of an entire Safety Instrumented Function (SIF)
must be verified via a calculation of PFDavg considering redundant architectures,
proof test interval, proof test effectiveness, any automatic diagnostics, average
repair time and the specific failure rates of all products included in the SIF. Each
element must be checked to assure compliance with minimum hardware fault
tolerance (HFT) requirements.

The following documents are a mandatory part of certification:

Assessment Report: PEKOS 15/05-012-C R007 V1 R2
Safety Manual: : Safety manual PEKOS GROUP DC 77-02-04 Rev 3

64 N Main St
Sellersville, PA 18960

T-109, V1R2
Page 2 of 2
 SOLENOID VALVES 2
3/2
direct operated, basic flow U Series
balanced poppet 1 3
327
1/4
FEATURES
• The valves are certified according to IEC 61508 Functional Safety data and have
SIL-3 capability (TÜV & Exida certification)
• The solenoid valves are recommended for pilot applications with basic flow, wide
pressure ranges and no minimum operating pressure
• PTFE rider rings and graphite-filled PTFE seals reduce friction and eliminate
sticking
• Coils used in metal enclosures have class H insulation materials
• Dedicated execution for low power
• Dedicated execution for extreme low ambient temperatures
• Peak voltage suppression diodes are standard in DC solenoids with metal
enclosures
• The solenoid valves satisfy all relevant EU directives
• Manual Operators are optional including an under pressure removable type
• Environmental NACE compliant and certified vibration resistant in combination
with WSCR solenoids

GENERAL
Differential pressure 0 - 10 bar [1 bar = 100kPa]
Maximum viscosity 65cST (mm2/s)
Response times 75 - 100 ms(1)
fluids(2) () temperature range (TS) (3) seal materials ()
-20 to +120°C FPM (fluoroelastomer)
air, inert gas, water, oil -40 to +40°C VMQ (silicone)
-60 to +60°C (F)VMQ ((fluor)silicone)
(1)
Energising time for Ex i version booster coils will be < 2 sec (NFIS, WSNFIS and WSCRIS) 1
(2)
Air / inert gas only for Ex i version (NFIS, WSNFIS and WSCRIS)
(3)
Can be limited by the operator ambient temperature range for explosion proof solenoids
2
3
MATERIALS IN CONTACT WITH FLUID
() Ensure that the compatibility of the fluids in contact with the materials is verified
Brass body Stainless steel body
Body Brass AISI 316L SS
Stem Stainless steel Stainless steel BP
Core tube Stainless steel Stainless steel MP
Core and plugnut Stainless steel Stainless steel
Springs Stainless steel Stainless steel RP
Sealings & poppets FPM, VMQ, (F)VMQ FPM, VMQ, (F)VMQ LP
Rider ring PTFE PTFE
0,5W - 1,8W 3,6W - 3,7W 5,7W - 5,8W 10,0W-11,6W

Low Reduced Medium Basic

power power power power

POWER LEVELS - cold electrical holding values (watt)

SPECIFICATIONS
operating pressure
flow prefix optional solenoids basic
pipe orifice differential (bar) power
coefficient catalogue
size size max. (PS) level NEMA ATEX / IECEx
Kv IP65 number
min. air/water () 7&9 Ex db Ex i Ex eb mb Ex mb
 (mm) (m3/h) (l/m) ~/= ~/= EF NF WSCR NFIS WSCRIS EM WSCREM PV SC brass(4) stainless steel
U - Universal, FPM sealings and poppets (minimum fluid temperature -20°C) (3)

1/4 5,7 0,45 7,5 0 10 BP   - - -  -    327B001  327B002

1/4 5,7 0,45 7,5 0 10 MP -   - -   -   327B201  327B202
1/4 5,7 0,45 7,5 0 10 RP -   - -   -   327B101  327B102
1/4 5,7 0,45 7,5 0 10 (2) LP -     -  - -  327B301  327B302
U - Universal, VMQ sealings and poppets (minimum fluid temperature -40°C) (3)
1/4 5,7 0,45 7,5 0 10 BP   - - -  -    327B011  327B012
U - Universal, (F)VMQ sealings and poppets (minimum fluid temperature -50°C) (3)
1/4 5,7 0,45 7,5 0 10 MP - - - - -  - -   327B211  327B212
1/4 5,7 0,45 7,5 0 10 RP -   - -   -   327B111  327B112
1/4 5,7 0,45 7,5 0 10 (2) LP -     -  - -  327B311  327B312
U - Universal, (F)VMQ sealings and poppets (minimum fluid temperature -60°C) (3)
80020GB-2018/R01

1/4 5,7 0,45 7,5 0 10 MP -   - - -  - -  327B291  327B292

 Select 8 for NPT ANSI 1.20.3 or Select G for ISO G(228/1)  Available feature  Available feature in DC only - Not available
(2)
Air
 / inert gas only for Ex i version (NFIS, WSNFIS and WSCRIS) (3)
For
 maximum ambient temperature check operator ambient temperature range on page 3
(4)
Not in combination with WSCR solenoids

All leaflets are available on: www.asco.com

1
 SERIES 327
PREFIX TABLE PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE
prefix description power level STEP 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 LP RP MP BP Select basic catalogue number,
E F Explosionproof - NEMA 7, 9 - Zinc plated steel conduit - - -  including pipe thread indentification
E V Explosionproof - NEMA 7, 9 - 316 SS conduit - - -  letter. Refer to the specifications table
E M Waterproof IP66/67 - Metal enclosure (EN/IEC 60079-7,-18 and -31)* -    on page 1.
E T Threaded conduit/hole (M20 x 1,5)    
Example: 8327B001
N F Flameproof - Aluminium (EN/IEC 60079-1, 60079-31)*    
P V Encapsulated epoxy moulded (EN/IEC 60079-18)* - - - 
S C Solenoid with spade plug connector (EN/IEC 60730) -    STEP 2
W P Waterproof IP67 - Metal enclosure -    Select prefix (combination). Refer to
N F I S I.S. with Aluminium IP66/IP67 enclosure (EN/IEC 60079-11+31)*  - - - the specifications table on page 1 and
W S Waterproof IP67 - 316 SS enclosure -    the prefix table on page 2, respect the
W S C R Flameproof 316L SS (EN/IEC 60079-0+1+31)*    - indicated power level.
W S C R E M Increased Safety / Encapsulated 316L SS (EN/IEC 60079-0+7+18+31)*    - Example: NF
W S C R I S Intrinsically Safe 316L SS (EN/IEC 60079-0+11+31)*  - - -
W S E M Waterproof IP66/67 - 316 SS enclosure (EN/IEC 60079-7,-18 and -31)* -    STEP 3
W S N F I S I.S. with 316L SS IP66/IP67 enclosure (EN/IEC 60079-11+31)*  - - - Select suffix (combination) if required.
W S N F Flameproof 316L SS (EN/IEC 60079-1, 60079-31)*    
Refer to the suffix table on page 2,
T Threaded conduit (1/2" NPT)    
respect the indicated power level.
H C Class H - Battery charging circuit - - - 
X Other special constructions -    Example: MS

STEP 4
SUFFIX TABLE Select voltage. Refer to standard
suffix description power level voltages on page 3.
1 2 3 4 5 LP RP MP BP Example: 230V / 50/60Hz
N V FPM (fluoroelastomer) and parts cleaned for oxygen service    
V FPM (fluoroelastomer)  - - - STEP 5
C O Epoxy coating on all external surfaces    
M O Push type manual operator (2)    
Final catalogue / ordering number.
M S Screw type manual operator (1) (2)     Example:
NF 8327B001 MS 230V / 50/60 Hz
 Available feature
 Available feature in DC only
- Not available
* ATEX/IECEx valves using these solenoids are approved according to EN 13463-1 (non electrical)
(1)
Functional Safety certification is not applicable with this feature
(2)
Under pressure removable execution (see page 6)

OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES ORDERING EXAMPLES VALVES:

spare part kit no.(2) SC 8 327B001 24V / DC
catalogue number mounting bracket
~/= WSEMT G 327B002 MS 24V / DC
SC 327B001 C123670  NFET G 327B001 230V / 50/60 Hz
SC 327B002 C123670  WSEM G 327B002 MO 24V / DC
SC 327B011 C131237  NF 8 327B211 24V / DC
SC 327B012 C131237  WSCR G 327B202 MS 24V / DC
SC 327B101 C132251  EM 8 327B201 230V / 50/60 Hz
SC 327B102 C132251  PV 8 327B012 MS 24V / DC
SC 327B111 C132253  EF G 327H002 MS 240V / 50/60 Hz
SC 327B112 C132253 
SC 327B201 C132251  prefix (3) voltage
SC 327B202 C132251  pipe thread suffix
SC 327B211 C132253  basic number (3)
SC 327B212 C132253 
327B291 C325957 
327B292 C325957 
ORDERING EXAMPLES KITS:
327B301 C133441  C131237(4)
327B302 C133441  WSEM C123670 MS
327B311 C133442  NF C131237
327B312 C133442  WSEM C123670 MO
 Select 8 for NPT ANSI 1.20.3 or select G for ISO G(228/1)

(2)
Standard prefixes/suffixes are also applicable to kits prefix suffix
 Mounting holes in body basic number
(3) 
Prefix EF and EV should always be used in conjunction with change
letter H in the basic number
(4)
Basic kit number applies to SC coil construction
80020GB-2018/R01

All leaflets are available on: www.asco.com

2
 SERIES 327
EXPLANATION OF TEMPERATURE RANGES OF SOLENOID VALVES
Valve temperature range The valve temperature range (TS) is determined by the selected seal material, the temperature
range for proper operation of the valve and sometimes by the fluid (e.g. steam)
Operator ambient temperature range The operator ambient temperature range is determined by the selected power level and the
safety code
Total temperature range The temperature range of the complete solenoid valve is determined by the limitations of both
temperature ranges above

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Coil insulation class H(1)/ F(2)
Electrical safety IEC 60335-1
Standard voltages DC (=) 24V - 48V; Allowable voltage variation ± 10%
AC (~) 24V - 48V - 115V - 230V/50/60Hz; Other voltages are available on request
power ratings operator
ambient electrical replacement coil / kit
prefix inrush holding hot/cold temperature enclosure
safety code
option ~ ~ = range protection ~ = type(4)
(VA) (VA) (W) (W) (C°)(3) (EN 60529)
230V/50/60 Hz 24V/DC
Basic power (BP)
SC 10,0 10,0 10,0 9,0/11,2 -40 to +55 EN 60730 IP65, moulded 123664-017 400425-142 01
WP/WS 10,0 10,0 10,0 9,0/11,2 -40 to +55 EN 60730 IP67, steel /SS 400915-017 400913-142 03
NF/WSNF 10,0 10,0 10,0 9,0/11,2 -60 to +40/60 II2G Ex db IIC Gb T6/T5, II2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67, alu./SS 400915-017 400913-142 05
EM/WSEM 10,0 10,0 10,0 9,0/11,2 -40 to +40 II2G Ex eb mb IIC Gb T3, II2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67, steel /SS 400915-017 400913-142 03
PV - - - 9,0/11,2 -40 to +55 II2G Ex mb IIC Gb T4, II2D Ex mb IIIC Db IP65, moulded - - (5) 07
EF/EV 12,0 12,0 12,0 9,3/11,6 -40 to +52/40 NEMA type 7 and 9 NEMA 4X 276002-058D 238714-006D 08
Medium Power (MP)
SC 5,8 5,8 5,8 5,2/5,7 -40 to +90 EN 60730 IP65, moulded 400924-297 400923-442 02
WP/WS 5,8 5,8 5,8 5,2/5,7 -40 to +90 EN 60730 IP67, steel /SS 400921-297 400914-442 04
NF/WSNF 5,8 5,8 5,8 5,2/5,7 -60 to +60/75/90 II2G Ex db IIC Gb T6/T5/T4, II2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67, alu./SS 400921-297 400914-442 05
WSCR 5,8 5,8 5,8 5,2/5,7 -60 to +40/60/90 II2G Ex db IIC Gb T6/T4/T3, II2D Ex t IIIC Db IP66/67, SS 400962-297 400961-442 06
WSCREM 5,8 5,8 5,8 5,2/5,7 -60 to +40/60/90 II2G Ex eb mb IIC Gb T6/T4, II2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67, SS 400962-297 400961-442 06
EM/WSEM 5,8 5,8 5,8 5,2/5,7 -40 to +40/75/90 II2G Ex eb mb IIC Gb T5/T4, II2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67, steel /SS 400921-297 400914-442 04
Reduced Power (RP)(6)
SC 3,7 3,7 3,7 3,2/3,6 -40 to +55 EN 60730 IP65, moulded - (6) 400923-042 02
WP/WS 3,7 3,7 3,7 3,2/3,6 -40 to +55 EN 60730 IP67, steel /SS - (6) 400914-242 04
NF/WSNF 3,7 3,7 3,7 3,2/3,6 -60 to +60 II2G Ex db IIC Gb T6, II2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67, alu./SS - (6) 400914-242 05
WSCR 3,7 3,7 3,7 3,2/3,6 -60 to +40/60/90 II2G Ex db IIC Gb T6/T5/T4, II2D Ex t IIIC Db IP66/67, SS - (6) 400961-242 06
WSCREM 3,7 3,7 3,7 3,2/3,6 -60 to +40/60/90 II2G Ex eb mb IIC Gb T6/T5/T4, II2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67, SS - (6) 400961-242 06
EM/WSEM 3,7 3,7 3,7 3,2/3,6 -40 to +40/55 II2G Ex eb mb IIC Gb T6/T5, II2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67, steel /SS - (6) 400914-242 04
Low Power (LP)(7)
NF/WSNF 1,85 1,85 1,85 1,5/1,8 -60 to +55 II2G Ex db IIC Gb T6, II2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67, alu./SS - (7) 400914-542 05
WSCR 1,85 1,85 1,85 1,5/1,8 -60 to +55 II2G Ex db IIC Gb T6, II2D Ex t IIIC Db IP66/67, SS - (7) 400961-542 06
WSCREM 1,85 1,85 1,85 1,5/1,8 -60 to +55 II2G Ex eb mb IIC Gb T6, II2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67, SS - (7) 400961-542 06
NFIS (8)(10) 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 -40 to +60 II2G Ex ia IIC T6 Gb, II2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67, alu./SS - (9) 429013-001 05
WSCRIS(10) 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 -40 to +60 II2G Ex ia IIC T6 Gb, II2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67, SS - (9) 429013-001 06
WSNFIS(10) 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 -40 to +60 II2G Ex ia IIC T6 Gb, II2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67, alu./SS - (9) 429013-001 05
(1)
Coils used in metal enclosures have class H insulation materials (2)
Encapsulated (open) coils have class F insulation standard Temperature range can be limited by sealings
(3)
(4)
Refer to the dimensional drawings on page 4 and 5 (5)
Multiple coil kits are available under ATEX/IECEx, contact us AC limited to 127V/50/60Hz or 125V/DC
(6)
(7)
Only available in 24, 48 and110V/DC (8)
Shall be protected against any impact or friction, see the Only available in 24V/DC
(9)
(10)
For safety and nominal electrical parameters refer to applicable installation conditions given in the I&M sheet - Not available
solenoid page or I&M sheet

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
prefix connection
SC Spade plug connector with cable gland EN175301-803A (ISO 4400) for cables with an
outer diameter from 6 to 10 mm
WP, WS, EM, WSEM, NFIS, WSNFIS, M20 plastics cable gland for cables with an outer diameter from 7 to 12 mm.
WSCRIS
WSCREM M20 316 SS cable gland for cables with an outer diameter from 7,2 to 11,7 mm.
NF, WSNF, WSCR, NFTIS, WSNFTIS 1/2" NPT threaded cable entry. Enclosures are supplied without cable gland
80020GB-2018/R01

NFET, WSNFET, NFETIS, WSNFETIS M20 x 1,5 threaded cable entry. Enclosures are supplied without cable gland

All leaflets are available on: www.asco.com

3
 SERIES 327

ADDITIONAL OPTIONS
• Ex mb/mD (prefix "PV") solenoid can be supplied with various cable lengths
• Compliance with "UL", "CSA" and other local approvals available on request
• Manual Operators are available as shown on page 6
• Class H insulation for encapsulated coils
• Material certification like EN 10204 3.1 on the 316L Stainless Steel bodies are available on request

INSTALLATION
• Multi language installation/maintenance instructions are included with each valve
• The solenoid valves can be mounted in any position without affecting operation
• The mounting holes are provided in the valve body
• Threaded pipe connection identifier is 8 = NPT (ANSI 1.20.3); G = G (ISO 228/1)
• Declarations of conformity are available on request
• 
Ex eb mb Prefix "EM" and Ex ia Prefix "NFIS/WSCRIS" execution: solenoid enclosure has a cable gland with integral strain
relief for cables with an o.d. from 7 to 12 mm and housing is provided with an internal and external connection facility for an
earthing or bonding conductor
• 
Ex db Prefix "NF/WSNF/WSCR" enclosure is provided with a 1/2" NPT threaded entry hole, M20 x 1,5 (prefix "ET") is op-
tional.These are supplied without cable gland
• All DC solenoids with metal enclosure are provided with switch-off peak voltage suppression diodes
• To comply with IEC 61508 (SIL) the valves must be provided with a specific exhaust protector (as shown on page 6) or equal

DIMENSIONS (mm), WEIGHT (kg)

TYPE 01: TYPE 02:
Epoxy moulded Epoxy moulded
SC: IEC 60335-1 / ISO 4400 SC: IEC 60335-1 / ISO 4400

327B001 / B002 / B011 / B012 327B101 / B102 / B111 / B112 / B201 / B202 / B211 / B212
  Manual operator (MS)   Manual operator (MS)
 execution  execution





360°
360°
 



  
 

  
 
  

  




TYPE 03: TYPE 04:

Metal, epoxy coated / AISI 316L SS Metal, epoxy coated / AISI 316L SS
WP / WS: IEC 60335-1 WP / WS: IEC 60335-1
EM / WSEM: EN/IEC 60079-7+18+31 EM / WSEM: EN/IEC 60079-7+18+31

327B001 / B002 / B011 / B012 327B101 / B102 / B111 / B112 / B201 / B202 / B211 / B212
  Manual operator (MS) Manual operator (MS)
execution  
 execution


360˚
360˚



 
 
  
 
  

  

80020GB-2018/R01

 
 
 





All leaflets are available on: www.asco.com

4
 SERIES 327

DIMENSIONS (mm), WEIGHT (kg)

TYPE 05: TYPE 06:
Aluminium, epoxy coated / AISI 316L SS AISI 316L SS
NF / WSNF : EN/IEC 60079-1, 60079-31 WSCR : EN/IEC 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-31
NFIS / WSNFIS : EN/IEC 60079-11, 60079-31 WSCREM : EN/IEC 60079-0, 60079-7, 60079-18,
EN/IEC 60079-31
WSCRIS : EN/IEC 60079-0, 60079-11, 60079-31

327 B001 / B002 / B011 / B012 / B101 / B102 / B111 / B112 / B201 327 B102 / B112 / B202 / B212 / B292 / B302 / B312
327B202 / B211 / B212 / B291 / B292 / B301 / B302 / B311 / B312
A G A G
Manual operator (MS)
H execution H
1/2 NPT 9

360°
360°

15
F F
E
1 E M5
M 1
R 2
2
3 D D
12 L
3
12
23 23 L
C C
B ø5.5 Ø5.5
27 B 27
41 41
J
J
K
K

TYPE 07: TYPE 08:

Epoxy encapsulated Epoxy encapsulated
PV: EN/IEC 60079-18 EF and EV: NEMA type 7, 9 / ICS-6 ANSI

327B001 / B002 / B011 / B012 327H001 / H002 / H011 / H012

   
Manual operator (MS)
 execution 


360°
360°



 
 

     

  
 
 
 
  



type prefix/option power level A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R weight

01 SC BP 45 30 11 24 90 114 91 85 50 30 55 29 23 167 - 0,95 kg

02 SC MP/RP 50 30 11 24 109 95 87 56 53 55 29 23 162 - - 1,05 kg
03 WP, WS, EM, WSEM BP 77 30 11 24 109 120 81 55 29 23 162 - - - - 1,00 kg
04 WP, WS, EM, WSEM MP/RP 77 30 11 24 112 120 81 55 29 23 165 - - - - 1,30 kg
05 NF BP/MP/RP 97 30 11 24 87 136 102 54 55 29 23 189 - - 73 2,60 kg
05 WSNF BP/MP/RP 97 30 11 24 87 136 102 54 55 29 23 189 - - 73 3,70 kg
05 NF, NFIS LP 97 30 11 24 97 146 102 54 55 29 23 199 - - 83 2,65 kg
05 WSNF, WSNFIS LP 97 30 11 24 97 146 102 54 55 29 23 199 - - 83 3,75 kg
06 WSCR, WSCREM, WSCRIS MP/RP/LP 92 30 11 24 101 140 116 75 55 29 23 - - - - 3,10 kg
07 PV BP 45 30 11 24 76 97 72 67 45 55 29 23 150 - - 1,05 kg
08 EF, EV BP 50 30 24 87 98 77 51 55 29 23 151 - - - - 0,95 kg
80020GB-2018/R01

All leaflets are available on: www.asco.com

5
 SERIES 327

SECTIONAL DRAWINGS
Manual Operator (MS*) Manual Operator (MO) Removable Manual Operator (MS*) / (MO)

1 1 1

2 2 2
3 3 3

29 mm
Adapter

plug

Suffix MS* Suffix MO

NF/WSNF
REMOVABLE MO / MS TOOL MOUNTING BRACKET

PIC-02-0050-GB -- Availability, design and specifications are subject to change without notice. All rights reserved.
Mounted adapter use TPL 26710

Removable Manual Operator Kit number

Bracket kit no.: C139824 MS type C325324

contains: Stainless steel 304 SS screws MO type C325323
Tool to remove plug. Kit no.: C325325 and bracket Adapter type C325410
* MS type is not covered in the Functional Safety (SIL) certification

EXHAUST PROTECTOR
part number REF A.
pipe wrench size
thread mesh\filtering
size (REF A.)
brass nickel plated 316L stainless steel

ISO 228/1 131875-001 131875-014

1/4 100 - 200 µm 16 mm
NPT 131875-002 131875-015
80020GB-2018/R01

All leaflets are available on: www.asco.com

6
 OPERATORS Series

for potentially explosive atmospheres WSCR

and high corrosive ambient,
Ex db, Ex eb mb, Ex ia WSCREM
316L stainless steel WSCRIS
FEATURES
• Full 316 stainless steel construction, suitable for high corrosive environments
• NACE compliant including the solenoid enclosure internals
• Fullfilling the latest relevant ATEX and IECEx standards for both Gas & Dust
• Passed Lloyds register type approval vibration test 1&2 (IEC 60068-2-6)
• Easy electrical connection by means of screw terminals
• Peak voltage suppression diodes are standard in DC solenoids
• The flameproof Ex db enclosure is provided with a a 1/2 NPT or M20 x 1,5
threaded entry hole for a broad range of cable glands
• The Ex ia enclosure is standard supplied with a blue Ex e plastic cable gland and
the Ex eb mb in metal
• Ingress protection degree IP66 & IP67
SAFETY CODE
CONSTRUCTION WSCR
Solenoid enclosure AISI 316L SS II 2G Ex db IIC Gb T6..T3 (gas)
Bonnet AISI 316L SS II 2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67 85°C to 200°C (dust)
Core & tube Stainless steel
Springs & plugnut Stainless steel WSCREM
Nameplate AISI 316L SS II 2G Ex eb mb IIC Gb T6..T3 (gas)
Coil connection AISI 316L SS II 2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67 85°C to 200°C (dust)
Fasteners & screws AISI 316L SS
WSCRIS
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS II 2G Ex ia IIC Gb T6 (gas)
Standard voltages*: II 2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67 85°C (dust)
DC (=): 24V - 48V
AC (~): 24V - 48V - 115V - 230V / 50 Hz
(Other voltages and 60 Hz on request)
* Intrinsically Safe construction only 24V/DC
NOTE: Refer to page 3 for more detailed electrical characteristics information.

TEMPERATURE CLASSIFICATION TABLES

(1)
The minimum allowable ambient temperature is -60°C for the operator.
Select the requested "T" classification from the temperature classification tables,
respecting the maximum ambient temperature and cold (20°C)
BP
electrical holding power values.
AC (~) or DC (=) Full wave rectified MP
RP
surface ambient/medium(2) power cable
temperature temperature level temperature LP
(W) (°C)
D G (°C) 0,5W - 1,9W 3,6W - 3,7W 5,7W - 5,8W 8W - 10W
Ex db Ex eb mb Ex db Ex eb mb Low Reduced Medium Basic
power power power power
25 8,5 8,5 60 60
T80°C T6 40 6,0 6,0 65 65 POWER LEVELS - cold electrical holding values (watt)

60 3,0 3,0 75 75
25 11,5 11,5 70 70
40 8,5 8,5 75 75
T95°C T5
60 5,0 5,0 80 80
75 3,0 3,0 90 90
25 19,5 19,5 85 85
40 16,0 16,0 90 90
T130°C T4 60 11,5 11,5 100 100 DC (=) WSCRIS solenoids; Ex ia
75 8,5 8,5 110 110 maximum ambient (1) temp.
insulation

100 4,5 6,0 120 115 power "T" classification

25 27,0 27,0 100 105 level
T6 (G) T5 (G) T4 (G)
class

40 23,0 23,0 110 110 (watt)

85°C (D) 100°C (D) 135°C (D)
T195°C T3 60 18,0 18,0 115 115
75 15,0 15,0 125 125 Low power (LP)
100 9,5 11,5 135 130 0,5 H 60°C - -
(1)
-40°C for the Intrinsically Safe construction WSCRIS
80223GB-2018/R01

(2)
Make sure that the selected ambient temperature does not exceed the allowable
valve temperature characteristics as specified on the appropriate valve catalogue sheets.

All leaflets are available on: www.asco.com

1
 SERIES WSCR / WSCREM / WSCRIS

PREFIX TABLE PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

(The selection can only be made in conjunction with
prefix description power level the appropriate valve catalogue sheet)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 LP RP MP BP
W S C R Flameproof 316L SS (EN/IEC 60079-0+1+31)*     STEP 1
W S C R E M Increased Safety / Encapsulated 316L SS (EN/IEC 60079-0+7+18+31)*     Select basic valve catalogue number,
W S C R I S Intrinsically Safe 316L SS (EN/IEC 60079-0+11+31)*  - - - including pipe thread indentification
E T Threaded conduit/hole (M20 x 1,5)     letter from one of the specification
T Threaded conduit (1/2" NPT)     tables on the separate catalogue pages.
● Available feature Example: 8327B102
* ATEX solenoids are also approved according to EN 13463-1 (non electrical valves)
STEP 2
Select voltage. Refer to standard
ORDERING EXAMPLES VALVES: voltages on page 1.
WSCR 8 327B001 24V /DC Example: 24V/DC
WSCRET G 327B101 MO 24V /DC STEP 3
Select solenoid prefix (combination).
prefix voltage
Refer to the prefix table on this page
pipe thread suffix
basic number and respect the indicated power level,
cold electrical holding values and
"T" classification mentioned on page 1.
NOTE: Make sure that the ambient temperature
does not exceed the allowable valve temperature
characteristics.
Example WSCR:
60°C ambient
Basic Power (BP) 8W
II 2G Ex db IIC Gb T4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/67 T135°C
STEP 4
Final catalogue / ordering number.
Example:
WSCRF 8327B102 24V/DC

ADDITIONAL OPTIONS

● Special moulded-in solid state components for peak voltage suppression and/or AC (~) rectification
● Cable glands (Flameproof cable entry devices for cable 8,5-16 mm or 9-12 mm) refer to section 14

INSTALLATION

● Multi language installation/maintenance instructions are included with each valve

● The solenoid operators can be mounted in any position without affecting operation
● Any Ex db IIC approved cable entry device can be fitted in the 1/2" NPT (M20 x 1,5 as an option) threaded entry hole,
refer to the nameplate for identification of the maximum cable temperature
● The WSCREM solenoids are fitted with stainless steel cable gland for cables with o.d. from 7,2 to 11,7 mm
● The WSCRIS solenoids are supplied with plastic blue cable gland for cables with o.d. from 7 to 12 mm
● Internal and external earthing connection terminals
● The operator can be rotated 360° to select the most favourable position for cable entry

DIMENSIONS (mm), WEIGHT (kg)

116
75 92

prefix weight

91 WSCR*
WSCREM* 2,25 kg
360°
WSCRIS*
53
* Without cable gland
80223GB-2018/R01

47

All leaflets are available on: www.asco.com

2
 SERIES WSCR / WSCREM / WSCRIS

SAFETY PARAMETERS
safety parameters Example of use with a Zener barrier installed in a non-hazardous zone:
prefix Ui Ii Pi Li Ci safe area (RS interface) cable explosive area
option = (DC)
(V) (mA) (W) (mH) (µF) 2
Low power (LP)
WSCRIS < 32 500 1,5 0 0 3 1

RECOMMENDED INTERFACES
Located in safe areas, these interfaces allow to feed the intrinsically safe solenoid valves located in explosive areas.
This equipment must be ordered from its respective manufacturers, specifying that they are intended to feed intrinsically safe
solenoid operators:
WSCRIS : II1G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga, II 2D Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db IP66/67

BARRIERS / INTERFACES ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

1G/2G Standard voltages
manufacturer module type T6
DC (=) : 24V nominal
IIC
Bartec 17-1834 x A minimum current of 32 mA is necessary for optimal performance. The
x minimum series resistance required is 200 Ohms.The nominal value of the
MTL7728+
x resistance of the Rcoil is 32 Ohms (at 20°C).
MTL7787+
MTL5521 x
MTL Intrinsically Safe Coil Calculations
MTL5523 x
The following application information will allow the calculation of the loop
MTL5524 x
current for the ASCO intrinsically safe solenoid.
MTL5525 x
KCD2-SLD-Ex1.1245 x Definitions:
KFD2-SL2-Ex1 x Vsupply = The supply voltage to the barrier.
KFD2-SL2-Ex2 x Tambient = The ambient temperature in degrees C.
KFD2-SL2-Ex1.B x
Pepperl Rbarrier = The maximum barrier end to end resistance.
KFD2-SL2-Ex2.B x
+ Rloop = The maximum resistance in lead wire
KFD2-SL2-Ex1.LK x
Fuchs
KFD0-SD2-Ex1.1045 x Rcoil = The resistance of the solenoid coil at Tambient
KFD0-SD2-Ex2.1045 x (Tamb + 234)
Rcoil = 32 Ω
KFC0-SD2-Ex1.1245 x 254
KFC0-SD2-Ex2.1245 x Iloop = Loop current in the circuit:
DO40Ex x (Vsupply - 3.2)
Turck Iloop = (54 + R + R + R )
MK72-S19-EX0/24VDC x coil loop barrier

In accordance with the zone classification and the national legislation This current must always be greater than or equal to 32mA for proper
of each country, apply the certification procedures for the connection operation of the solenoid valve.
of IS-rated products with associated equipment. All information
subject to change without notice. All responsibility for the use of
products from other suppliers and the possible modifications of their
characteristics is disclaimed.

ELECTRONIC ENHANCED “IS” SOLENOID

Normal operating voltage 24 Volts, DC +/-10%
Maximum allowable “off” state current to the valve must be < 1 mA
Maximum capacitor charge time 2 seconds
Minimum time between cycles 2 seconds
Minimum drop current to reset electronic coil 2 mA
Important: A minimum series resistance of 200 Ohms is required in wiring if a safety barrier is not used
80223GB-2018/R01

All leaflets are available on: www.asco.com

3
4
All leaflets are available on: www.asco.com
PIC-08-0023-GB -- Availability, design and specifications are subject to change without notice. All rights reserved.
80223GB-2018/R01
 170
M5, Depth8
36, Depth64
R1/4 BSPP, Depth12

32
O 140

16
110
12
24

40 59,9
4 110 DETAIL A 1:1,5
4

Hole pattern for solenoid valves acc.

29,7
to VDI/VDE 3845, NAMUR

246,7
144 512,1 100

4
130

65 M5, Depth6
30

M6, Depth12

NAME DATE SIZE DWG NO

UNLESS OTHERWISE
DRAWN MOTO 10.11.2014 A3 REM00227 SPECIFIED
DIMENSIONS ARE IN
CHECKED TOCO 10.11.2014 FILE NAME: REM00227.dft
MILLIMETERS
TITLE ENG APPR TOCO 10.11.2014 SCALE: 1:4 REV: ....... AND TOLERANCES ARE REV DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVED
PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR RCT270 SR
F14 | 170X110 | SQR36 +/-0,5 REVISION HISTORY
MGR APPR TOCO 10.11.2014 WEIGHT: SHEET: 1 OF 1
 SOURCE FILE: 40-1000-CSD09-TM

12
5

114
70
27
4x 13.5 THRU 155
A

200
22 30

51
6
130
170 160 150
140
220 210
120

100 SEE TABLE

110 180 190
60
90 70
50
80

273
40

30

20
332
248

238

1 1

217

80 51 52

90 10

240 250

SECTION A-A A
FLOW DIRECTION FLANGE DRILLING PCD No. OF HOLES HOLE DIA
(PREFERRED)
EN 1092-1 PN 10 350 12 22
NOTE: EN 1092-1 PN 16 355 12 26
1 DISC CHORDAL DIMENSION AT VALVE FACE
ASME B16.5 CLASS 150 362 12 25.4
CUSTOMER NAME ORDER NO. / LINE NO. DRAWING TYPE END CONNECTION

JS COCK AS S22007620/10 SECTIONAL DRAWING ®

MULTI DRILLED
APPROX. WEIGHT (KG) THIRD ANGLE SITE
CUSTOMER PROJECT DRAWN BY
SERIES 40 SIZE 10" [DN250]
N/A BTSI NAGESH KRISHNAMURTHY FIRE SAFE SEAT 36.3 BCEU
CUSTOMER PROJECT NO. APPROVED BY WITH F12 TOP MOUNTING PRIMARY UNITS SHEET SIZE SHEET

N/A BGER VIKTOR HOLSTEIN MM A4 1 OF 2

CUSTOMER P.O. NO. DATE OF ISSUE BCEU ANNA CAMPBELL THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL NOT BE COPIED, TRANSFERRED, DRAWING NO. REV.
CONVEYED OR DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER THAT WOULD VIOLATE ITS PROPRIETARY
48601 11-MAR-2020 NATURE WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BRAY INTERNATIONAL,INC.
BD-002486-10 1
 SOURCE FILE: 40-1000-CSD09-468-CCL5-CD96

VALVE MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION

ITEM NOTE COMPONENT DESCRIPTION MATERIAL

10 2 BODY ASTM A216 GRADE WCB
20 DISC ASTM A351 GRADE CF8M
30 STEM ASTM A564 TYPE 630 H1150D
40 TAPER PIN ASTM A564 TYPE 630 H1150D
50 1 SEAT GLASS REINFORCED PTFE + SILICONE
51 FIRE SAFE SEAT ASTM B670 UNS N07718
52 1 FIRE SAFE SEAT GASKET FLEXIBLE GRAPHITE
60 2 SEAT RETAINER ASTM A516 GRADE 70
70 SEAT RETAINER SCREW ASTM A574
80 DISC SPACER ASTM A276 TYPE 316 CFA
90 BEARING ASTM A167 TYPE 316/GLASS REINFORCED TFE
100 THRUST WASHER ASTM A276 TYPE 316 CFA
110 1 STEM SEAL BRAIDED GRAPHITE YARN
120 GLAND RING ASTM A276 TYPE 316 CFA
130 GLAND RETAINER ASTM A351 GRADE CF8M
140 RETAINING RING/SPLIT RING STAINLESS STEEL
150 GLAND STUD ASTM A193 Gr. B8M2
160 GLAND NUT UNS S30200 - S30500
170 GLAND WASHER UNS S30200 - S30500
180 IDENTIFICATION TAG STAINLESS STEEL
190 DRIVE SCREW STAINLESS STEEL
200 BRACKET/TOP PLATE CARBON STEEL / ZINC NICKEL ALLOY COATING
210 BRACKET/TOP PLATE SCREW STAINLESS STEEL
220 BRACKET/TOP PLATE WASHER CARBON STEEL / BRIGHT ZINC PLATED
240 1 GASKET FLEXIBLE GRAPHITE
BOTTOM PLATE/LOCATING
250 ASTM A479 UNS S31600 / ASTM A351 GRADE CF8M
PLUG

NOTES

1. SUGGESTED SPARE PARTS KIT

2. OIL FREE SURFACE

COMMENTS
PAINTING SPECIFICATION:

PRIMER: INTERZINC 52 THICKNESS:60µm

INTERMEDIATE: INTERGARD 475HS THICKNESS: 200µm
TOPCOAT: INTERTHANE 990 RAL3001 THICKNESS: 60µm
PAINTING THICKNESS: 320UM-640UM

CUSTOMER NAME ORDER NO. / LINE NO. DOCUMENT TYPE PRESSURE RATING SHEET SIZE
JS COCK AS S22007620/10 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION 285 PSI [19.6 BAR] A4
CUSTOMER PROJECT CREATED BY SHELL TEST PRESSURE SITE
BTSI NAGESH SERIES: 40, TRIM: 468-CCL5-CD96 427.5 PSI [29.5 BAR]
N/A BCEU
BODY: CARBON STEEL, DISC: 316 SS
CUSTOMER PROJECT NO. KRISHNAMURTHY
APPROVED BY SEAT TEST PRESSURE SHEET
N/A BGER VIKTOR HOLSTEIN STEM: 17-4PH SS, SEAT: RPTFE (FIRE SAFE) 313.5 PSI [21.6 BAR] 2 OF 2
CUSTOMER P.O. NO. DATE OF ISSUE BCEU ANNA CAMPBELL TEMPERATURE RANGE DOCUMENT NO. REV.
48601 11-MAR-2020 -20°F to 500°F [-29 °C TO 259 °C] BD-002486-10 1
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL NOT BE COPIED, TRANSFERRED, CONVEYED OR DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER THAT WOULD VIOLATE ITS PROPRIETARY NATURE WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BRAY INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 Certificate No:
TAP000001R
TYPE APPROVAL CERTIFICATE

This is to certify:
That the Butterfly Valves

with type designation(s)

20, 21, 22, 23, 30, 31, 31H, 31U, 3A, 3AH, 32, 33, 35, 36, 36H, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 4A, 4B

Issued to
BRAY CONTROLS (UK) Ltd.
Renfrew, United Kingdom

is found to comply with

DNV GL rules for classification – Ships
Offshore Standard DNV-OS-D101, Marine and Machinery Systems and Equipment

Application :
Butterfly valves approved for use in ship piping and machinery piping systems according to
DNV GL Ship Pt.4 Ch.6.

Product(s) approved by this certificate is/are accepted for installation on all vessels classed
by DNV GL.

Temperature range: See cert.

Max. working press.: See cert.
Sizes: See cert.

This Certificate is valid until 2019-12-31.

Issued at Høvik on 2015-11-06
for DNV GL
DNV GL local station: Glasgow

Approval Engineer: Simon Ratcliffe

Marianne Spæren Marveng
Head of Section

This Certificate is subject to terms and conditions overleaf. Any significant change in design or construction may render this Certificate invalid.
The validity date relates to the Type Approval Certificate and not to the approval of equipment/systems installed.

Form code: TA 1411a Revision: 2015-05 www.dnvgl.com Page 1 of 5

© DNV GL 2014. DNV GL and the Horizon Graphic are trademarks of DNV GL AS.
 Job Id: 262.1-018987-1
Certificate No: TAP000001R

Product description
Butterfly valves: Wafer, lug and double flanged types designed according to the following standards:

Series 20/21/22/23 ASME VIII Div.1 UG-27

Series 30/31/31H/32/33/35/36/36H ASME VIII Div.1 UG-27
Series 31U ASME B16.34 Class 150
Series 40/41/4A ASME B16.34 Class 150
Series 42/43/4AH ASME B16.34 Class 300
Series 44/45 ASME B16.34 Class 600

Part Material
Body
Grey Cast Iron ASTM A126 Grade B
Nodular Ductile Iron (non-ferritic) ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12
Nodular Ductile Iron (ferritic) ASTM A395 Grade 60-40-18
Aluminium ASTM B26 Alloy 356.0-T6
Aluminium Bronze ASTM B148 Grade 954
Nickel Aluminium Bronze ASTM B148 UNS 95800 / 95500
Carbon Steel ASTM A216 WCB
ASTM A352 LCB, LCC
Stainless Steel ASTM A351 CF3M, CF8M
Super Duplex ASTM A995 4A, 5A
Disc
Nodular Ductile Iron (Nylon Coated) ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12
Stainless Steel ASTM A351 Grade CF8M
Aluminium Bronze ASTM B148-954
Nickel Aluminium Bronze ASTM B148 UNS 95800 / 95500
Titanium ASTM B348 Grade II
Super Duplex ASTM 890 Grade 5A / A995
Hastelloy ASTM B575 Alloy N10276
Carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB
Stem
Stainless Steel 304, 316, 416 or 17-4PH
Titanium ASTM B348 Grade II
Super Duplex ASTM UNS S32750 / A995
Monel K500 UNS N 05500
Hastelloy ASTM B-575 Alloy N10276

Seat: EPDM, Buna-N, Viton (FKM), RTFE, PTFE, UHMWPE, RPTFE, RTFE-Inconel, TFM1700, Inconel,
Polar®

Other manufacturing locations:

Bray Controls - USA Bray Controls - China Bray Controls – India

13333 Westland East Blvd. 98 Gaoxin #6 Road 14, Alindra
Houston, Xiao Shan Economic and Savli GIDC Estate
Texas 77041 Development Zone Savli
USA Hangzhou, Vadodara 391775
Zhejiang, Gujarat
China 311225 India

Form code: TA 1411a Revision: 2015-05 www.dnvgl.com Page 2 of 5

 Job Id: 262.1-018987-1
Certificate No: TAP000001R

Application/Limitation
Maximum working pressures:

Series Sizes Max

Pressure
Bar Psi
20 DN25 – DN500 10 150
21 DN25 – DN500 10 150
22 DN50 – DN500 10 150
23 DN50 – DN600 10 150
30 DN50 – DN300 12 175
DN350 – DN500 10 150
31 DN50 – DN300 12 175
DN50 – DN300 Lugged * 16 250
DN350 – DN500 10 150
31U DN50 – DN300 20 285
31H DN50 – DN500 16 250
3A DN50 – DN300 12 175
DN350 – DN500 10 150
3AH DN50 – DN500 16 250
32 DN600 – DN900 5 75
33 DN600 – DN900 10 150
35 DN600 – DN1800 5 75
36 DN600 – DN1800 10 150
36H DN600 – DN1500 16 232
40 DN65 – DN1200 20 285
41 DN65 – DN1200 20 285
42 DN65 – DN900 50 740
43 DN65 – DN900 50 740
44 DN80 – DN600 102 1480
45 DN80 – DN600 102 1480
4A DN80 – DN500 20 285
4AH DN80 – DN500 50 740
* Nodular Ductile Iron (ferritic) ASTM A395 Grade 60-40-18

Maximum allowable temperatures depending on seat material:

Seat material Temperatures

Series 20 to Series 36H
EPDM -40°C to +121°C
Buna-N -18°C to +100°C
Viton (FKM) -18°C to +160°C
Polyurethane -29 °C to +80 °C
PTFE-lined EPDM -29 °C to +150 °C
Virgin & Conductive PTFE -40°C to +200°C
UHMWPE -18oC to +85oC
Seat material Temperatures
Series 40 to Series 4AH
UHMWPE -18oC to +85oC
PTFE -29°C to +260°C
RTFE -29°C to +260°C
RTFE-Inconel -29°C to +260°C
Polar® -51°C to +38°C
TFM 1700 -52°C to +205°C
Inconel -52°C to +482°C

Form code: TA 1411a Revision: 2015-05 www.dnvgl.com Page 3 of 5

 Job Id: 262.1-018987-1
Certificate No: TAP000001R

Valves having EPDM lining are not to be used for hydrocarbon service.

The approval does not include any gear operating gear for remote control of the valves.

S40, S41, S42 and S43 valves can be used where “fire safe” application is required by DNV Rules for
Ships Pt.4 Ch.1 Sec.3 B500 by the use of a primary seat and then the back up metal seat (Inconel)

Other valves may not be used for sea water systems or hydrocarbon services where “fire safe”
application is required ref. DNV Rules for Ships Pt.4 Ch.1 Sec.3 B500.

Restrictions on grey cast iron

Grey cast iron valves shall not to be used for piping subject to pressure shock, excessive strains and
vibration.

Grey cast iron shall not be used for class I and II piping with the following exceptions:
• components in hydraulic piping systems where failure would not render the system inoperative
or introduce a fire risk.
• pump and filter housings in fuel and lubrication oil systems where the design temperature does
not exceed 120°C.

Grey cast iron can in general be used for class III piping, with the following exceptions:
• valves fitted on ship sides and bottom and on sea chests
• valves fitted on collision bulkhead
• valves under static head fitted on the external wall of fuel tanks, lube oil tanks and tanks for
other flammable oils
• valves for fluids with temperatures in excess of 120°C.

Restrictions on nodular ductile cast iron

Nodular cast iron of the ferritic type, with specified minimum elongation of 12%, may be used in class II
and III piping and in valves located on the ship's side and bottom and valves on the collision bulkhead.

Non-ferritic nodular iron shall be treated as grey cast iron and subject to the same restrictions.

Nodular cast iron shall not be used for media having a temperature exceeding 350°C or below 0 °C.

Type Approval documentation

Doc. ref. Rev. Description Status

Drawings and documentation as received on CD-from
manufacturer dated 2010-10-14.
Fire test certificates from Score and Lloyds.
• Report 167649 - S41 sizes 3” and 8” #150
• Report 228032 - S43 sizes 3” and 8” #150

UK-151001 0 Application/limitations – maximum working pressures For Info

for all series and sizes, dated 2015-10-05
UK-151002 0 List of technical drawings for all series and sizes, For Info
dated 2015-10-05
See UK-151002 Parts lists and dimensions – all series and sizes Approved
See UK-151002 Body casting drawings – all series and sizes Approved
See UK-151002 Body machining drawings – all series and sizes Approved
UK-151003 0 List of calculations, dated 2015-10-05 For Info
See UK-151003 Calculations – hoop stress For Info

Resilient seated butterfly valves Series 2X and 3X For Info

B-1050-EL-Resilient-2014-08 Bray catalogue For Info

Form code: TA 1411a Revision: 2015-05 www.dnvgl.com Page 4 of 5

 Job Id: 262.1-018987-1
Certificate No: TAP000001R

Doc. ref. Rev. Description Status

TM-1050-Resilient-02-2015 Technical manual For Info
SM-1002-Resil-2010-09 Safety manual For Info
OM-RSBFV-001 08-2012 Operating and maintenance manual For Info

High performance butterfly valves series 4X

B-1023-EL-S40-2011-05 Bray catalogue For Info
TM-1023-S40-06-01-2015 Technical manual For Info
SM-1001-McCanna_2010-09 Safety manual For Info
OM-Bray/McCannalock-06- Operating and maintenance For Info
01-2015

Tests carried out

S40/S41 and S42/S43 fire tested according to API607 and BS EN ISO 10497 as applicable.

Production testing
The valve housing of each valve shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test at minimum 1.5x
design pressure. The test pressure need not be more than 70 bar in excess of the design pressure.

Holding time and acceptance criteria may be according to API 598 or EN 12266-1.

The valve assembly shall be subjected to a hydrostatic seat leakage test. The test pressure shall at least
1.1x design pressure. The test shall be performed with closed valve with the other end open to
atmosphere. The pressure shall be applied independently on each side of the closed disc.

Holding time and acceptance criteria may be according to API 598 or EN 12266-1.

Certification
Valves shall be delivered with material certificates in accordance with DNV GL Ship Pt.4 Ch.6 Sec.2
Table 3.

DNV GL product certificates are required for valves with DN > 100 mm having a design pressure, p > 16
bar and for ship side valves with DN > 100 mm regardless of pressure rating. For other valves
manufacturers certificate may be accepted.

Marking of product
For traceability to this type approval, each valve is to be marked with:
• Manufacturer's name:
• Type designation
• Size
• Max. design pressure(s) or pressure class
• Direction of flow
• Serial numbers on each valve, as relevant

Periodical assessment
For retention of the Type Approval, a DNV GL Surveyor shall perform a survey - every second year and
before the expiry date of this certificate - to verify that the conditions for the type approval are complied
with.

Form code: TA 1411a Revision: 2015-05 www.dnvgl.com Page 5 of 5

7 globe valves:

Globe valves with regulating plug:

ARI STOBU Globe fig. 35.006 RK DN15 PN40,
manually With regulating plug (RK).
Carbon steel, DIN flanged.

Tag no.:

62-15GL-8244
62-15GL-8144
 ARI-STOBU® 006 PN40
Technical data
Stop valve - straight through with flanges and gland seal (Forged steel)

Figure Nominal pressure Material Nominal diameter

Travel

45.006 PN40 1.0460 / 1.0619+N DN15-50

Test: • optional:
EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04 (refer to page 16)

Considered
• EN 13709 (1.0460, 1.0619+N)
standards:

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 45.006
1 Body P250 GH, 1.0460
1.2 Seat ring G19 9 Nb Si, 1.4551
2 Bonnet 1.0619+N
3 x Plug X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT
4 x Stem X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT (burnished)
5 Handwheel EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 (FE 13 Epoxid-coating)
6 x Packing ring Pure graphite
7 Stud 25CrMo4, 1.7218
8 Hexagon nut C35E, 1.1181
9 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
10 Insert nuts 11SMn30+C, 1.0715+C
└ Spare parts

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50

Face-to-face dimension FTF series 1 according to DIN EN 558  Standard-flange dimensions refer to page 15
L (mm) 130 150 160 180 200 230

Dimensions
H (mm) 201 203 223 229 236 237
ØC (mm) 120 120 140 140 160 160
Travel (mm) 9 9 13 13 21 19
Kvs-value (m3/h) 3,3 5,8 9,2 15 23,3 36
Zeta-value -- 7,4 7,6 7,4 7,4 7,5 7,7
Zeta-value ... range of tolerance for Kvs-values acc. to VDI/VDE 2173

Dimensions
45.006 (kg) 4,3 5 6 7 10 13

Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!

Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.
A production permission acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 is available.
The engineer, designing a system or a plant, is responsible for the selection of the correct valve.
Resistance and fitness must be verified, contact manufacturer for information (refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
4 Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!
 ARI-STOBU® 006 PN16-40
Technical data
Stop valve - straight through with flanges and gland seal (Stainless steel)

Figure Nominal pressure Material Nominal diameter

52.006 PN16 1.4408 DN15-200
Travel

54.006 PN25 1.4408 DN200

55.006 PN40 1.4408 DN15-150

Test: • optional:
EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04 (refer to page 16)

Considered
• EN 13709 (1.4408)
standards:
At high differential pressures a balancing plug is necessary!
(refer to page 13)

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 52./54./55.006
1 Body GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4408
2 Bonnet GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4408
3 x Plug X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4571
4 x Stem X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4571
5 Handwheel EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 (FE 13 Epoxid-coating)
6 x Packing ring Pure graphite
7 Stud A4-70
8 Hexagon nut A4
9 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
10 Insert nuts X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4401
└ Spare parts

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200

Face-to-face dimension FTF series 1 according to DIN EN 558  Standard-flange dimensions refer to page 15
L (mm) 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480 600

Dimensions
H (mm) 185 185 205 205 230 230 270 305 355 395 450 570
ØC (mm) 120 120 140 140 160 160 180 200 225 250 400 520
Travel (mm) 9 9 13 13 21 19 28 32 36 52 56 73
Kvs-value (m3/h) 4,2 7,4 12 19 31 47 77 120 188 288 410 725
Zeta-value -- 4,6 4,7 4,3 4,6 4,3 4,5 4,8 4,5 4,5 4,7 4,8 4,9
Zeta-value ... range of tolerance for Kvs-values acc. to VDI/VDE 2173

Dimensions
52./54./55.006 (kg) 4,8 5,4 7,1 8 11,5 13,5 23,5 28 39,5 61 84 170

Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!

Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.
A production permission acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 is available.
The engineer, designing a system or a plant, is responsible for the selection of the correct valve.
Resistance and fitness must be verified, contact manufacturer for information (refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 5
 Operating and installation instructions
Stop valve with gland seal
STOBU®PN16-40

Contents
1.0 General information on operating 5.4 Installing valves with limit switches ..................... 2-8
instructions ..................................................2-2 6.0 Putting the valve into operation ............... 2-8
2.0 Notes on possible dangers........................2-2 7.0 Care and maintenance............................... 2-9
2.1 Significance of symbols ...................................... 2-2 8.0 Troubleshooting ....................................... 2-10
2.2 Explanatory notes on safety information ............. 2-2 9.0 Troubleshooting table ............................. 2-11
3.0 Storage and transport ...............................2-2 10.0 Dismantling the valve or the top part .. 2-12
4.0 Description..................................................2-3 11.0 Warranty / Guarantee ............................. 2-12
4.1 Scope of applications .......................................... 2-3
4.2 Operating principles ............................................ 2-3
4.3 Diagram............................................................... 2-4
4.4 Technical data - remarks ..................................... 2-5
4.5 Marking ............................................................... 2-5
5.0 Installation...................................................2-5
5.1 General notes on installation............................... 2-5
5.2 Installing valves with butt weld ends ................... 2-6
5.3 Installing valves with balancing plugs ............... 2-7

Rev. 0040102000 3516 englisch

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40

1.0 General information on operating instructions

These operating instructions provide information on mounting and maintaining the fittings.
Please contact the supplier or the manufacturer in case of problems which cannot be
solved by reference to the operating instructions.
They are binding on the transport, storage, installation, start-up, operation, maintenance
and repair.
The notes and warnings must be observed and adhered to.
- Handling and all work must be carried out by expert personnel or all activities must be
supervised and checked.
It is the owner’s responsibility to define areas of responsibility and competence and to
monitor the personnel.
- In addition, current regional safety requirements must be applied and observed when
taking the fittings out of service as well as when maintaining and repairing them.
The manufacturer reserves the right to introduce technical modifications at any time.
These Operating Instructions comply with the requirements of EU Directives.
2.0 Notes on possible dangers
2.1 Significance of symbols
ATTENTION ! Warning of general danger.
...

2.2 Explanatory notes on safety information

In these Operating and Installation Instructions dangers, risks and items of safety
information are highlighted to attract special attention.
Information marked with the above symbol and “ATTENTION!” describe practices, a failure
to comply with which can result in serious injury or danger of death for users or third parties
or in material damage to the system or the environment. It is vital to comply with these
practices and to monitor compliance.
All other information not specifically emphasised such as transport, installation, operating
and maintenance instructions as well as technical data (in the operating instructions,
product documentation and on the device itself) must also be complied with to the fullest
extent in order to avoid faults which in turn can cause serious injury to persons or damage
to property.

3.0 Storage and transport

ATTENTION !
- Protect against external force (like impact, vibration, etc.).
- Valve mountings such as actuators, handwheels, hoods must not be used to
take external forces, e.g. they are not designed for use as climbing aids, or as
connecting points for lifting gear.
- Suitable materials handling and lifting equipment should be used.
See catalog sheet for weights.
- At -20°C to +65°C.
- The paint is a base coat to protect against corrosion during transportation and storage. Do
not damage paint protection.
Page 2-2 Rev. 0040102000 3516
 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40

4.0 Description
4.1 Scope of applications
Valves are used for „shut-off and/or throttling of media“.

ATTENTION !
- Refer to the data sheet for applications, limits on use and possibilities.
- Certain media require or preclude the use of special materials.
- The valves are designed for standard operating conditions. If conditions exceed
these requirements, e.g. aggressive or abrasive media, the operator should
state the higher requirements when ordering.
- Valves made from grey cast iron are not authorised for use in systems subject
to TRD 110.
The information complies to the Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.
It is the responsibility of the machine planner to ensure compliance.
The special markings on the valve must be taken into account.
Refer to the catalogue sheet to see which materials are used in standard versions.
Please contact the supplier or the manufacturer if you have any questions.

4.2 Operating principles

The valve is closed by turning the hand wheel clockwise (valve plug/seating function).

ATTENTION !
Do not use tools to increase the torque on the hand wheel.

The valve spindle is sealed by a bellow and an outer safety stuffing box.
Tighten the stuffing box if required.

Rev. 0040102000 3516 Page 2-3

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40
4.3 Diagram

rotated
view
rotated
view

rotated
rotated view
view

fig. 1: STOBU straight through 1.0619+N fig. 2: STOBU angle pattern 1.0619+N

rotated
view

rotated view

rotated
view
rotated view

fig. 3: STOBU straight through fig. 4: STOBU-straight through

EN-JL1040/JS1049 butt weld ends 1.0619+N
Refer to the data sheet for information about materials with designations and figure
numbers.

Page 2-4 Rev. 0040102000 3516

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40
4.4 Technical data - remarks
for
- Principal dimensions
- Pressure-temperature-ratings
- Valves with butt weld ends, etc. refer to datasheet.

4.5 Marking
Details of the CE-marking on the valve:
CE-marking
0525 Notified body
Manufacturer Address of manufacturer:
Typ Type refer to item 11.0 Warranty / Guarantee

Bj. Year of manufacture

According to the Pressure Equipment Directive table 6, annex II, valves without safety
function are only allowed to bear the CE-marking DN32 onwards.
5.0 Installation
5.1 General notes on installation
The following points should be taken into account besides the general principles governing
installation work:

ATTENTION !
- Remove flange covers if present.
- The interior of valve and pipeline must be free from foreign particles.
- Note installation position with reference to flow, see mark on valve.
- Steam line systems should be designed to prevent water accumulation.
- Lay pipelines so that damaging transverse, bending and torsional forces are
avoided.
- Protect valves from dirt during construction work.
- Connection flanges must mate exactly.
- Connecting bolts for pipe flanges should be mounted preferably from the
counter flange side (hexagon nuts from the valve side).
At DN15-32: If valves should be mounted directly to valves, the upper flange
connecting bolts should be preferably executed with studs and hexagon nuts on
both sides.
- Valve mountings such as actuators, handwheels, hoods must not be used to
take external forces, e.g. they are not designed for use as climbing aids, or as
connecting points for lifting gear.
- Suitable materials handling and lifting equipment should be used.
See data sheet for weights.

Rev. 0040102000 3516 Page 2-5

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40

- Valves can be installed with the spindle pointing in any direction, but the
prefered spindle position is vertical.
- Valves should be installed upside down only, if the medium being handled is
clean.
- Keep the thread and shaft of the spindle free from paint.
- Centre gaskets between the flanges.
- Lockable stop valves must be installed in such a way that the spindle is vertical
and the flow agent enters under the taper. If the valves are installed in pipelines
in positions other than specified, they must be fitted with a closing spring.
- Design with loose plug
A plug damper should be used in critical applications, immediately downstream
of pumps, compressors, etc., where severe turbulence and pulsating pressure
surges may occur.
Through the damper function of the loose plug, the negative influence of
pressure shocks and high turbulences, are not transferred onto the valve.
- Planners / construction companies or operators are responsible for positioning and
installing products.
- The valves are designed for application, not influenced from weather.
- For application outside or in adverse environments like corrosion-promoting conditions
(sea water, chemical vapours, etc.), special constructions or protective measures are
recommended.

5.2 Installing valves with butt weld ends

Please note that only qualified persons using appropriate equipment and working in
accordance with technical rules are allowed to install fittings by welding.
The responsibility for this lies with the system owner.
Refer to the data sheet for information about the shape of the butt weld ends.
The valves must be welded in closed position.

Page 2-6 Rev. 0040102000 3516

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40
5.3 Installing valves with balancing plugs
ATTENTION !
ARI stop valves must be equipped with pressure balancing plugs if the
differential pressures listed in the table below are exceeded in the closed state.
Valves with pressure balancing plugs should be installed so that the pressure of
the medium acts on the plug (pos. 3) and the stem is vertically upright.

ATTENTION !
Note direction of flow.

fig. 5
Working principles:
When the valve is closed, anticlockwise rotation of the hand wheel lifts the pilot plug
(pos. 3.1) off the larger balancing plug (pos. 3). This allows the medium to pass through the
plug and equalizes the pressure of the medium under the plug (pos. 3). After the pressures
have been equalized within the values stated in the table below, the valve can be opened
by turning the valve further.
Balancing plug DN 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500
Pressure difference P 25 bar 21 bar 14 bar 9 bar 6 bar 4,5 bar 3,5 bar 1,5 bar

- Pressure balancing plugs are fully effective only in closed line section.
- The pressures of the medium on either side of the plug cannot be equalized if the medium
is discharged into “open air”.
- If adequate pressure equalisation cannot be achieved using a pressure balancing plug,
other design solutions must be used instead (e.g. a bypass line).

Rev. 0040102000 3516 Page 2-7

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40
5.4 Installing valves with limit switches
The valves with limit switches must be connected up as shown in the plans of the plant on
the basis of their working principles.

6.0 Putting the valve into operation

ATTENTION !
- Before putting the valve into operation, check material, pressure, temperature
and direction of flow.
- Regional safety instructions must be adhered to.
- Residues in piping and valves (dirt, weld beads, etc.) inevitably lead to leakage.
- Touching the valve when it is operating at high (> 50 °C) or low (< 0 °C) media
temperatures can cause injury.
Affix warning notice or protective insulation as appropriate.
Before putting a new plant into operation or restarting a plant after repairs or
modification, always make sure that:
- All works has been completed.
- The valve is in the correct position for its function.
- Safety devices have been attached.

Page 2-8 Rev. 0040102000 3516

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40

7.0 Care and maintenance

Maintanance and maintenance-intervals have to be defined by the operator according to
the requirements.

fig. 6: Pattern with hinged bolts

- Observe safety instructions!
- Keep the spindle well greased!
- Lubricant: e.g. Klüberpaste HEL 46-450 (at valves for oxygen: Klüberalfa YV93-302)
to order at: Klüber Lubrication München KG, Postfach 701047, D-81310 München
or a lubricant wich is suitable for the application.

ATTENTION !
Pay attention, that the lubricant is suitable for the media.

- If the valve spindle (pos. 4) leaks, gradually tighten the stuffing box seal (pos. 6) evenly in
increments by means of the hex. nuts (pos. 19) until leaking stops.

ATTENTION !
- Retighten the stuffing box packing if required and re-pack it in good time.
- For safety reasons we recommend that valves only be repacked when
depressurised.
- Refer to point 10.0 and 11.0 before dismantling the valve.

- Replace stuffing box packings only after the system has cooled down and the pressure in
the plant has been relieved.
In the case of corrosive or aggressive mediums, drain and ventilate the valve before
replacing the packing.

Rev. 0040102000 3516 Page 2-9

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40
- Valve service life can be improved by leakage checks.

- When cutting the new packing from the roll,

make sure that the ends are cut with a slant
(see fig. 7).

fig. 7: Split packing ring

Mounting of the bonnet:
- Before reassembling the unit, remember that the bearing surface must be cleaned and a
new gasket (pos. 9) must be inserted.
- Set the cover in place
- Tighten the hexagon nuts (hexagon screws for valves of cast iron) evenly crosswise.
- Tightening torque‘s for hexagon nuts / screws:

DN hexagon nuts / Torque

hexagon screws (Nm)
15- 32 M 10 15-30
40- 65 M 12 35-50
80-100 M 16 75-100
125-150 M 16 80-120
200 M 20 150-200
250-400 M 24 340-410
500 M 27 340-410

8.0 Troubleshooting
In the event of malfunction or faulty operating performance check that the installation and
adjustment work has been carried out and completed in accordance with these Operating
Instructions.

ATTENTION !

-
It is essential that the safety regulations are observed when identifying faults.

If malfunctions cannot be eliminate with the help of the following table

“9.0 Troubleshooting table”, the supplier or manufacturer should be consulted.

Page 2-10 Rev. 0040102000 3516

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40

9.0 Troubleshooting table

ATTENTION !
- read point 10.0 and 11.0 prior to dismantling and repair work!
- read point 6.0 before restarting the plant !

Fault Possible cause Corrective measures

No flow Valve closed. Open valve.
Flange covers not removed. Remove flange covers.
(pos. 25; fig. 1-2) (pos. 25; fig. 1-2)
Little flow Valve not sufficiently open. Open valve.
Dirt sieve clogged. Clean / replace sieve.
Piping system clogged. Check piping system.
Valve difficult to move or Spindle dry (pos.4; fig. 6) Grease spindle (pos. 4) (fig. 6)
cannot be opened (Lubricant: see page 9)
Stuffing box too tight (pos. 6; fig. 1-4) Slacken hex. nuts of stuffing box gland
(pos. 15) slightly, but not sufficiently to
cause leakage (fig. 1-4)
Wrong direction of rotation Turn in correct direction (anticlockwise
to open valve).
Valve spindle leaking Stuffing box gland (pos. 15) slack Tighten stuffing box gland (pos. 15)
(fig. 1-4). until leakage stops.
-Hex. nut (fig. 1-4).
If necessary, renew packing in stuffing
box seal (pos. 6). Observe warnings
(fig. 6)!
Leakage across valve Valve not properly closed. Pull hand wheel tight without tools.
seat. Seat (pos. 1.2) / plug (pos. 3) damaged Replaced valve, consult supplier/man-
by foreign particles. ufacturer.
(fig. 1-4).
Pressure difference too high. Use a valve with balancing plug
(see point 5.3).
Medium contaminated Clean valve.
(suspended solids). Install dirt screen upstream of valve.
Valve with throttling plug + Locking device has been tightened. Release locking device.
position indicator + lock-
ing device cannot be
opened.
Rattling / banging Nominal diameter of the valve in com- Choose smaller nominal diameter
of the plug design with pliance to the flow rate is to big Use a plug damper execution: see
„loose plug“ medium
- high flow turbulences; Alter the system
- the valve with loose plug is mounted Use a plug damper execution: see
directly by a centrifuged pump; medium
- behind pressure reduction stations;
- behind pipe elbows;
- in compact plants;
- expansion joints are missing;
- the pump is not mounted on a
damper;
- there is no flow stabilizing pipe length;
- there is no start-up bypass line
Flange broken between Bolts tightened unevenly. Re-align piping and fit new valve!
valve and piping. Mating flanges not properly aligned.

Rev. 0040102000 3516 Page 2-11

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40

10.0 Dismantling the valve or the top part

ATTENTION !
The following points must be observed:
- Pressureless pipe system.
- Medium must be cool.
- Plant must be drained.
- Purge piping systems in case of caustic, inflammable, aggressive or toxic
media.

11.0 Warranty / Guarantee

The extent and period of warranty cover are specified in the "Standard Terms and
Conditions of Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG“ valid at the time of delivery or, by way of
departure, in the contract of sale itself.
We guarantee freedom of faults in compliance with state-of-the-art technology and the
confirmed application.
No warranty claims can be made for any damage caused as the result of incorrect handling
or disregard of operating and installation instructions, datasheets and relavant regulations.
This warranty also does not cover any damage which occurs during operation under
conditions deviating from those laid down by specifications or other agreements.
Justified complaints will be eliminated by repair carried out by us or by a specialist
appointed by us.
No claims will be accepted beyond the scope of this warranty. The right to replacement
delivery is excluded.
The warranty shall not cover maintenance work, installation of external parts, design
modifications or natural wear.
Any damage incurred during transport should not be reported to us but rather to the
competent cargo-handling depot, the railway company or carrier company immediately or
else claims for replacements from these companies will be invalidated.

Technology for the Future.

GERMAN QUALITY VALVES
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG, D-33750 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock
Telephone (+49 5207) 994-0 Telefax (+49 5207) 994-158 or 159
Internet: http://www.ari-armaturen.com E-mail: [email protected]

Page 2-12 Rev. 0040102000 3516

8 Instrument valves

Medium: MDO & Atomising media

BFE – Bonney Forge valves:

BFE gate valve Fig HL100 1/2" Class 800 A105N
Inlet: SW (Socket Weld end)
Outlet 1/2" NPT female threaded.

Tag no.:

62-15GA-81102 62-15GA-82102
62-15GA-81105 62-15GA-82105
62-15GA-81109 62-15GA-82109
62-15GA-81111 62-15GA-82111
62-15GA-81112 62-15GA-82112
62-15GA-81115A 62-15GA-82115A
62-15GA-81115B 62-15GA-82115B
62-15GA-81115C 62-15GA-82115C

63-15GA-81102 63-15GA-82102
55-15GA-81201 55-15GA-82201
55-15GA-81203A 55-15GA-82203A
55-15GA-81203B 55-15GA-82203B

55-15GA-81206A 55-15GA-82206A
55-15GA-81206B 55-15GA-82206B
55-15GA-81206C 55-15GA-82206C
Technische Änderungen vorbehalten/Subject to technical alterations
1)

Schieber Class 800/PN100 B.F.E. FIG. HL 100

1)
Gate Valve Class 800/PN100 B.F.E. FIG. HL 100
D

12 Werkstoffe/Materials:
14 11 1 Gehäuse/Body A105N = 1.0460
2 Oberteil/Bonnet A105N = 1.0460
10
13 3 Keil/Wedge 13Cr
H (geöffnet/open)

6 4 Sitzringe/Seat rings 13Cr stellitiert/stellited

9
5 Spindel/Stem 13Cr
2)
6 Stopfbuchspackung/Gland packing Graphit(e)
8 7 Deckeldichtung/Gasket
2)
Graphit(e)/AISI 316L
8 Deckelschrauben/Bonnet bolts A193-B7M
7
9 Stopfbuchsbrille/Gland A105N = 1.0460
2 10 Stopfbuchse/Gland follower 13Cr
5
11 Stopfbuchsschrauben/Gland bolts A2-70
12 Stopfbuchsmuttern/Gland nuts A2-70
5)
B

13 Spindelmutter/Stem nut 13Cr

14 Handrad/Handwheel Stahl/Steel

4) 3 4
L

Maße/Dimensions:
Nennweite/Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1.1/2" 2"
L 4)
80 90 110 127 134
H (geöffnet/open) 152 158 196 255 290
D 88 88 97 138 138
B 5) 32 38 48 64 78
Gewicht ca./Weight approx. kg 1,9 2,1 3,5 7,2 7,5
3)
Drehmoment/Torque Nm 3,5 5 8 14 27
AVA-Artikel-Nr./-Item-No. 1B00280.1 1B00281.1 1B00282.1 1B00283.1 1B00284.1

Baulängen , Anschlüsse: Face to face dimensions , Connections:

4) 4)
Baulängen nach Herstellerstandard Face to face dimensions acc. manufacturer standard
5) 5)
[X] Innengewinde nach ASME B1.20.1 NPTF [X] Female threaded ends acc. ASME B1.20.1 NPTF
[ ] Innengewinde nach DIN 259/DIN2999/BSPF [ ] Female threaded ends acc. DIN 259/DIN2999/BSPF
[ ] Einschweißmuffen nach ASME B16.11 [ ] Socket weld ends acc. ASME B16.11
[ ] Anschweißenden nach ASME B16.25 Sched. 80/XS [ ] Butt weld ends acc. ASME B16.25 Sched. 80/XS

Bemerkungen: Remarks:
1) 1)
Armatur nach API 602, DGRL 2014/68/EU, AD 2000 A4, ATEX 2014/34/EU, Valve acc. API 602, PED 2014/68/EU, AD 2000 A4, ATEX 2014/34/EU,
NACE sauergasbeständig NACE sour gas resistant
2)
Empfohlene Ersatzteile 2)
Recommended spare parts
für Medium Wasser bei Raumtemperatur
3) 3)
Die angegebenen Drehmomente sind max. Drehmomente The shown torques are max. torques for clean water at ambient temperature

Rev.-Nr./Rev.No.: Datum/Date: Best.-Nr./Order No.: Ident.-Nr./Tag No.:

1/RB 24.01.2017

ARMATUREN VERTRIEB HOLTERKAMP 1 TEL.: +49 2102/4390-0 [email protected]

ALMS GMBH D-40880 RATINGEN FAX: +49 2102/4390-99 WWW.AVA-ALMS.DE
 INSTALLATION, OPERATION
REV.
DOC. NUMBER 12

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DATE
MN01NA01
19.04.16

FORGED STEEL GATE,

GLOBE AND CHECK VALVES

USE THIS MANUAL FOR:

BFE STANDARD PRODUCT SPECIAL CONFIGURATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
CHAPTER DESCRIPTION PAGE
NUMBER
1 INTRODUCTION 2
2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2
3 VALVE STORAGE 2
4 VALVE INSTALLATION 3
5 VALVE OPERATION 6
6 MAINTENANCE 6
7 PRECAUTIONS 10
8 RESIDUAL RISK LIST RELATED TO MACHINERY DIRECTIVE 2006/42/EC 10
9 EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES (ATEX) 11
10 ENVIRONMENTAL PRECAUTIONS 11
ANNEX “A” NPT ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTION 12
ANNEX “B” BOLT TIGHTENING SPECIFICATION 13
ANNEX “C” TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE 14
ANNEX “D” TYPICAL VALVE SKETCHES 15

LATEST REVISION
BLOCK
COM. CHK. APP. The information in this document is property of B.F.E. S.r.l.
M.P. A.V. I.A. No reproduction of this document is permitted without a written authorization from the manufacturer.
19.04.16 19.04.16 19.04.16 1
 INSTALLATION, OPERATION
REV.
DOC. NUMBER 12

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DATE
MN01NA01
19.04.16

1. INTRODUCTION

This manual has been prepared to provide the end user with general guidelines in the installation,
operation and routine maintenance of BFE valves. If, after reviewing the contents of this manual, you
require any special instructions, assistance, repair services or have any additional questions, please
contact either our factory or our nearest representative for assistance.

2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
A. CATALOGUE : A copy of our catalogue is available upon request.

B. TECHNICAL DATA : Nameplate & Valve Information.

The nameplate permanently attached to the valve, provides you with the rated working pressure,
temperature range and material used. When ordering replacement parts, reference to the information
provided on the nameplate will aid in ensuring that you receive correct component parts for your
valves. For further information refer to this manual or contact BFE Customer Service.
WARNING!!! Never attempt to modify BFE valves in any way without authorization and
assistance of BFE, otherwise the mechanical guarantee will not apply and severe damage to the
equipment could result.

3. VALVE STORAGE
A. Preparation and Preservation for Shipment

Preservation and other protective measures for shipment must be sufficient to protect against deterioration
and physical damage during shipment. The type of packing must be defined in the Customer’s Order and
shall be appropriate to ensure safe transportation and conservation before installation.
BFE valves are normally shipped from the factory in boxes, crates or on skids. Protruding parts, such as
the handwheels, indicator rods, and stem protectors are sometimes removed from the valves and either
attached to the box or crate or packaged separately.

B. Inspection Procedure

All valves and associated parts should be inspected carefully for any visible sign of damage and if
necessary, claims promptly submitted to the carrier. Any parts shipped loose or separately should be
properly packed to prevent losts or damage. Care should be taken in handling valves to prevent damage,
particularly to equipment extending above the valve bonnet and any fittings protruding from the valve body.
Upon receipt, the valves should be inspected for shipping damage. If the end protectors are removed for
inspection purpose, be sure to re-install them to maintain internal cleanliness. If caps are missing, an
inspection of the valve cavity is required. All foreign matter must be removed.

C. Handling

 Most handling can be accomplished by placing “hook” diagonally into holes on each side of the end
flanges, or by the usage of straps slung around the arms of the valve body.
 Never lift or move the valve assembly using the bore, shafts, nut as a pressure point.
 Never lift or move the valve assembly by using the actuator, positioner, extensions, handwheel, gland
bolting or other valve options.
 Transport, unpack and store being careful not to scratch the surfaces of flanges or gaskets. Also, take
steps that will prevent any foreign matter from getting into the valves. Wooden plate or plastic caps
should not be removed until the valves are installed.
 The transportation of all packed material must be carried out safely and following the local safety
regulations.

2
 INSTALLATION, OPERATION
REV.
DOC. NUMBER 12

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DATE
MN01NA01
19.04.16

D. Storage Procedure

 If the valves are to be stored for any extended period of time, the flange or end protector should be
examined to ensure they are fastened securely, and any other open areas should be sealed to prevent
any moisture damage.
 All valves should be securely held in place by banding or other means of support to prevent accidental
damage due to movement of the valves.
 Valves should be kept in a clean, heated, weather tight (dry), well-ventilated, fire-resistant storage
facility with flooring that seals against dust and dirt and will not be subject to flooding.
 Valves should be stored off of the floor on suitable skids, pallets or racks and protected from dirt,
debris and exposure to direct sunlight, particularly to soft sealing surfaces.
 Valve assemblies with electrical components, pneumatic tubing, positioners, actuators, and other
accessories should be protected from impact.
 The end faces must be protected from rust and dust with plastic or wooden discs fixed with straps.
 Periodical checks at least every 6 months have to be carried out in the storage area to verify that the
above mentioned conditions are maintained.

4. VALVE INSTALLATION
A. General

• Remove valve assembly from box or crate with caution.

• Prior to installation, confirm that there are no scratches on the surfaces of flanges and stem. Also,
make sure that the inside of the valve port area and seat surfaces are cleaned with a dry cloth. The
seat surfaces are most important in achieving optimal valve performance and special attention should
be taken to ensure that there are no “scratches” or defects to these surfaces.
• All BFE Valves are shipped from the factory in the closed position and normally will have a coating of
rust protective oil. Before installing the valves, all oil or grease ( used to protect the valve ) should be
removed taking care not to damage the seat contact surfaces.
• Following installation of the valve, operate the gate disc fully open and closed at least once prior to
hydrostatic testing of the line to ensure freedom of operation.
• Ensure that the construction materials listed on the valve nameplates are appropriate for the service
intended and are as specified.
• For threaded ends use conventional sealant, for flanged ends or other ends (clamp etc) use the
standard method described in the international standards.
• After the valve installation and before the line testing, it is recommended to perform an accurate
cleaning of the lines to eliminate dirt and any foreign matter that could seriously jeopardize the
tightness between seat/disc and the correct operation of the valve.
• If the valve has been stored for a long time, check the bolt torque for all bolting.
• Packing compression should be carefully inspected and if necessary packing gland bolts torque should
be adjusted.
• If piping system is pressurized with water for testing, and in case the piping system has been shut
down after testing for a long time, it is recommended to use corrosion inhibitor with water to pressurize
the piping system and after testing, the piping system should be depressurized and the test water
completely drained.
• The pipeline must have a pulsation dampener if there are pulsation sources in the line. Lines subjected
to pipe vibration and pulsation affect the lifetime of the valve seal parts.
• After completion of hydrostatic testing, the valve should be drained to eliminate any water or test fluid
which may have been trapped in the valve.

3
 INSTALLATION, OPERATION
REV.
DOC. NUMBER 12

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DATE
MN01NA01
19.04.16

B. INSTALLATION TABLE BASED ON VALVE CONNECTION TYPE

Simply choose your procedure depending on the Valve End Finish:

FLANGED END
Make sure that two like flanges are being fitted together. Usually the proper set-up is either plain face to plain face or raised face
to raised face flange. Tighten the flange bolts in a crossover pattern as follows:

A - Slightly torque all bolts using a crossover bolt sequence. Bolts should be tightened evenly to prevent cocking of the flange
and uneven gasket loading.
B - Repeat step ‘A’ using additional torque until all bolts are tightened properly.
This may require several re-torques because as one bolt is torqued, it will relieve stress on the adjacent bolts.
C - On high pressure, high temperature applications, it is recommended that the bolts be retightened after 24 hours of operation
to compensate for any relaxation or creep that may have occurred.

BUTT WELDING END

WARNING!!! Gate and Globe valves should be lightly open to prevent damage to the seating surfaces and stem caused
by thermal expansion during the butt welding process.

NOTES:
- Proper welding is required to ensure a pressure tight seat and to retain its ability to withstand stress. Remember that the valve,
pipe and weld root must be of compatible materials and the welding be performed by a properly trained welder and approved
weld procedures and qualifications.
- Be sure to leave a proper gap between the end of the pipe and the end of the valve. This will allow for expansion of the
materials as it is welded, any extended welding time could cause excessive heat build up on the valve seat area which could
cause damage such as loosening of the seat rings, surface distortion etc.
- The specified PWHT can then be performed in line without affecting the valve. Shortly after welding, open and close the valve
to check for proper operation to make sure no binding has occurred due to welding heat.
- Also welding slags and spatters are to be completely removed and cleaned to avoid damage on seating areas.
- Where possible, attach the electrical ground to the adjoining pipe on the same side of the valve as the weld being made. Do
not attach the earth to the handwheel or upper structure of the valve or arcing across the valve seating surfaces could occur.
- Where possible, welding should be done in the flat or horizontal position. Where vertical welding is necessary,
progression should be upward (vertical down welding is prone to lack-of-fusion).
- During the PWHT only the valve body must be insulated in order to not overheat the packing-stem region.

SOCKED WELD END

WARNING!!! Gate and Globe valves should be lightly open to prevent damage to the seating surfaces and stem caused
by thermal expansion during the socket welding process.

Weld the connection as follows:

A - Remove all grease, oil or paint from the pipe that is to be welded into the valve and from the valve end connections.
B - Insert the pipe into the valve end connection until it bottoms out in the socket weld bore.
C - Withdraw the pipe 1/16” so that a gap remains between the pipe and the bottom of the socket weld bore to prevent cracks
(ASME B16.11). Tack the pipe into the valve and complete the fillet weld.
NOTES:
A minimum of two layers should be used for all socket welds. This will decrease the chance of leaking even if one pass
contains a weld defect.
- The specified PWHT can then be performed in line without affecting the valve. Shortly after welding, open and close the valve
to check for proper operation to make sure no binding has occurred due to welding heat.
- Where possible, welding should be done in the flat or horizontal position. Where vertical welding is necessary,
progression should be upward (vertical down welding is prone to lack-of-fusion).
- During the PWHT only the valve body must be insulated in order to not overheat the packing-stem region.

CLAMP END
Clamp installation and maintenance instruction ( clamp, clamp gasket and clamp boltings and nut ) and are not
scope of the valve manual. See the clamp manufuacturer IOM for details.

THREADED END
See Annex A of this manual.

4
 INSTALLATION, OPERATION
REV.
DOC. NUMBER 12

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DATE
MN01NA01
19.04.16

C. VALVE POSITIONING

Positioning the valve in the pipe run is very important. Prior to actual installation, check for clearance
around the valve to ensure adequate space for proper operation. Also, keep in mind the need for
clearance for future maintenance and repair. Once proper positioning and clearance have been assured
the system should be cleaned of all foreign matter. Whenever possible, blow out the pipeline with water to
remove grit and dirt. Also be sure to remove the valve end protectors and check the valve again for
cleanliness.
ACTUATED VALVES: valves are designed to withstand the actuator only with stem in vertical
position. If the installation requires a different stem position, user must fasten the actuator to avoid
damage or incorrect working of valve-actuator system.

VALVE POSITIONING for GATE & GLOBE VALVES

Gate and globe valves should be installed with the
stem in an upward position on horizontal lines.
However, an alternative stem position is at an
angle between the vertical and horizontal axis that
will allow for complete drainage. If installed with the
stem below the horizontal axis, complete drainage
is not possible and solids may accumulate in the
valve bonnet that will greatly affect the valve
operation and service life. A gate valve can be
installed in line with disregard to flow direction.
However, install the valve carefully according to the
flow direction arrow, when the disc is provided with
pressure balance holes to prevent abnormal
pressure increase.

VALVE POSITIONING for CHECK VALVES

Check valves must be fitted in horizontal pipe runs with the cover facing vertically upward. Variance to
either side of the vertical axis must not exceed 5 degrees. Swing check valves and spring loaded check
valve design allow for additional position, such as vertical upwards flow. Valves must not be installed in
vertical downward flow pipe runs or in horizontal pipe runs with the cover not in vertical up position.
Always install valves in the direction indicated by the flow arrow stamped on the body. Piston and stop
check valves should be fitted similarly to check valves.

D. PURGING AND TESTING OF LINE

Once the valve is in line, open the valve and flush or blow out the line again to remove any dirt or foreign
objects that may have collected during installation. Check for tightness of body/bonnet bolts and for proper
packing gland adjustment. Operate the valve to ensure correct operation. Pressure test the valve to
ensure the integrity of all joints.
5
 INSTALLATION, OPERATION
REV.
DOC. NUMBER 12

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DATE
MN01NA01
19.04.16

5. VALVE OPERATION
• The gate/globe valve is closed by rotating the handwheel in a clockwise direction; and is opened by
rotating the handwheel in a counter clockwise direction.
• Do not apply excessive torque to the gate of the valve after it has reached the fully open or fully closed
position as this could result in damage to the gate, stem or operating nut.
• Gate valve should be used in fully opened or fully closed position. If it is used in a slight or half opened
position, the disc may vibrate at a high speed that may cause pulsation of the flow. Therefore, do not
use a gate valve for flow control or throttling service.
• Globe valves can also operate in either direction or flow, but it is recommended that pressure is always
against/under the disc.
• WARNING!!! If the valve is SLAB or PARALLEL SLIDE TYPE: When the position indicator is in
the closed position the valve is fully isolated. DO NOT APPLY ANY ADDITIONAL FORCE.

6. MAINTENANCE

A. GENERAL

WARNING!!! Do not remove or disassemble the valve while it is under pressure. Depressurize the line and
the valve as following:
 Place the valve in the open position and drain the line.
 Cycle the valve to relieve the pressure trapped in the body cavity.
 After removal and before disassembly, cycle the valve several times.
WARNING!!! Line Fluid can be toxic, corrosive or dangerous the health and safety. Protect yourself and
others by observing all applicable standard procedures. Make the right choice, SAFETY FIRST!

B. RECOMMENDED PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Maintenance programs vary greatly from application to application, depending on factors such as
operational frequency, fluid make-up, external environment, etc. The end user should establish a routine
maintenance program to extend the life of the valves and minimize downtime for repair.

SUGGESTED MONTHLY SUGGESTED 6 MONTHS

MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE

1.Visually inspect the valve for signs of leakage 1.Cycle the valve fully open and closed at
or corrosion. least once to check for freedom of operation.
2.Visually inspect the stem packing to avoid any 2.Remove the stem protection (if any) and
leakage from the stuffing box. lubricate the valve stem.
3.Lubricate the valve, if necessary ( stem and 3.Repeat steps 1, 2 and 3 from the monthly
stem nut ). maintenance recommendations.

C. MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION

The maintenance and repair of BFE valves is usually limited to the adjustment of the packing gland and
the lubrication of yoke sleeve as previously stated.
For standard maintenance of valves the only components suitable to be substitute are: Stuffing box
packing & Body/bonnet gasket.
For special ordinary maintenance the seat replacement and the seal surface retrofit can be performed.
Should you need to perform the mentioned above repairs the following information should be used as a
guide in your repairs always in conjunction with the applicable GAD ( ask BFE if you don't have it ). For
special requirements ask BFE for special custom instruction & VGI.
6
 INSTALLATION, OPERATION
REV.
DOC. NUMBER 12

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DATE
MN01NA01
19.04.16

C1. STEM PACKING

If the gland has run out of travel or excessive tightening does not stop the leakage, isolate and de-pressurise the valve
for repacking. The valve need not be taken out of line for simple repacking, however, repacking is not recommended
while the valve is in service.

If the stem does not backseat correctly and seal completely against the backseat
bushing, the stem packing can not be replaced while the valve is under service
conditions.

To extract packing remove the gland nuts and studs, lift the gland flange and
gland out of the stuffing box. Next, remove old packing, by using an extractor tool
of the correct size. Any remnants of old packing must be removed from the stuffing
box and the stem. Clean the stem and stuffing box and examine it for damage.
Install new packing rings, one at a time.

SUGGESTED GLAND BOLTS TORQUE [ Nm ]

Each ring should be firmly compressed into ASME CLASS
position before the next ring is added. Rings VALVE UP TO FROM 900
ABOVE 2680
should fit snugly into the stuffing box. Install the NPS ASME 800 UP TO 2680
gland and the gland flange and secure with the FULL REDUCED FULL REDUCED FULL REDUCED
gland nuts. Tighten the nuts uniformly, but only to
3/8" 5 N.A. 12 N.A. 24 N.A.
the extent needed to prevent leakage. When
graphite packing is to be installed, their 1/2" 7 5 14 12 30 24
replacement may be made by cutting the 3/4" 8 7 18 14 35 30
preformed rings in two halves/by a single cut and 1" 10 8 20 18 40 35
carefully opening the ring to allow its insertion into
the stuffing box. Procedure to insert is then the 1"-1/4 12 10 22 20 46 40
same as stated for normal packing. 1"-1/2 14 12 24 22 50 46
2" 16 14 26 24 65 50

C2. GASKET REPLACEMENT ( BOLTED BONNET VALVES ONLY )

Complete disassembly procedures are listed below. However, it is recommended that disassembly be
limited only to the extent required to carry out repairs.

1 - Isolate and de-pressurize the system and operate the valve to its full open position.
2 - Match mark the body and bonnet, the wedge and body to maintain their relation upon reassembly.
3 - Remove the body bolts and lift up the entire bonnet assembly, taking care not to damage the wedge.
4 - Examine the gasket-seating surface of the body and the bonnet for evidence of wear damage or
deterioration.
5 - Discard the old gasket. Replace or repair all damaged parts, then clean the seating surfaces to remove
all rust, gasket residue and other debris.
6 - Polish the gasket-seating surfaces using a fine emery cloth. Remove any radial scratches or other
defects, taking care that the emery cloth does not remain in the valve.
7 - A radial scratch across the seating surface may allow for a leak path. To affect a good seat, the
gasket-seating surface must be flat and should have a finish between Ra=1.6 and Ra=3.2.
8 - Again, clean the surface to remove all polishing residue. Install a new gasket and reassemble the
valve. No gasket-sealing compound should be used when installing the gasket. Care should be taken
to ensure that the wedge does not contact the seats during reassembly and bolt tightening. Re-tighten
the bolts acc.to Annex “B” of this manual.
7
 INSTALLATION, OPERATION
REV.
DOC. NUMBER 12

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DATE
MN01NA01
19.04.16

C3. VALVE SEATING

GENERAL FOR GATE AND SWING CHECK VALVES

The valve and seat ring design and the method of seat ring installation are such that the valve must be removed from
the line when seat ring replacement is necessary. Therefore, we recommend that the valve be replaced or returned to
the maintenance work shop for seat replacement.
Seat rings for gate valves, sizes 1” and larger, if not too badly damaged (defect not deeper than 0.8 mm), may be
repaired in the body by lapping. Smaller size valves can be repaired, but with great difficulty; therefore BFE
recommends the installation of new seats.
The seats can be lapped in the body, using a flat lapping plate larger than that of the seat. The plate must have a
square hole in the center for attachment to a square end tool. Make a square tool of suitable size and length with one
end to fit a brace and the other end attached to the plate. Valve seats can then be hand lapped by using a fine grain
compound. Wedges can be lapped on any surface plate, but care should be taken to maintain the correct wedge
angle. As noted previously, we recommend that the valves be replaced or returned to the factory for seat ring
replacement. However, it's suggested the following instructions are issued to aid in any attempts of seat replacement
in the field maintenance work shop.

SEAT REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT FOR GATE AND SWING CHECK VALVES
The valve and seat ring design and method of seat ring installation are such that the valve must be removed from the
line when seat ring replacement is necessary. Therefore, BFE recommends that the valve be replaced or returned to
the factory for seating ring replacement.

GENERAL FOR GLOBE AND PISTON CHECK VALVES

Prior to lapping the disc of the globe valves, the disc may require machine refinishing. When defects are
found on the stem/disc assembly-seating surface, it is recommended to place the stem/disc assembly into
a lathe spindle and check the disc diameter, without taking the assembly apart. Hold the disc using a 3-jaw
chuck so that large OD and seating surface run true. Grind the seating surface using a tool grinder.
Machine only deep enough to clean the surface, then polish the seating surface with a fine emery cloth,
retaining the original shape of the disc.

When surface damage is minor, the seats may be repaired by a lapping operation use a small quantity of
lapping compound between the seat and the disc surfaces.

It is important that not too much pressure be applied to the disc and seat. With the lapping compound in
place, between the mating surface, the disc should be reciprocally rotated, the strokes should be light and
the disc should be lifted frequently and turned to a new position (circularly around the valve body) so the
lapping will take place over a new area. Continue lapping until all defects are removed, and then apply a
final finish with a fine compound. It is recommended that the face of the disc be “blued” to check for
contact of seating surface after final lapping. The globe valve stem/disc assembly may be used in the
lapping operation, however, due to its loose disc design, it is necessary to prevent the disc from rotating on
the stem.
This can be accomplished by preparing a fixture ( the valve handwheel can then be re-attached to the
stem and used as a convenient handle when re-lapping the seats ).

Valves having renewable (threaded-in) seats may have the seat ring replaced only in the factory by means
of special tools.
The seat ring may then be removed by un-threading in a counter-clockwise direction. The seat threads in
the valve body should be carefully inspected to make sure they are in a usable condition. When installing
new seats, the seats should be screwed tightly into the valve body, then unscrewed to make sure they are
making continuous contact for a tight seal.

SUGGESTED TOOLS & CONSUMABLES FOR LAPPING

• Lapping compound ( Carborundum ).

• Grain size: 400 - 600 mesk – for rough finishing.
• Grain size: 800 – 1200 mesk – for fine finishing.
• The surface plate should be homogenous cast iron having approximate HB 250 Hardness.
Machine oil, fillet scraper, bluing compound and waste cloth.
8
 INSTALLATION, OPERATION
REV.
DOC. NUMBER 12

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DATE
MN01NA01
19.04.16

D. LUBRICATION

BFE valves are made from selected materials to give long and trouble free service, when properly installed
for the correct applications. Proper care and maintenance in the field can contribute to extended
performance of the valve. The general maintenance operation on a valve usually consists of periodical
lubrication. See the lubrification chart below for details:

LUBRIFICATION CHART
STEM THREADS LUBRICATION GEAR HOUSING LUBRIFICATION SLEEVE LUBRICATION

On valves equipped with bevel gear

operators, the operators are basically
sealed units which are considered to
Exposed stem threads should be
be permanently lubricated. BFE
kept clean and should be lubricated.
recommends that the operators be at The valve yoke-sleeve shall be
Because a tacky lubricant on
least partially disassembled every lubricated periodically based on cycle
exposed stem threads can attract
three years to inspect the condition and service conditions, but not less
abrasive particles from the
of the lubrication and component than once a year or 100 cycles
atmosphere the use of dry lubricants
parts. maximum.
is recommended. Graphite powder
Should dirt, water or other foreign Any good grade of grease may be
can be applied by spraying or by the
matter be found during the used on these parts. Only a small
use of a normal brush.
inspection, the units should be amount of grease is required over
flushed using a commercial lubricating the stem bearings will
When valves will be supplied
cleaner/degreaser which is not result in the leakage of grease
according to Statoil specifications,
corrosive or incompatible with around the bearing housing.
BFE will use Molykote BR2 plus
bearings and gears.
grease approved by STATOIL.
Other close fitting parts should be
liberally coated by hand with grease
prior to reassembly.

MANCON AGIP
MANCON
MACONSYNTH HT GR MU EP 2
MACONSYNTH HT
( BFE SUGGESTION ) ( BFE SUGGESTION )
( BFE SUGGESTION )
or or
or
MOLYKOTE STATOIL
MOLYKOTE
BR2 PLUS UNIWAY LI-62
BR2 PLUS
or or
or
TOTAL ESSO
TOTAL
MULTIS MS2 BEACON EP1
MULTIS MS2

E. LIST OF ORDINARY MAINTENANCE TOOLS

1. Seat removing tools ( for removal of the threading seat rings, these tools can be supplied on request ).
2. Packing extraction tool ( can be supplied upon request )
3. Injector gun (can be supplied upon request ).

9
 INSTALLATION, OPERATION
REV.
DOC. NUMBER 12

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DATE
MN01NA01
19.04.16

7. PRECAUTIONS

When using the valve, be sure to work with proper pressure temperature combinations within the
WORKING maximum allowed as per the ratings marked on valve nameplate.
PRESSURE AND The rating tables are those of ASME B16.34 or EN 12516-1 as applicable.
TEMPERATURE For special materials and conditions not “Rated”, check that the design condition specified in the
customer order, are correctly specified and applied ( also check the valve nameplate ).

VALVE It is the client’s responsibility to select the correct material, based upon the media and operational
MATERIAL condition. The correct choice will aid in increasing valve life expectancy andvice versa, corrosion, erosion
CHOICE or other factors which can lead to a reduced valve life.

CORROSION Standard valves are designed to be safe taking into account a maximum corrosion allowance
ALLOWANCE of 3mm. Never use the valve with a higher corrosion allowance unless specified in the customer order.

Standard valves have not been designed for support purposes, hence the client must avoid any
PIPELINE significant pipeline load concentrations at valve interface. If requested, BFE can supply the necessary
LOAD information to allow the customer to perform the relevant verification or be required to perform the
verification based on client data.

In case of a significant number of cycles and load variations, further stress analysis shall be performed to
CYCLIC verify the valve strength. This being the case, BFE can supply the necessary information to allow the
LOAD customer to perform the relevant verification, or can be asked to perform the verification based on client
data.
Once the valve has been installed in accordance with all the procedures and precautions as described in
START-UP the previous chapters, the valve can be started-up. For gate valves only, be careful not to heat-up the
valve in a closed position with fluids inside, this could result in over pressurizing the valve.
When in operation, the gate and globe valve can be hand-operated from open to close or vice versa by
NORMAL
the handwheel. Prior to operating the valve, make sure that the temperature of the handwheel is not too
OPERATION hot or cold which could result in injury to the operator’s hands.

SHUT-DOWN No special procedures are required for shut-down.

FLUID GROUP According to P.E.D. 2014/68/UE the valves / strainers are classified in category III (highest possible
PED 2014/68/UE category) and then can be used with fluid group 1 or 2 including unstable gas.

VALVE In no case is the user allowed to modify the geometry or the material of valve components. This action
MODIFICATION determines the immediate expiring of factory warranty.

8. RESIDUAL RISK LIST RELATED TO MACHINERY DIRECTIVE 2006/42/EC

Important note! All BFE Valves and actuator assembly are defined as "Partly Completed Machinery"
acc.to Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.

RESIDUAL RISK NOTE

Valve and operator equipment ( e.g. actuator ) are designed in order to not generate any noise above
70dB(A). However the user must evaluate the process data in order to consider if the noise generated by
NOISE the flow can produce with the applicable environmental legislation governing noise nuisance. If required
protective equipment such as earplugs or other noise reduction equipments must be used.
Any action related to the installation and maintenance of equipments not part of the valve product ( e.g.
EQUIPMENT
Actuator or Limit-Switch ) must be performed according to the IOM issued by the equipment
MAINTENANCE manufacturer.

EQUIPMENT Any action related to the operation of equipments not part of the valve product ( e.g. Actuator or
OPERATION Limit-Switch ) must be performed according to the IOM issued by the equipment manufacturer.
System grounding is the responsibility of the user or system designer during the first installation and at
ELECTRICAL every maintenance operation the grounding must be verified. During maintenance operation must be
AND ATEX verified that all electrical and pneumatic energy sources are proper disconnected. All electrical
connection where applicable must be performed acc.to local regulations ( e.g. EN60079-14 )

10
 INSTALLATION, OPERATION
REV.
DOC. NUMBER 12

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DATE
MN01NA01
19.04.16

9. EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES (ATEX)

Valves may be used in potentially explosive atmospheres. Where the customer require valves in conformity to
ATEX 2014/34/UE, B.F.E. can supply valves in conformity to Zone II category 2. In accordance with the
Directive 2014/34/UE. in this manual B.F.E gives some indications to the valve users on how to operate in
safe conditions.

LEAKAGE FROM Check frequently the condition of packing and monitor the amount of emission by the use of suitable
PACKING means (i.e. sniffers); in the case of significant leakage level change or adjust the packing.

LEAKAGE FROM
BODY/BONNET In the case of valve leakage through body-bonnet joint, it is necessary to substitute the gasket.
CONNECTION
In the case of long and frequent operations, the friction between stem, yoke sleeve and bonnet, can
INADEQUATE
cause a local increase of the temperature.
LUBRICATION Therefore BFE recommends lubricating all the parts involved.

INADEQUATE BFE valves are made with permanently contactable steel components hence a full electric continuity is
ELECTRIC guaranteed. If the connection to the pipeline does not guaranty the metal continuity (i.e. flanged
CONTINUITY connection with fully or partially non metallic gasket) BFE suggests adopting equipotential devices.

Valves can be used at any temperature allowed by the relevant rating table; the high temperature of
INADEQUATE external surfaces can be a potential cause of explosion.
In this case it is good practice to insulate the valves when used in hot conditions with similar devices as
THERMAL adopted for the rest of the pipeline.
INSULATION However, the temperature of the fluid conveyed in the inner part has to be compared with the minimum
temperature for priming of explosive atmosphere in order to check the compatibility.

ELECTRIC If the valves need any electrical equipment mounted, check if the Ex certificates of the electric
COMPONENTS components are for the protection level necessary for the site conditions.

BFE valves are constructed in such a way that any powders in the surrounding environment cannot enter
PRESENCE OF the valve itself. Nevertheless it is recommended to check at regular intervals the fastening of the stuffing
POWDERS THAT box in order to prevent the infiltration of these powders, which, after contact with the inner fluid/gas, might
MAY TRIGGER trigger explosions. During the cleaning of the external valve surfaces, it is recommended to use wet
EXPLOSION cloths to prevent electrostatic effects, which may trigger explosions, if in contact with the powders
themselves.

10. ENVIRONMENTAL PRECAUTIONS

The following are the indications of good practice which should be adopted during the life cycle of the product
for correct use and in order to protect the environment and prevent pollution.

When installing the valve, the materials for packing and protection have to be removed and disposed of
according to the following procedures:
ASSEMBLY DO NOT BURN IN UNCONTROLLED WAY
DISPOSE ACCORDING TO THE NATIONAL RULES IN FORCE
PREFERABLY RECYCLE – ALL THE PACKING MATERIALS USED ARE RECYCLABLE

Observe the indications contained in this manual to prevent leakage of products that are harmful for the
OPERATION AND
environment. The material used for the packings is free from asbestos fibres, use products with the same
MAINTENANCE features when replacing. Maintenance should be in accordance with the indications of this manual.

When the valve life has come to the end it becomes waste and it should be disposed of according to the
following indications
DISPOSAL DISPOSE ACCORDING TO THE NATIONAL RULES IN FORCE
TEMPER WHEN THE VALVE WAS IN CONTACT WITH HARMFUL PRODUCTS
PREFERABLY RECYCLE – ALL THE MATERIALS USED ARE RECYCLABLE

11
 INSTALLATION, OPERATION
REV.
DOC. NUMBER 12

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DATE
MN01NA01
19.04.16

ANNEX “A” - NPT ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

The following steps are applicable to all the NPT connections of the valve ( Plugs, End Connections, etc ).

STEP-1 : Inspect port and fitting to ensure that both are free of contaminants and excessive burrs.

STEP-2: Apply a strip of an anaerobic liquid pipe sealant around the male threads leaving the first two
threads uncovered. If no liquid sealant is available, wrap Teflon tape 1-1/2 turns in a clockwise direction,
viewed from the pipe end, leaving the first two threads uncovered.
CAUTION: Teflon tape and some pipe sealants are damaging to hydraulic components. Always use
extreme caution and follow manufacturer’s recommendations for proper application of any sealant in order
to prevent contamination.

STEP 3: Screw finger tight into the port.

STEP 4: Wrench tighten the fitting to the correct turns Past Finger Tight position (See following table).
A properly assembled fittings total thread engagement should be 3 to 6 turns.
CAUTION: Never back off an installed pipe fitting to achieve proper alignment. Loosening installed pipe
fittings will corrupt the seal and contribute to leakage and failure.

Torque installation of pipe fittings is not a recommended practice. Thread taper and quality, different port
and fitting materials, plating thickness and types, varying thread sealants, orientation, and other factors
reduce the reliability of a torqued connection. If torque installation is required, refer to the following
table for suggested torque values.

NPT TABLE
TURN PAST
SCREW TORQUE
ITEM FINGER
SIZE [Nm]
TIGHT
1 1/8" 1.5 - 3.0 17
2 1/4" 1.5 - 3.0 35
3 3/8" 1.5 - 3.0 55
4 1/2" 1.5 - 3.0 75
5 3/4" 1.5 - 3.0 105
6 1" 1 - 2.5 150
7 1"-1/4 1 - 2.5 210
8 1"-1/2 1 - 2.5 290
9 2" 1 - 2.5 410

12
 INSTALLATION, OPERATION
REV.
DOC. NUMBER 12

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DATE
MN01NA01
19.04.16

ANNEX “B” – BODY-BONNET BOLT OR SCREW TIGHTENING SPECIFICATION

To avoid having bolts over stressed during the valve re-assembly, follow the recommended bolting torques
provided here:

BOLTING TORQUE TABLE [Nm]

ALL MATERIALS ALL MATERIALS

WITH MIN YIELD WITH MIN YIELD
STRESS @ ROOM STRESS @ ROOM ONLY FOR
IMPERIAL METRIC TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE X5CrNi18.10 (A2-
BOLT BOLT OF 400MPa AND ABOVE 400MPa. 70)
SIZE SIZE BELOW. 24CrMo5 (G)
21CrMoV57 (GA)
( EG. ASTM A320 ( EG. ASTM A320
B8M CL.1 ) L7M )

3/8 UNC M10 16 30 45

1/2 UNC M12 37 70 75
9/16 UNC M14 50 95 120
5/8 UNC M16 70 140 185
3/4 UNC M20 125 230 260
7/8 UNC M22 200 370 450
1-UNC M24 300 550 670

NOTE:
• Torque tolerance ±10%.
• For temperatures above 400°C use 75% of the torque values.
• Torque values are with the bolts lubricated.
• When applying the torque to the bolts, each bolt should be torqued in steps of approximately 20% of
the final torque.
• Do not use impacting devices to tighten up the bolting on the body/bonnet. Use suitable mechanical
devices for tightening.
• In case of metric bolting use the nearest imperial nominal size available.
• Before installing flange bolts, it is recommend to apply a light coating anti-seize (non-galling, high
temperature grease) to the threads of the bolts.

FLANGE BOLT TIGHTENING SEQUENCE

EXAMPLE OF CRISS-CROSS SEQUENCE

To ensure even distribution of
stresses in the fully-installed
flange, tighten the bolts in a star
pattern then repeat the star
pattern while tightening to the
next torque value, and so on up to
the maximum torque value.
13
 INSTALLATION, OPERATION
REV.
DOC. NUMBER 12

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DATE
MN01NA01
19.04.16

ANNEX “C” - TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

FAILURE CAUSE TROUBLESHOOTING
1-Equally tighten gland flange nuts
2-Add packing
1-Gland flange nuts loose
3-Replace packing
Leakage of 2-Rings of packing insufficient
4-Stem should be maintained in accordance
packing 3-Packing aged or failing
with the correct procedures or replaced
4-Stem sealing damage
according to with the maintenance of pipeline
facilities
Leakage
between 1-Dirt between sealing surfaces 1-Clean sealing surface
sealing 2-Sealing surface damaged 2-Repair the sealing surfaces
surface

1-Packing too tight

1-Properly loosen gland flange nuts
2-Stem nut over worn
Operation 2-Replace stem nut
3-Stem bent
failure 3-Rectify or replace stem
4-Foreign matter between the stem and
4-Clean foreign matter
stem nut or gland or gland flange

Leakage
between 1-Bonnet bolts loose 1-Properly tighten bonnet nuts
body/bonnet 2-Bonnet gasket failure 2-Replace bonnet gasket
flanges

1-Careful operation to prevent sudden stopping,

Body and 1-Static head pumping and rapid shutting
bonnet 2-Fatigue 2-Replace valve that exceeds guarantee period
broken and 3-Cracking or breaking from freezing or is found with early fatigue defection
leaking temperatures 3-Drain away water in winter when valve is not
used

1-Use proper torque

1- Disc blocked in the body
Disc fails 2-When the valve is closed and the pipeline is
2- Stem is overheated and blocks the
to open heated, rotate the handwheel slightly counter
disc
clockwise at varying intervals

IF THE PROBLEM PERSISTS, YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS OR NEED

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, PLEASE DO NOT HESITATE TO CONTACT BFE’S
CUSTOMER SERVICE DEPARTMENT FOR FURTHER ASSISTANCE AND
INSTRUCTIONS.

14
 INSTALLATION, OPERATION
REV.
DOC. NUMBER 12

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DATE
MN01NA01
19.04.16

ANNEX “D” – TYPICAL VALVE SKETCHES

VALVE VALVE SKETCH
PART LIST
TYPE BASIC CONFIGURATION

ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION

1 BODY 105 SLEEVE
2 BONNET 106 NAMEPLATE
GATE

3 GATE 213 NUT

5 STEM 307 GASKET
6 SEAT 330 PACKING
101 GLAND 601 BOLT
102 GLANDE FLANGE 602 SCREW
103 HANDWHEEL 603 NUT

ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION

1 BODY 211 WIRE
2 BONNET 213A NUT
3 DISC 213B NUT
GLOBE

5 STEM 307 GASKET

6 SEAT 330 PACKING
101 GLAND 601 BOLT
102 GLAND FLANGE 602 SCREW
103 HANDWHELL 603 NUT
105 SLEEVE 605 WASHER
106 NAMEPLATE

ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION

CHECK
SWING

1 BODY 7 HINGE
2 BONNET 307 GASKET
3 GATE 601 BOLT
5 STEM 603 NUT
6 SEAT
PISTON
CHECK

ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION

1 BODY 106 NAMEPLATE
2 BONNET 209 SPRING
3 DISC 307 GASKET
6 SEAT 601 BOLT
CHECK

ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION

BALL

1 BODY 106 NAMEPLATE

2 BONNET 209 SPRING
3 BALL 307 GASKET
6 SEAT 601 BOLT

15
 INSTALLATION, OPERATION
REV.
DOC. NUMBER 12

AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DATE
MN01NA01
19.04.16

BODY-BONNET CONNECTIONS
FULL PENETERATION
BOLTED WELDED
WELDED
The bolted connection consist of a body
Welded bonnet valves are
bonnet gasket located in its housing The bolted connection consist
supplied in the standard
between two flanges and compressed by of a full penetration weld.
type threaded in and fillet welded bonnet
bts.

VALVE CONFIGURATIONS (OTHER THEN BASIC )

BELLOW HIGH
CRYOGENIC
SEAL TEMPERATURE
Cryogenic valves have an extended The heat dissipation extended bonnet
Bellow seal valves feature a formed multi-
bonnet, the extension prevents cryogenic construction is made to dissipate heat and
ply bellows welded to the stem and to the
liquids from reaching the stem packing by to lower the heat at the stem packing and
bottom of the bonnet, creating a hermetic
enabling the liquids to boil and convert to to avoid subsequent failure of the packing
seal or impermeable barrier.
gas. and operation of the valve.

16
 Certificate No:
APPROVAL OF MANUFACTURER AMMM00002EG

CERTIFICATE
This is to certify:
That
B.F.E. S.r.l.
ALBANO SANT'ALESSANDRO, BG,
Italy

is an approved manufacturer of
Steel Forgings

in accordance with
DNV GL rules for classification – Ships

and the following particulars:

Application area Forgings for boilers, pressure vessels and piping systems
Stainless steel forgings
Steel type Carbon and carbon-manganese
Austenitic stainless
Austenitic-ferritic (Duplex) stainless
Forging method Closed die forging
Max. weight 60 kg
Max. diameter / section See page 2
Heat treatment condition See page 2
Additional approval conditions See page 2

Manufacturer(s) approved by this certificate is/are accepted to deliver according to DNV GL, DNV and GL
rules. Materials to be applied to DNV GL classed object shall fulfill the material requirements in the
applicable DNV GL class rules.

Issued at Hamburg on 2019-01-23

for DNV GL
This Certificate is valid until 2022-01-22.
DNV GL local station: Milan

Approval Engineer: Torben Schälicke Thorsten Lohmann

Head of Section

Form code: AM 311 Revision: 2018-03 www.dnvgl.com Page 1 of 2

© DNV GL 2014. DNV GL and the Horizon Graphic are trademarks of DNV GL AS.
 Job Id: 263.11-009142-1
Certificate No: AMMM00002EG

Particulars of the approval

Forgings for boilers, pressure vessels and piping systems

Steel Forging Max. weight Max. diameter / Heat treatment

Grade3,4)
type method1) [kg] section [mm] condition2)

C and VL F450H,
CD 60 136 QT
C-Mn VL F490H

Stainless steel forgings

Forging Max. Max. diameter / Heat treatment

Steel type5)
method1) weight [kg] section [mm] condition2)
Austenitic CD 60 136 SHT
22 Cr Duplex CD 60 136 SHT
25 Cr Duplex CD 60 136 SHT

Remarks:
1) CD: Closed die forging
2) QT: Quenched and tempered
SHT: Solution Heat Treated (Solution Annealing)
3) Certification of any material applied to classed object shall fulfill the applicable material
requirements in the DNV GL class rules
4) Incl. equivalent grades in acc. to other standards
5) Stainless steel forgings shall be in accordance with recognized standards, e.g. EN 10222, ASTM
A473/A965/A1049 and JIS G 3214, provided that supplementary requirements contained herein
are also met. Recognition of other standards is subject to submission to the Society for
evaluation.

Special conditions:
Including austenitic stainless steel for approved low-temperature applications.
Heat treatment conducted by Sorbit S.R.L”
The manufacturers of starting material have to be approved by the Society.

Form code: AM 311 Revision: 2018-03 www.dnvgl.com Page 2 of 2

9 Globe valves:
ARI STOBU Globe fig. 35.006, PN40, manually
With standard on/off plug
Carbon steel, DIN flanged

Tag no.:
55-25GA-8281
55-15GA-8290
55-15GA-8291
55-15GA-8293
55-15GA-8294
55-15GA-8296
63-25GA-8201
55-25GA-8287A
55-25GA-8287B
55-25GA-8287C
55-25GA-8181
55-15GA-8190
55-15GA-8191
55-15GA-8193
55-15GA-8194
55-15GA-8196
55-25GA-8187A
55-25GA-8187B
55-25GA-8187C
63-25GA-8101
 ARI-STOBU® PN16-40
Stuffing box valve
Stop valve with gland seal metal seat

ARI-STOBU® -
Straight through with flanges
•T  RB 801 Annex II No. 45 (except EN-JL1040)
Grey cast iron
• EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft (optional)
SG iron
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04
Fig. 006/306 Page 2

ARI-STOBU® -
Straight through with flanges
•T  RB 801 Annex II No. 45
• EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft (optional)
Cast steel
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04
Fig. 006/306 Page 3

ARI-STOBU® -
Straight through with flanges
• TRB 801 Annex II No. 45
• EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft (optional) Forged steel
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04
Fig. 006 Page 4

ARI-STOBU® -
Fig. 006
Straight through with flanges
•T  RB 801 Annex II No. 45
• EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft (optional)
Stainless steel
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04
Fig. 006 Page 5

ARI-STOBU® -
Straight through with butt weld ends
•T  RB 801 Annex II No. 45
• EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft (optional)
Forged steel
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04
Fig. 005 Page 6

ARI-STOBU® -
Straight through with butt weld ends
•T  RB 801 Annex II No. 45
• EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft (optional)
Cast steel
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04
Fig. 005 Page 7

ARI-STOBU® -
Y-pattern with flanges
•T  RB 801 Annex II No. 45
• EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft (optional)
Stainless steel
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04
Fig. 009 Page 8
Features:
ARI-STOBU - ® • Proven technology
• Solid plug made of stainless material
Angle pattern with flanges
• Solid stem made of stainless material
•T  RB 801 Annex II No. 45 (except EN-JL1040)
Grey cast iron • Solid seat made of stainless material
• EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft (optional)
SG iron • Stem with roll hardened thread
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04
Fig. 007/307 Page 9 • Burnished stem
• High-tensile gland packing
ARI-STOBU® - • Favourable zeta-values also for small nominal diameters
Angle pattern with flanges In cast steel, forged steel and stainless steel:
•T  RB 801 Annex II No. 45 • Bonnet top with threaded bushing
• EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft (optional) • Flap-type screws
Cast steel
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04
Fig. 007/307 Page 10

Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! Data sheet 006001 englisch (english)
 ARI-STOBU® 006/306 PN16-25
Technical data
Stop valve - straight through with flanges and gland seal (Grey cast iron, SG iron)

Figure Nominal pressure Material Nominal diameter

Travel

12.006 PN16 EN-JL1040 DN15-300

12.306 PN16 EN-JL1040 DN15-300
22.006 PN16 EN-JS1049 DN15-350
22.306 PN16 EN-JS1049 DN15-350
23.006 PN25 EN-JS1049 DN15-150
23.306 PN25 EN-JS1049 DN15-150

Fig. 306: Trim made of RG/MS:

CuZn35Ni3Mn2AlPb, CW710R code number 02
CuSn10-Cu, CC480K code number 03
(max. operating temperature: 180°C, code number acc. to DIN 86251)

Test: • DN15-300 optional:

EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04 (refer to page 16)

Considered
• EN 13789 (EN-JL1040, EN-JS1049)
standards:
At high differential pressures a balancing plug is necessary!
(not possible at Fig. 306, observe max. differential pressure!)
(refer to page 13)

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 12.006 Fig. 12.306 Fig. 22./23.006 Fig. 22./23.306
1 Body EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 EN-JS1049, EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
1.2 Seat ring X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT CuSn10-Cu, CC480K code X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT CuSn10-Cu, CC480K code
number 03 number 03
2 Bonnet EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 EN-JS1049, EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
3 x Plug DN ≤200: CuZn35Ni3Mn2AlPb, DN ≤200: CuZn35Ni3Mn2AlPb,
X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT CW710R code number 02 X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT CW710R code number 02
DN >200: P265 GH, 1.0425 CuSn10-Cu, CC480K code DN >200: P265 GH, 1.0425 CuSn10-Cu, CC480K code
number 03 number 03
4 x Stem X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT CuSn8, CW453K X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT CuSn8, CW453K
(burnished) code number 03 (burnished) (burnished) code number 03 (burnished)
5 Handwheel EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 (FE 13 Epoxid-coating)
6 x Packing ring Pure graphite
7 Hexagon bolt 5.6 --
7 Stud -- 25CrMo4, 1.7218
8 Hexagon nut -- C35E, 1.1181
9 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
└ Spare parts

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350

Face-to-face dimension FTF series 1 according to DIN EN 558  Standard-flange dimensions refer to page 15
L (mm) 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480 600 730 850 980

Dimensions
H (mm) 185 185 205 205 230 230 270 305 355 395 450 570 685 770 860
ØC (mm) 120 120 140 140 160 160 180 200 225 250 400 520 520 520 640
Travel (mm) 9 9 13 13 21 19 28 32 36 52 56 73 80 110 116
Kvs-value (m3/h) 4,2 7,4 12 19 31 47 77 120 188 288 410 725 1145 1635 2220
Zeta-value -- 4,6 4,7 4,3 4,6 4,3 4,5 4,8 4,5 4,5 4,7 4,8 4,9 4,8 4,8 4,9
Zeta-value ... range of tolerance for Kvs-values acc. to VDI/VDE 2173 

Weights
12.006 / 306 (kg) 3,5 4 5 6,8 9,3 12,2 18 24,5 35 55 77 145 243 341 --
22.006 / 306 (kg) 3,9 4,3 5,4 7 9,5 12,9 18,4 24,5 36 56 78 122 247 336 451
23.006 / 306 (kg) 3,9 4,3 5,4 7 9,5 12,9 18,4 24,5 36 56 78 -- -- --

Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!

Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.
ARI-Valves of EN-JL1040 are not allowed to be operated in systems acc. to TRD 110.
A production permission acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 is available. (acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 EN-JL1040 is not allowed.)
The engineer, designing a system or a plant, is responsible for the selection of the correct valve.
Resistance and fitness must be verified, contact manufacturer for information (refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
2 Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!
 ARI-STOBU® 006/ 306 PN25-40
Technical data
Stop valve - straight through with flanges and gland seal (Cast steel)

Travel Figure Nominal pressure Material Nominal diameter

34.006 PN25 1.0619+N DN15-500
34.306 PN25 1.0619+N DN15-500
35.006 PN40 1.0619+N DN15-500
35.306 PN40 1.0619+N DN15-500

Fig. 306: Trim made of RG/MS

CuZn35Ni3Mn2AlPb, CW710R code number 02
CuSn10-Cu, CC480K code number 03
(max. operating temperature: 180°C, code number acc. to DIN 86251)

Test: • DN15-300 optional:

EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04 (refer to page 16)

Considered
• EN 13709 (1.0619+N)
standards:

At high differential pressures a balancing plug is necessary!

(not possible at Fig. 306, observe max. differential pressure!)
(refer to page 13)

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 34./35.006 Fig. 34./35.306
1 Body GP240GH+N, 1.0619+N
1.2 Seat ring DN ≤50: X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT CuSn10-Cu, CC480K code number 03
DN >50: G19 9 Nb Si, 1.4551
2 Bonnet GP240GH+N, 1.0619+N
3 x Plug DN ≤200: X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT CuZn35Ni3Mn2AlPb, CW710R code number 02
DN >200: P265 GH, 1.0425 CuSn10-Cu, CC480K code number 03 2)
4 x Stem X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT (burnished) CuSn8, CW453K
code number 03 (burnished)
5 Handwheel EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 (FE 13 Epoxid-coating)
6 x Packing ring Pure graphite
7 Stud 25CrMo4, 1.7218
8 Hexagon nut C35E, 1.1181
9 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
10 Insert nuts 11SMn30+C, 1.0715+C
└ Spare parts

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500

Face-to-face dimension FTF series 1 according to DIN EN 558  Standard-flange dimensions refer to page 15
L (mm) 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480 600 730 850 980 1100 1350 *
 * acc. to manufacturers standard
Dimensions
H (mm) 185 185 205 205 230 230 270 305 355 395 450 570 685 770 860 865 995
ØC (mm) 120 120 140 140 160 160 180 200 225 250 400 520 520 520 640 640 640
Travel (mm) 9 9 13 13 21 19 28 32 36 52 56 73 80 110 116 126 181
Kvs-value (m3/h) 4,2 7,4 12 19 31 47 77 120 188 288 410 725 1145 1635 2220 3180 4530
Zeta-value -- 4,6 4,7 4,3 4,6 4,3 4,5 4,8 4,5 4,5 4,7 4,8 4,9 4,8 4,8 4,9 3,4 4,9
Zeta-value ... range of tolerance for Kvs-values acc. to VDI/VDE 2173

Weights
34.006 / 306 (kg) 4,4 5,4 6,3 7 10,5 13,8 21 27,5 40 61 84 160 265 377 510 780 1095
35.006 / 306 (kg) 4,8 5,4 7,1 8 11,5 13,5 23,5 28 39,5 61 84 170 283 414 557 857 1150

Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!

Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.
A production permission acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 is available.
The engineer, designing a system or a plant, is responsible for the selection of the correct valve.
Resistance and fitness must be verified, contact manufacturer for information (refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 3
 ARI-STOBU® 006 PN40
Technical data
Stop valve - straight through with flanges and gland seal (Forged steel)

Figure Nominal pressure Material Nominal diameter

Travel

45.006 PN40 1.0460 / 1.0619+N DN15-50

Test: • optional:
EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04 (refer to page 16)

Considered
• EN 13709 (1.0460, 1.0619+N)
standards:

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 45.006
1 Body P250 GH, 1.0460
1.2 Seat ring G19 9 Nb Si, 1.4551
2 Bonnet 1.0619+N
3 x Plug X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT
4 x Stem X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT (burnished)
5 Handwheel EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 (FE 13 Epoxid-coating)
6 x Packing ring Pure graphite
7 Stud 25CrMo4, 1.7218
8 Hexagon nut C35E, 1.1181
9 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
10 Insert nuts 11SMn30+C, 1.0715+C
└ Spare parts

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50

Face-to-face dimension FTF series 1 according to DIN EN 558  Standard-flange dimensions refer to page 15
L (mm) 130 150 160 180 200 230

Dimensions
H (mm) 201 203 223 229 236 237
ØC (mm) 120 120 140 140 160 160
Travel (mm) 9 9 13 13 21 19
Kvs-value (m3/h) 3,3 5,8 9,2 15 23,3 36
Zeta-value -- 7,4 7,6 7,4 7,4 7,5 7,7
Zeta-value ... range of tolerance for Kvs-values acc. to VDI/VDE 2173

Dimensions
45.006 (kg) 4,3 5 6 7 10 13

Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!

Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.
A production permission acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 is available.
The engineer, designing a system or a plant, is responsible for the selection of the correct valve.
Resistance and fitness must be verified, contact manufacturer for information (refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
4 Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!
 ARI-STOBU® 006 PN16-40
Technical data
Stop valve - straight through with flanges and gland seal (Stainless steel)

Figure Nominal pressure Material Nominal diameter

52.006 PN16 1.4408 DN15-200
Travel

54.006 PN25 1.4408 DN200

55.006 PN40 1.4408 DN15-150

Test: • optional:
EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04 (refer to page 16)

Considered
• EN 13709 (1.4408)
standards:
At high differential pressures a balancing plug is necessary!
(refer to page 13)

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 52./54./55.006
1 Body GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4408
2 Bonnet GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4408
3 x Plug X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4571
4 x Stem X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4571
5 Handwheel EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 (FE 13 Epoxid-coating)
6 x Packing ring Pure graphite
7 Stud A4-70
8 Hexagon nut A4
9 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
10 Insert nuts X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4401
└ Spare parts

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200

Face-to-face dimension FTF series 1 according to DIN EN 558  Standard-flange dimensions refer to page 15
L (mm) 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480 600

Dimensions
H (mm) 185 185 205 205 230 230 270 305 355 395 450 570
ØC (mm) 120 120 140 140 160 160 180 200 225 250 400 520
Travel (mm) 9 9 13 13 21 19 28 32 36 52 56 73
Kvs-value (m3/h) 4,2 7,4 12 19 31 47 77 120 188 288 410 725
Zeta-value -- 4,6 4,7 4,3 4,6 4,3 4,5 4,8 4,5 4,5 4,7 4,8 4,9
Zeta-value ... range of tolerance for Kvs-values acc. to VDI/VDE 2173

Dimensions
52./54./55.006 (kg) 4,8 5,4 7,1 8 11,5 13,5 23,5 28 39,5 61 84 170

Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!

Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.
A production permission acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 is available.
The engineer, designing a system or a plant, is responsible for the selection of the correct valve.
Resistance and fitness must be verified, contact manufacturer for information (refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 5
 ARI-STOBU® 005 PN40
Technical data
Stop valve - straight through with butt weld ends and gland seal (Forged steel)

Figure Nominal pressure Material Nominal diameter

45.005 PN40 1.0460 / 1.0619+N DN15-50
Travel

DN65-300 refer to Fig. 35.005 (1.0619+N)

Butt weld ends according to DIN EN 12627 Fig. 4 (refer to page 12)

Test: • optional:
EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04 (refer to page 16)

Considered
• EN 13709 (1.0460, 1.0619+N)
standards:

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 45.005
1 Body P250 GH, 1.0460
1.2 Seat ring G19 9 Nb Si, 1.4551
2 Bonnet 1.0619+N
3 x Plug X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT
4 x Stem X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT (burnished)
5 Handwheel EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 (FE 13 Epoxid-coating)
6 x Packing ring Pure graphite
7 Stud 25CrMo4, 1.7218
8 Hexagon nut C35E, 1.1181
9 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
10 Insert nuts 11SMn30+C, 1.0715+C
└ Spare parts

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50

Face-to-face dimension ETE series 1 according to DIN EN 12982

L (mm) 130 150 160 180 200 230

Dimensions
H (mm) 205 205 225 230 235 235
ØC (mm) 120 120 140 140 160 160
Travel (mm) 9 9 13 13 21 19
Kvs-value (m3/h) 3,3 5,8 9,2 15 23,3 36
Zeta-value -- 4,6 4,7 4,3 4,6 4,3 4,5
Zeta-value ... range of tolerance for Kvs-values acc. to VDI/VDE 2173

Weights
45.005 (kg) 2,9 3 3,5 3,5 6,2 7,8

Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!

Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.
A production permission acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 is available.
The engineer, designing a system or a plant, is responsible for the selection of the correct valve.
Resistance and fitness must be verified, contact manufacturer for information (refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
6 Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!
 ARI-STOBU® 005 PN40
Technical data
Stop valve - straight through with butt weld ends and gland seal (Cast steel)

Figure Nominal pressure Material Nominal diameter

Travel
35.005 PN40 1.0619+N DN65-300
DN15-50 refer to Fig. 45.005 (1.0460)

Butt weld ends according to DIN EN 12627 Fig. 4 (refer to page 12)
alternative: DN 65-200 with shoed ends of P235GH

Test: • optional:
EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04 (refer to page 16)

Considered
• EN 13709 (1.0619+N)
standards:

At high differential pressures a balancing plug is necessary!

(refer to page 13)

alternative

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 35.005
1 Body GP240GH+N, 1.0619+N
1.2 Seat ring G19 9 Nb Si, 1.4551
2 Bonnet GP240GH+N, 1.0619+N
3 x Plug DN ≤200: X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT
DN >200: P265 GH, 1.0425
4 x Stem X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT (burnished)
5 Handwheel EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 (FE 13 Epoxid-coating)
6 x Packing ring Pure graphite
7 Stud 25CrMo4, 1.7218
8 Hexagon nut C35E, 1.1181
9 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
10 Insert nuts 11SMn30+C, 1.0715+C
└ Spare parts

DN 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300

Face-to-face dimension ETE series 1 according to DIN EN 12982

L (mm) 290 310 350 400 480 600 730 850

Dimensions
H (mm) 270 305 355 395 450 570 685 770
ØC (mm) 180 200 225 250 400 520 520 520
Travel (mm) 28 32 36 52 56 73 80 110
Kvs-value (m3/h) 77 120 188 288 410 725 1145 1635
Zeta-value -- 4,8 4,5 4,5 4,7 4,8 4,9 4,8 4,8
Zeta-value ... range of tolerance for Kvs-values acc. to VDI/VDE 2173

Weights
35.005 (kg) 16 21 28 45 66 143 228 345

Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!

Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.
A production permission acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 is available.
The engineer, designing a system or a plant, is responsible for the selection of the correct valve.
Resistance and fitness must be verified, contact manufacturer for information (refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 7
 ARI-STOBU® 009 PN16-40
Technical data
Stop valve - Y-pattern with flanges and gland seal (Stainless steel)

Figure Nominal pressure Material Nominal diameter

l
ve
Tra
52.009 PN16 1.4408 DN15-200
54.009 PN25 1.4408 DN15-200
55.009 PN40 1.4408 DN15-200

Test: • optional:
EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04 (refer to page 16)

Considered
• EN 13709 (1.4408)
standards:

At high differential pressures a balancing plug is necessary!

(refer to page 13)

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 52./54./55.009
1 Body GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4408
2 Bonnet GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4408
3 x Plug X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4571
4 x Stem X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4571
5 Handwheel EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 (FE 13 Epoxid-coating)
6 x Packing ring Pure graphite
7 Stud A4-70
8 Hexagon nut A4
9 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
10 Insert nuts X5CrNiMo17-12-2, 1.4401
└ Spare parts

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200

Face-to-face dimension FTF series 1 according to DIN EN 558  Standard-flange dimensions refer to page 15
L (mm) 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480 600

Dimensions
H2 (mm) 200 200 225 225 245 250 285 320 415 435 505 640
B (mm) 80 70 85 70 70 45 30 65 75 80 75 130
ØC (mm) 120 120 140 140 160 160 180 200 225 250 400 520
Travel (mm) 9 9 13 13 21 19 28 32 36 52 56 73
Kvs-value (m3/h) 5,8 8,6 13 20 42 59 90 127 205 310 445 800
Zeta-value -- 2,4 3,5 3,7 4,2 2,3 2,9 3,5 4,1 3,8 4,1 4,1 5
Zeta-value ... range of tolerance for Kvs-values acc. to VDI/VDE 2173

Weights
52./54./55.009 (kg) 4 4,6 6 7,6 9,4 11,6 16,5 23,2 35 43 72 141

Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!

Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.
A production permission acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 is available.
The engineer, designing a system or a plant, is responsible for the selection of the correct valve.
Resistance and fitness must be verified, contact manufacturer for information (refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
8 Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!
 ARI-STOBU® 007/307 PN16
Technical data
Stop valve - angle pattern with flanges and gland seal (Grey cast iron, SG iron)

Figure Nominal pressure Material Nominal diameter

Travel
12.007 PN16 EN-JL1040 DN15-300
12.307 PN16 EN-JL1040 DN15-300
22.007 PN16 EN-JS1049 DN15-500
22.307 PN16 EN-JS1049 DN15-500
Fig. 307: Trim made of RG/MS
CuZn35Ni3Mn2AlPb, CW710R code number 02
CuSn10-Cu, CC480K code number 03
(max. operating temperature: 180°C, code number acc. to DIN 86251
Test: • DN15-300 optional:
EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04 (refer to page 16)

Considered
• EN 13789 (EN-JL1040, EN-JS1049)
standards:
At high differential pressures a balancing plug is necessary!
(not possible at Fig. 307, observe max. differential pressure!)
(refer to page 13)

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 12.007 Fig. 12.307 Fig. 22.007 Fig. 22.307
1 Body EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 EN-JS1049, EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
1.2 Seat ring X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT CuSn10-Cu, CC480K code X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT CuSn10-Cu, CC480K code
number 03 number 03
2 Bonnet EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 EN-JS1049, EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
3 x Plug DN ≤200: CuZn35Ni3Mn2AlPb, DN ≤200: CuZn35Ni3Mn2AlPb,
X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT CW710R code number 02 X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT CW710R code number 02
DN >200: P265 GH, 1.0425 CuSn10-Cu, CC480K code DN >200: P265 GH, 1.0425 CuSn10-Cu, CC480K code
number 03 number 03
4 x Stem X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT CuSn8, CW453K X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT CuSn8, CW453K
(burnished) code number 03 (burnished) code number 03
(burnished) (burnished)
5 Handwheel EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 (FE 13 Epoxid-coating)
6 x Packing ring Pure graphite
7 Hexagon bolt 5.6 --
7 Stud -- 25CrMo4, 1.7218
8 Hexagon nut -- C35E, 1.1181
9 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
└ Spare parts

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500

Face-to-face dimension CTF series 8 according to DIN EN 558  Standard-flange dimensions refer to page 15
l (mm) 90 95 100 105 115 125 145 155 175 200 225 275 325 375 425 475 525 *
 * acc. to manufacturers standard
Dimensions
H1 (mm) 185 185 200 200 215 215 245 280 320 360 415 495 575 655 735 740 840
ØC (mm) 120 120 140 140 160 160 180 200 225 250 400 520 520 520 640 640 640
Travel (mm) 9 9 13 13 21 19 28 32 36 52 56 73 80 110 116 126 181
Kvs-value (m3/h) 5,2 9,2 15 24 37 58 96 150 235 360 510 905 1430 2040 2775 3975 5660
Zeta-value -- 3 3 2,8 2,9 3 3 3,1 2,9 2,9 3 3,1 3,1 3,1 3,1 3,1 2,6 3,1
Zeta-value ... range of tolerance for Kvs-values acc. to VDI/VDE 2173

Weights
12.007 / 307 (kg) 3,9 4,5 5,5 6,6 9,1 11,5 17,1 22,4 32 46 67 126 184 270 -- -- --
22.007 / 307 (kg) 4 4,5 5,6 6,6 9,2 11,6 17 22,6 33 46 68 100 204 270 398 570 885

Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!

Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.
ARI-Valves of EN-JL1040 are not allowed to be operated in systems acc. to TRD 110.
A production permission acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 is available. (acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 EN-JL1040 is not allowed.)
The engineer, designing a system or a plant, is responsible for the selection of the correct valve.
Resistance and fitness must be verified, contact manufacturer for information (refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 9
 ARI-STOBU® 007/307 PN25-40
Technical data
Stop valve - angle pattern with flanges and gland seal (Cast steel)

Figure Nominal pressure Material Nominal diameter

Travel

34.007 PN25 1.0619+N DN15-500

34.307 PN25 1.0619+N DN15-500
35.007 PN40 1.0619+N DN15-500
35.307 PN40 1.0619+N DN15-500

Fig. 307: Trim made of RG/MS

CuZn35Ni3Mn2AlPb, CW710R code number 02
CuSn10-Cu, CC480K code number 03
(max. operating temperature: 180°C, code number acc. to DIN 86251
Test: • DN15-300 optional:
EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft
TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04 (refer to page 16)

Considered
• EN 13709 (1.0619+N)
standards:
At high differential pressures a balancing plug is necessary!
(not possible at Fig. 307, observe max. differential pressure!)
(refer to page 13)

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 34./35.007 Fig. 34./35.307
1 Body GP240GH+N, 1.0619+N
1.2 Seat ring DN ≤50: X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT CuSn10-Cu, CC480K code number 03
DN >50: G19 9 Nb Si, 1.4551
2 Bonnet GP240GH+N, 1.0619+N
3 x Plug DN ≤200: X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT CuZn35Ni3Mn2AlPb, CW710R code number 02
DN >200: P265 GH, 1.0425 CuSn10-Cu, CC480K code number 03
4 x Stem X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT (burnished) CuSn8, CW453K code number 03 (burnished)
5 Handwheel EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 (FE 13 Epoxid-coating)
6 x Packing ring Pure graphite
7 Stud 25CrMo4, 1.7218
8 Hexagon nut C35E, 1.1181
9 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
10 Insert nuts 11SMn30+C, 1.0715+C
└ Spare parts

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500

Face-to-face dimension CTF series 8 according to DIN EN 558  Standard-flange dimensions refer to page 15
l (mm) 90 95 100 105 115 125 145 155 175 200 225 275 325 375 425 475 525 *
 * acc. to manufacturers standard
Dimensions
H1 (mm) 185 185 200 200 215 215 245 280 320 360 415 495 575 655 735 740 840
ØC (mm) 120 120 140 140 160 160 180 200 225 250 400 520 520 520 640 640 640
Travel (mm) 9 9 13 13 21 19 28 32 36 52 56 73 80 110 116 126 181
Kvs-value (m3/h) 5,2 9,2 15 24 37 58 96 150 235 360 510 905 1430 2040 2775 3975 5660
Zeta-value -- 3 3 2,8 2,9 3 3 3,1 2,9 2,9 3 3,1 3,1 3,1 3,1 3,1 2,6 3,1
Zeta-value ... range of tolerance for Kvs-values acc. to VDI/VDE 2173

Weights
34.007 / 307 (kg) 5,2 7,2 7,4 8,4 12,4 13,6 20 25 34 53 70 138 170 290 383 690 963
35.007 / 307 (kg) 5,2 7,2 7,4 8,4 12,4 13,6 20 25 34 53 70 148 188 327 430 767 1018

Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!

Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.
A production permission acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 is available.
The engineer, designing a system or a plant, is responsible for the selection of the correct valve.
Resistance and fitness must be verified, contact manufacturer for information (refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
10 Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!
 ARI-STOBU® PN16-40
Notes

Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 11

 ARI-STOBU® 005 PN16-40
Valves with butt weld ends

L = Face-to-face dimension
Edge shaping acc. to DIN EN 25817

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400

Butt weld ends acc. to DIN EN 12627

L (mm) 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480 600 730 850 980 1100
ØA (mm) 22 28 35 44 50 62 77 91 117 144 172 223 278 329 362 413
ØB (mm) 17,3 22,3 28,5 37,2 43,1 53,9 68,9 80,9 104,3 130,7 157,1 204,9 257 307,9 338 384,4
Ødi (mm) 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 330 375
R (mm) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5
L1 (similar) (mm) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 14 18 20 20 25 33 45 45
Ød3 (mm) 21,3 26,9 33,7 42,4 48,3 60,3 76,1 88,9 114,3 139,7 168,3 219,1 273,0 323,9 355,6 406,4
s1 (mm) 2 2,3 2,6 2,6 2,6 3,2 3,6 4 5 4,5 5,6 7,1 8 8 8,8 11
Face-to-face dimension ETE series 1 according to DIN EN 12982
Butt weld ends according to DIN EN 12627 Fig. 4
Weld joint according to DIN EN 29692 code number 1.3.3
The material used for ARI valves with butt weld ends are:
GP240GH+N, 1.0619+N acc. to DIN EN 10213-2,
P250GH, 1.0460 acc. to DIN EN 10222-2.

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400

Shoed ends made of P235GH (Pipe connection =^ welding neck flanges)

Ød (mm) -- -- -- -- -- -- 76,1 88,9 114,3 139,7 168,3 219,1 -- -- -- --
Øs (mm) -- -- -- -- -- -- 2,9 3,2 3,6 4,0 4,5 6,3 -- -- -- --
The material used for ARI valves with shoed ends (DN 65-200) P235GH according to DIN EN 10216-2.

Based on our experience we recommend electric welding process for connecting valves or strainers with tubes or with each other.
Lime based electrodes with an appropriate composite material should be used as filler material for welding.
Gas welding should be avoided.
Because of the different material compositions and wall thickness of the steam traps and the pipe gas welding shall not be applied. Quenching cracks and coarse grain
structure may develop.

12 Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!

 ARI-STOBU® PN16-40
Plug design

Regulating plug with soft seal

Regulating plug Max. operating temperature 200°C at PTFE + 25% carbon
(for max. permissible ΔP refer to Flow diagram) (for max. permissible ΔP refer to Flow diagram) Plug with marginal seat

Screw down non-return plug with re-setting spring -

max. differential pressure, refer to table of pressure
balancing plugs,
Set pressure 0,1 bar
Plug with Soft seal (Design for special applications refer to page 14)
Max. operating temperature 200°C at PTFE + 25% carbon Stellited plug Flow values (Kvs and Zeta) refer to data sheet „Check valves“.

Flow direction

Valves with balancing plugs have to be installed with medium flowing over the plug
(3) as indicated by flow direction arrow on valve body.
Working principles:
When the valve is closed, anticlockwise rotation of the hand wheel lifts the pilot plug
(3.1) off the larger balancing plug (3).
This allows the medium to pass through the plug and equalizes the pressure of
the medium under the plug (3). After the pressures have been equalized within the
values stated in the table, the valve can be opened by turning the valve further with
normal manual force.
Balancing plugs are fully effective only in closed systems.
The pressures of the medium on either side of the plug can not be equalized if the
medium is discharged into open air.
A bypass line or some other arrangement is necessary if too much time is required
for pressure equalization owing to the volume in the piping system.

Balancing plug

ARI-stop valves with differential pressures exceeding the following pressures, have to be fitted with pressure balancing plugs
DN 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500
Differential pressure (ΔP) (bar) 25 21 14 9 6 4,5 3,5 1,5

Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 13

 ARI-STOBU® PN16-40
Special design / Accessories

DN ØC2 Weight
(mm) (mm) (kg)
15-32 180 1,5
40-100 250 3
125-200 365 5
Limit switch Handwheel operated by impact force 250-500 520 13

DN ØC2 Weight
(mm) (mm) (kg)
15-32 180 2,5
40-80 220 7
100-150 260 8,9
Chain wheel 200-400 300 11 Position indicator with locking device

Flow direction

Hole and stem with a

precise tolerance

Screw down non-return plug with re-setting spring and plug damper
In special applications, like high flow turbulences, stuffing box valves with damper should be used with execution
„screw down non-return plug “:
- if stuffing box valves with loose plug are mounted directly by centrifuged pumps;
- behind pressure reduction stations;
- behind pipe elbows;
- in compact plants;
- if expansion joints are missing;
- if the pump is not mounted on a damper;
- if there is no flow stabilizing pipe dimension;
- if there is no start-up bypass line;
- when choosen valve diameter to large.
Working principle
The precise tolerance between stem and plug hole prevents an abrupt displacement of medium out of the plug.

Stem extension (please specify height in your order)

DN15-50 DN ≥ 65
Back seat

14 Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!

 ARI-STOBU® PN16-40
Flange dimensions / Pressure-temperature-ratings
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500

Standard-flange dimensions  Flanges acc. to DIN EN 1092-1/-2 (Flange holes / -thickness tolerances acc. to DIN 2533/2544/2545)
ØD (mm) 80 90 100 120 130 140 160 190 210 240 265 320 -- -- -- -- --
PN6 ØK (mm) 55 65 75 90 100 110 130 150 170 200 225 280 -- -- -- -- --
n x Ød (mm) 4x11 4x11 4x11 4x14 4x14 4x14 4x14 4x18 4x18 8x18 8x18 8x18 -- -- -- -- --
ØD (mm) 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405 460 520 580 715
PN16 ØK (mm) 65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 355 410 470 525 650
n x Ød (mm) 4x14 4x14 4x14 4x18 4x18 4x18 4x18 1) 8x18 8x18 8x18 8x22 12x22 12x26 12x26 16x26 16x30 20x33
ØD (mm) 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 235 270 300 360 425 485 555 620 730
PN25 ØK (mm) 65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 190 220 250 310 370 430 490 550 660
n x Ød (mm) 4x14 4x14 4x14 4x18 4x18 4x18 8x18 8x18 8x22 8x26 8x26 12x26 12x30 16x30 16x33 16x36 20x36
ØD (mm) 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 235 270 300 375 450 515 580 660 755
PN40 ØK (mm) 65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 190 220 250 320 385 480 510 585 670
n x Ød (mm) 4x14 4x14 4x14 4x18 4x18 4x18 8x18 8x18 8x22 8x26 8x26 12x30 12x33 16x33 16x36 16x39 20x42
1)
also with 8 bore holes acc. to DIN EN 1092-1/-2 possible.

Intermediate values for max. permissible operational pressures can be determined by linear interpolation of
Pressure-temperature-ratings the given temperature / pressure chart.

acc. to DIN EN 1092-2 -60°C to <-10°C 1) -10°C to 120°C 150°C 200°C 250°C 300°C 350°C 400°C 450°C
EN-JL1040 16 (bar) -- 16 14,4 12,8 11,2 9,6 -- -- --
EN-JS1049 16 (bar) on request 16 15,5 14,7 13,9 12,8 11,2 -- --
EN-JS1049 25 (bar) on request 25 24,3 23 21,8 20 17,5 -- --

acc. to manufacturers standard -60°C to <-10°C 1) -10°C to 120°C 150°C 200°C 250°C 300°C 350°C 400°C 450°C
1.0619+N 25 (bar) 18,7 25 23,9 22 20 17,2 16 14,8 8,2
1.0619+N 40 (bar) 30 40 38,1 35 32 28 25,7 23,8 13,1
1.0460 25 (bar) 18,7 25 23,9 22 20 17,2 16 14,8 10
1.0460 40 (bar) 30 40 38,1 35 32 28 25,7 23,8 16

acc. to DIN EN 1092-1 -60°C to <-10°C 1) -10°C to 100°C 150°C 200°C 250°C 300°C 350°C 400°C 450°C
1.4408 16 (bar) 16 16 14,5 13,4 12,7 11,8 11,4 10,9 --
1.4408 25 (bar) 25 25 22,7 21 19,8 18,5 17,8 17,1 --
1.4408 40 (bar) 40 40 36,3 33,7 31,8 29,7 28,5 27,4 --

1)
Studs and nuts made of A4-70 (at temperatures below -10°C)

Please indicate when ordering:

- Figure-No.
- Nominal pressure
- Nominal diameter
- Special design / accessories
Example:
Figure 35.006; Nominal pressure PN40; Nominal diameter DN100; with regulating plug, position indicator with locking device.

Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 15

 ARI-STOBU® PN16-40
Test EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft
Test: DN15-300 optional
EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft TÜV-Test-No. TA 08 2016 C04

with spring-loaded stuffing box

Grey cast iron, SG iron Cast steel, Forged steel, Stainless steel

Technology for the Future.

GERMAN QUALITY VALVES
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG, D-33750 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock,
Tel. +49 52 07 / 994-0, Telefax +49 52 07 / 994-158 or 159 Internet: http://www.ari-armaturen.com E-mail: [email protected]

16 Edition 06/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!

 Operating and installation instructions
Stop valve with gland seal
STOBU®PN16-40

Contents
1.0 General information on operating 5.4 Installing valves with limit switches ..................... 2-8
instructions ..................................................2-2 6.0 Putting the valve into operation ............... 2-8
2.0 Notes on possible dangers........................2-2 7.0 Care and maintenance............................... 2-9
2.1 Significance of symbols ...................................... 2-2 8.0 Troubleshooting ....................................... 2-10
2.2 Explanatory notes on safety information ............. 2-2 9.0 Troubleshooting table ............................. 2-11
3.0 Storage and transport ...............................2-2 10.0 Dismantling the valve or the top part .. 2-12
4.0 Description..................................................2-3 11.0 Warranty / Guarantee ............................. 2-12
4.1 Scope of applications .......................................... 2-3
4.2 Operating principles ............................................ 2-3
4.3 Diagram............................................................... 2-4
4.4 Technical data - remarks ..................................... 2-5
4.5 Marking ............................................................... 2-5
5.0 Installation...................................................2-5
5.1 General notes on installation............................... 2-5
5.2 Installing valves with butt weld ends ................... 2-6
5.3 Installing valves with balancing plugs ............... 2-7

Rev. 0040102000 3516 englisch

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40

1.0 General information on operating instructions

These operating instructions provide information on mounting and maintaining the fittings.
Please contact the supplier or the manufacturer in case of problems which cannot be
solved by reference to the operating instructions.
They are binding on the transport, storage, installation, start-up, operation, maintenance
and repair.
The notes and warnings must be observed and adhered to.
- Handling and all work must be carried out by expert personnel or all activities must be
supervised and checked.
It is the owner’s responsibility to define areas of responsibility and competence and to
monitor the personnel.
- In addition, current regional safety requirements must be applied and observed when
taking the fittings out of service as well as when maintaining and repairing them.
The manufacturer reserves the right to introduce technical modifications at any time.
These Operating Instructions comply with the requirements of EU Directives.
2.0 Notes on possible dangers
2.1 Significance of symbols
ATTENTION ! Warning of general danger.
...

2.2 Explanatory notes on safety information

In these Operating and Installation Instructions dangers, risks and items of safety
information are highlighted to attract special attention.
Information marked with the above symbol and “ATTENTION!” describe practices, a failure
to comply with which can result in serious injury or danger of death for users or third parties
or in material damage to the system or the environment. It is vital to comply with these
practices and to monitor compliance.
All other information not specifically emphasised such as transport, installation, operating
and maintenance instructions as well as technical data (in the operating instructions,
product documentation and on the device itself) must also be complied with to the fullest
extent in order to avoid faults which in turn can cause serious injury to persons or damage
to property.

3.0 Storage and transport

ATTENTION !
- Protect against external force (like impact, vibration, etc.).
- Valve mountings such as actuators, handwheels, hoods must not be used to
take external forces, e.g. they are not designed for use as climbing aids, or as
connecting points for lifting gear.
- Suitable materials handling and lifting equipment should be used.
See catalog sheet for weights.
- At -20°C to +65°C.
- The paint is a base coat to protect against corrosion during transportation and storage. Do
not damage paint protection.
Page 2-2 Rev. 0040102000 3516
 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40

4.0 Description
4.1 Scope of applications
Valves are used for „shut-off and/or throttling of media“.

ATTENTION !
- Refer to the data sheet for applications, limits on use and possibilities.
- Certain media require or preclude the use of special materials.
- The valves are designed for standard operating conditions. If conditions exceed
these requirements, e.g. aggressive or abrasive media, the operator should
state the higher requirements when ordering.
- Valves made from grey cast iron are not authorised for use in systems subject
to TRD 110.
The information complies to the Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.
It is the responsibility of the machine planner to ensure compliance.
The special markings on the valve must be taken into account.
Refer to the catalogue sheet to see which materials are used in standard versions.
Please contact the supplier or the manufacturer if you have any questions.

4.2 Operating principles

The valve is closed by turning the hand wheel clockwise (valve plug/seating function).

ATTENTION !
Do not use tools to increase the torque on the hand wheel.

The valve spindle is sealed by a bellow and an outer safety stuffing box.
Tighten the stuffing box if required.

Rev. 0040102000 3516 Page 2-3

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40
4.3 Diagram

rotated
view
rotated
view

rotated
rotated view
view

fig. 1: STOBU straight through 1.0619+N fig. 2: STOBU angle pattern 1.0619+N

rotated
view

rotated view

rotated
view
rotated view

fig. 3: STOBU straight through fig. 4: STOBU-straight through

EN-JL1040/JS1049 butt weld ends 1.0619+N
Refer to the data sheet for information about materials with designations and figure
numbers.

Page 2-4 Rev. 0040102000 3516

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40
4.4 Technical data - remarks
for
- Principal dimensions
- Pressure-temperature-ratings
- Valves with butt weld ends, etc. refer to datasheet.

4.5 Marking
Details of the CE-marking on the valve:
CE-marking
0525 Notified body
Manufacturer Address of manufacturer:
Typ Type refer to item 11.0 Warranty / Guarantee

Bj. Year of manufacture

According to the Pressure Equipment Directive table 6, annex II, valves without safety
function are only allowed to bear the CE-marking DN32 onwards.
5.0 Installation
5.1 General notes on installation
The following points should be taken into account besides the general principles governing
installation work:

ATTENTION !
- Remove flange covers if present.
- The interior of valve and pipeline must be free from foreign particles.
- Note installation position with reference to flow, see mark on valve.
- Steam line systems should be designed to prevent water accumulation.
- Lay pipelines so that damaging transverse, bending and torsional forces are
avoided.
- Protect valves from dirt during construction work.
- Connection flanges must mate exactly.
- Connecting bolts for pipe flanges should be mounted preferably from the
counter flange side (hexagon nuts from the valve side).
At DN15-32: If valves should be mounted directly to valves, the upper flange
connecting bolts should be preferably executed with studs and hexagon nuts on
both sides.
- Valve mountings such as actuators, handwheels, hoods must not be used to
take external forces, e.g. they are not designed for use as climbing aids, or as
connecting points for lifting gear.
- Suitable materials handling and lifting equipment should be used.
See data sheet for weights.

Rev. 0040102000 3516 Page 2-5

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40

- Valves can be installed with the spindle pointing in any direction, but the
prefered spindle position is vertical.
- Valves should be installed upside down only, if the medium being handled is
clean.
- Keep the thread and shaft of the spindle free from paint.
- Centre gaskets between the flanges.
- Lockable stop valves must be installed in such a way that the spindle is vertical
and the flow agent enters under the taper. If the valves are installed in pipelines
in positions other than specified, they must be fitted with a closing spring.
- Design with loose plug
A plug damper should be used in critical applications, immediately downstream
of pumps, compressors, etc., where severe turbulence and pulsating pressure
surges may occur.
Through the damper function of the loose plug, the negative influence of
pressure shocks and high turbulences, are not transferred onto the valve.
- Planners / construction companies or operators are responsible for positioning and
installing products.
- The valves are designed for application, not influenced from weather.
- For application outside or in adverse environments like corrosion-promoting conditions
(sea water, chemical vapours, etc.), special constructions or protective measures are
recommended.

5.2 Installing valves with butt weld ends

Please note that only qualified persons using appropriate equipment and working in
accordance with technical rules are allowed to install fittings by welding.
The responsibility for this lies with the system owner.
Refer to the data sheet for information about the shape of the butt weld ends.
The valves must be welded in closed position.

Page 2-6 Rev. 0040102000 3516

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40
5.3 Installing valves with balancing plugs
ATTENTION !
ARI stop valves must be equipped with pressure balancing plugs if the
differential pressures listed in the table below are exceeded in the closed state.
Valves with pressure balancing plugs should be installed so that the pressure of
the medium acts on the plug (pos. 3) and the stem is vertically upright.

ATTENTION !
Note direction of flow.

fig. 5
Working principles:
When the valve is closed, anticlockwise rotation of the hand wheel lifts the pilot plug
(pos. 3.1) off the larger balancing plug (pos. 3). This allows the medium to pass through the
plug and equalizes the pressure of the medium under the plug (pos. 3). After the pressures
have been equalized within the values stated in the table below, the valve can be opened
by turning the valve further.
Balancing plug DN 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500
Pressure difference P 25 bar 21 bar 14 bar 9 bar 6 bar 4,5 bar 3,5 bar 1,5 bar

- Pressure balancing plugs are fully effective only in closed line section.
- The pressures of the medium on either side of the plug cannot be equalized if the medium
is discharged into “open air”.
- If adequate pressure equalisation cannot be achieved using a pressure balancing plug,
other design solutions must be used instead (e.g. a bypass line).

Rev. 0040102000 3516 Page 2-7

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40
5.4 Installing valves with limit switches
The valves with limit switches must be connected up as shown in the plans of the plant on
the basis of their working principles.

6.0 Putting the valve into operation

ATTENTION !
- Before putting the valve into operation, check material, pressure, temperature
and direction of flow.
- Regional safety instructions must be adhered to.
- Residues in piping and valves (dirt, weld beads, etc.) inevitably lead to leakage.
- Touching the valve when it is operating at high (> 50 °C) or low (< 0 °C) media
temperatures can cause injury.
Affix warning notice or protective insulation as appropriate.
Before putting a new plant into operation or restarting a plant after repairs or
modification, always make sure that:
- All works has been completed.
- The valve is in the correct position for its function.
- Safety devices have been attached.

Page 2-8 Rev. 0040102000 3516

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40

7.0 Care and maintenance

Maintanance and maintenance-intervals have to be defined by the operator according to
the requirements.

fig. 6: Pattern with hinged bolts

- Observe safety instructions!
- Keep the spindle well greased!
- Lubricant: e.g. Klüberpaste HEL 46-450 (at valves for oxygen: Klüberalfa YV93-302)
to order at: Klüber Lubrication München KG, Postfach 701047, D-81310 München
or a lubricant wich is suitable for the application.

ATTENTION !
Pay attention, that the lubricant is suitable for the media.

- If the valve spindle (pos. 4) leaks, gradually tighten the stuffing box seal (pos. 6) evenly in
increments by means of the hex. nuts (pos. 19) until leaking stops.

ATTENTION !
- Retighten the stuffing box packing if required and re-pack it in good time.
- For safety reasons we recommend that valves only be repacked when
depressurised.
- Refer to point 10.0 and 11.0 before dismantling the valve.

- Replace stuffing box packings only after the system has cooled down and the pressure in
the plant has been relieved.
In the case of corrosive or aggressive mediums, drain and ventilate the valve before
replacing the packing.

Rev. 0040102000 3516 Page 2-9

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40
- Valve service life can be improved by leakage checks.

- When cutting the new packing from the roll,

make sure that the ends are cut with a slant
(see fig. 7).

fig. 7: Split packing ring

Mounting of the bonnet:
- Before reassembling the unit, remember that the bearing surface must be cleaned and a
new gasket (pos. 9) must be inserted.
- Set the cover in place
- Tighten the hexagon nuts (hexagon screws for valves of cast iron) evenly crosswise.
- Tightening torque‘s for hexagon nuts / screws:

DN hexagon nuts / Torque

hexagon screws (Nm)
15- 32 M 10 15-30
40- 65 M 12 35-50
80-100 M 16 75-100
125-150 M 16 80-120
200 M 20 150-200
250-400 M 24 340-410
500 M 27 340-410

8.0 Troubleshooting
In the event of malfunction or faulty operating performance check that the installation and
adjustment work has been carried out and completed in accordance with these Operating
Instructions.

ATTENTION !

-
It is essential that the safety regulations are observed when identifying faults.

If malfunctions cannot be eliminate with the help of the following table

“9.0 Troubleshooting table”, the supplier or manufacturer should be consulted.

Page 2-10 Rev. 0040102000 3516

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40

9.0 Troubleshooting table

ATTENTION !
- read point 10.0 and 11.0 prior to dismantling and repair work!
- read point 6.0 before restarting the plant !

Fault Possible cause Corrective measures

No flow Valve closed. Open valve.
Flange covers not removed. Remove flange covers.
(pos. 25; fig. 1-2) (pos. 25; fig. 1-2)
Little flow Valve not sufficiently open. Open valve.
Dirt sieve clogged. Clean / replace sieve.
Piping system clogged. Check piping system.
Valve difficult to move or Spindle dry (pos.4; fig. 6) Grease spindle (pos. 4) (fig. 6)
cannot be opened (Lubricant: see page 9)
Stuffing box too tight (pos. 6; fig. 1-4) Slacken hex. nuts of stuffing box gland
(pos. 15) slightly, but not sufficiently to
cause leakage (fig. 1-4)
Wrong direction of rotation Turn in correct direction (anticlockwise
to open valve).
Valve spindle leaking Stuffing box gland (pos. 15) slack Tighten stuffing box gland (pos. 15)
(fig. 1-4). until leakage stops.
-Hex. nut (fig. 1-4).
If necessary, renew packing in stuffing
box seal (pos. 6). Observe warnings
(fig. 6)!
Leakage across valve Valve not properly closed. Pull hand wheel tight without tools.
seat. Seat (pos. 1.2) / plug (pos. 3) damaged Replaced valve, consult supplier/man-
by foreign particles. ufacturer.
(fig. 1-4).
Pressure difference too high. Use a valve with balancing plug
(see point 5.3).
Medium contaminated Clean valve.
(suspended solids). Install dirt screen upstream of valve.
Valve with throttling plug + Locking device has been tightened. Release locking device.
position indicator + lock-
ing device cannot be
opened.
Rattling / banging Nominal diameter of the valve in com- Choose smaller nominal diameter
of the plug design with pliance to the flow rate is to big Use a plug damper execution: see
„loose plug“ medium
- high flow turbulences; Alter the system
- the valve with loose plug is mounted Use a plug damper execution: see
directly by a centrifuged pump; medium
- behind pressure reduction stations;
- behind pipe elbows;
- in compact plants;
- expansion joints are missing;
- the pump is not mounted on a
damper;
- there is no flow stabilizing pipe length;
- there is no start-up bypass line
Flange broken between Bolts tightened unevenly. Re-align piping and fit new valve!
valve and piping. Mating flanges not properly aligned.

Rev. 0040102000 3516 Page 2-11

 Operating and installation instructions
STOBU®PN16-40

10.0 Dismantling the valve or the top part

ATTENTION !
The following points must be observed:
- Pressureless pipe system.
- Medium must be cool.
- Plant must be drained.
- Purge piping systems in case of caustic, inflammable, aggressive or toxic
media.

11.0 Warranty / Guarantee

The extent and period of warranty cover are specified in the "Standard Terms and
Conditions of Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG“ valid at the time of delivery or, by way of
departure, in the contract of sale itself.
We guarantee freedom of faults in compliance with state-of-the-art technology and the
confirmed application.
No warranty claims can be made for any damage caused as the result of incorrect handling
or disregard of operating and installation instructions, datasheets and relavant regulations.
This warranty also does not cover any damage which occurs during operation under
conditions deviating from those laid down by specifications or other agreements.
Justified complaints will be eliminated by repair carried out by us or by a specialist
appointed by us.
No claims will be accepted beyond the scope of this warranty. The right to replacement
delivery is excluded.
The warranty shall not cover maintenance work, installation of external parts, design
modifications or natural wear.
Any damage incurred during transport should not be reported to us but rather to the
competent cargo-handling depot, the railway company or carrier company immediately or
else claims for replacements from these companies will be invalidated.

Technology for the Future.

GERMAN QUALITY VALVES
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG, D-33750 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock
Telephone (+49 5207) 994-0 Telefax (+49 5207) 994-158 or 159
Internet: http://www.ari-armaturen.com E-mail: [email protected]

Page 2-12 Rev. 0040102000 3516

10 Strainers:
ARI Strainer fig. 35.050, PN40
Carbon steel, DIN flanged
Mesh size: 0,25mm

Tag no.:
55-25SY-8283
55-20SY-8289A
55-20SY-8289B
55-20SY-8289C
55-25SY-8183
55-20SY-8189A
55-20SY-8189B
55-20SY-8189C
 ARI-Strainer
ARI-Strainer - Screen and supporting basket made of stainless steel

ARI-Strainer -
Y-pattern with flanges
• TRB 801 Annex II No. 45 (except EN-JL1040)
Grey cast
• EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft iron
TÜV-Test-No. TA 09 2016 C04
SG iron
Cast steel
Fig. 050 Page 2

Fig. 050

ARI-Strainer -
Straight through with flanges
• TRB 801 Annex II No. 45
• EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft
TÜV-Test-No. TA 09 2016 C04
SG iron
Cast steel
Fig. 050 Page 3

ARI-Strainer -
Y-pattern with flanges
• TRB 801 Annex II No. 45
• EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft
TÜV-Test-No. TA 09 2016 C04
Stainless
steel
Fig. 059 Page 4

ARI-Strainer -
Y-pattern with butt weld ends
• TRB 801 Annex II No. 45
• EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft
TÜV-Test-No. TA 09 2016 C04

Cast steel
Fig. 080 Page 6

Features:
• Screen and supporting basket made of stainless steel
• Screen from DN50 with reinforced ring
• Screen from DN150 with supporting basket
• Precise guidance of screen in cover and body

Edition 03/19 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! Data sheet 050001 englisch (english)
 ARI-Strainer 050
Technical data
Strainer - Y-pattern with flanges (Grey cast iron, SG iron, Cast steel)

Figure Nominal pressure Material Nominal diameter

10.050 PN6 EN-JL1040 DN15-200
12.050 PN16 EN-JL1040 DN15-300
22.050 PN16 EN-JS1049 DN15-300
23.050 PN25 EN-JS1049 DN15-150
34.050 PN25 1.0619+N DN15-200
35.050 PN40 1.0619+N DN15-200

A supporting basket is necessary, with higher differential pressures, dependent on

clogging-up (DN >125 standard)

Test:  • EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft TÜV-Test-No. TA 09 2016 C04

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 10./12.050 Fig. 22./23.050 Fig. 34./35.050
1 Body EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 EN-JS1049, EN-GJS-400-18U-LT GP240GH+N, 1.0619+N
2 Cover DN ≤150: EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 DN ≤80: EN-JS1049, EN-GJS-400-18U-LT DN ≤80: P250 GH, 1.0460
DN >150: P265 GH, 1.0425 DN >80: P265 GH, 1.0425 DN >80: P265 GH, 1.0425
3 x Screen X5CrNi18-10, 1.4301
3.1 Supporting basket DN >125: X5CrNi18-10, 1.4301
4 Stud 25CrMo4, 1.7218
5 Hexagon nut C35E, 1.1181
6 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
└ Spare parts

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300

Face-to-face dimension FTF series 1 according to DIN EN 558  Standard-flange dimensions refer to page 7
L (mm) 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480 600 730 850

Dimensions
H (mm) 90 100 115 125 150 160 180 215 235 275 305 390 540 680
H1 (mm) 135 150 180 205 235 250 285 330 365 425 480 610 915 1110
B (mm) 10 10 25 35 45 45 25 40 55 65 50 80 230 350
l1 (mm) 56 68 82 98 114 119 134 149 169 199 224 284 434 555
Ød1 (mm) 23 28 36 42 50 61,5 78,5 89,5 109,5 137,5 160 210 258 308
Mesh width (mm) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1,25 1,25 1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6
Standard screen Kvs-value 1) (m3/h) 6,9 10,8 17,8 26,1 36,7 61 98,6 146 234 376 398 652 1225 1873
Zeta-value -- 1,7 2,2 2 2,5 3 2,7 2,9 3,1 2,9 2,8 5,1 6 4,2 3,7
Mesh width (mm) 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25
Fine screen Kvs-value 1) (m3/h) 6,2 10,1 16,8 24,3 32,9 49,5 80,3 115 189 303 378 590 1231 1883
Zeta-value -- 2,1 2,5 2,2 2,8 3,8 4,1 4,4 4,9 4,5 4,2 5,6 7,3 4,1 3,6
Ratio of the free screen surface area to the area of
10 8,4 8,3 7,1 6,4 5,2 4,4 3,7 2,8 2,7 2,4 2,3 2,7 2,9
the nominal diametSp.p.
Zeta-value ... range of tolerance for Kvs-values acc. to VDI/VDE 2173  1)
Kvs-values based upon clean screen!

Weights
10.050 (kg) 2,5 3 4,5 5,5 7 9 13 19 26 38 54 110 -- --
12.050 (kg) 3 4 5 7 9 12 16 21 30 43 61 121 154 335
22.050 (kg) 3,5 4 5,5 7 9 12 16 21 28 41 58 115 154 335
23.050 (kg) 3,5 4 5,5 7 9 12 16 21 32 47 64 -- -- --
34./35.050 (kg) 4 5 6 8 10 13 19 24,5 35 51 71 144 -- --

Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!

Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.
ARI-Valves of EN-JL1040 are not allowed to be operated in systems acc. to TRD 110.
A production permission acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 is available (acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 EN-JL1040 is not allowed.)
The engineer, designing a system or a plant, is responsible for the selection of the correct valve.
Resistance and fitness must be verified (contact manufacturer for information, refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
2 Edition 03/19 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!
 ARI-Schmutzfänger 050
Technical data
Strainer - Straight through with flanges (SG iron, Cast steel)

Figure Nominal pressure Material Nominal diameter

22.050 PN16 EN-JS1049 DN350
34.050 PN25 1.0619+N DN250-500
35.050 PN40 1.0619+N DN250-500

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 22./23.050 Fig. 34./35.050
1 Body EN-JS1049, EN-GJS-400-18U-LT GP240GH+N, 1.0619+N
2 Cover P265 GH, 1.0425 P265 GH, 1.0425
3 x Screen X5CrNi18-10, 1.4301
3.1 Supporting basket X5CrNi18-10, 1.4301
4 Stud 25CrMo4, 1.7218
5 Hexagon nut C35E, 1.1181
6 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
└ Spare parts

DN 250 300 350 400 500

Face-to-face dimension FTF series 1 according to DIN EN 558  Standard-flange dimensions refer to page 7
L (mm) 730 850 980 1100 1350

Abmessungen
H (mm) 340 375 430 440 545
H1 (mm) 650 690 800 830 1015
l1 (mm) 283 317 367 377 462
Ød1 (mm) 260 314 364 414 514
Mesh width (mm) 1,6 1,6 3 3 3
Standard screen Kvs-value 1) (m3/h) 910 1500 1730 2250 3407
Zeta-value -- 7,5 5,7 8 8,1 8,6
Mesh width (mm) 0,25 0,25 0,8 0,8 0,8
Fine screen Kvs-value 1) (m3/h) 865 1426 1650 2140 3250
Zeta-value -- 8,3 6,36 8,8 8,9 9,5
Ratio of the free screen surface area to the area of
2,7 1,7 2,0 1,7 1,7
the nominal diametSp.p.
Zeta-value ... range of tolerance for Kvs-values acc. to VDI/VDE 2173  1)
Kvs-values based upon clean screen!

Weights
22.050 (kg) -- -- 322 -- --
34./35.050 (kg) 235 297 462 675 986

Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!

Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.
A production permission acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 is available.
The engineer, designing a system or a plant, is responsible for the selection of the correct valve.
Resistance and fitness must be verified (contact manufacturer for information, refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
Edition 03/19 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 3
 ARI-Strainer 059
Technical data
Strainer - Y-pattern with flanges (Stainless steel)

Figure Nominal pressure Material Nominal diameter

52.059 PN16 1.4408 DN15-200

54.059 PN25 1.4408 DN15-200
55.059 PN40 1.4408 DN15-200

A supporting basket is necessary, with higher differential pressures, dependent on

clogging-up (DN >125 standard)

Test:  • EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft TÜV-Test-No. TA 09 2016 C04

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 52./54./55.059
1 Body GX5CrNiMo19-11-2, 1.4408
2 Cover X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4571
3 x Screen X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4571
3.1 Supporting basket DN >125: X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4571
4 Stud A4-70
5 Hexagon nut A4
6 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
└ Spare parts

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500

Face-to-face dimension FTF series 1 according to DIN EN 558  Standard-flange dimensions refer to page 7
L (mm) 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480 600

Dimensions
H2 (mm) 94 94 102 102 123 126 148 170 202 285 320 417
H3 (mm) 130 138 150 143 166 172 206 234 282 388 443 585
l2 (mm) 48 48 57 57 68 70 85 97 112 138 169 230
Ød2 (mm) 25 25 31 36 46 55,5 69,5 85,5 105,5 131,5 159 210
Mesh width (mm) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1,25 1,25 1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6
Standard screen Kvs-value 1) (m3/h) 6,9 10,8 17,8 26,1 36,7 61 98,6 146 234 376 398 652 on request
Zeta-value -- 1,7 2,2 2 2,5 3 2,7 2,9 3,1 2,9 2,8 5,1 6
Mesh width (mm) 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25
Fine screen Kvs-value 1) (m3/h) 6,2 10,1 16,8 24,3 32,9 49,5 80,3 115 189 303 378 590
Zeta-value -- 2,1 2,5 2,2 2,8 3,8 4,1 4,4 4,9 4,5 4,2 5,6 7,3
Ratio of the free screen surface area to the area of
10 8,4 8,3 7,1 6,8 5,2 4,4 3,7 2,8 2,7 2,4 2,3
the nominal diametSp.p.
Zeta-value ... range of tolerance for Kvs-values acc. to VDI/VDE 2173  1)
Kvs-values based upon clean screen!

Weights
52./54./55.059 (kg) 4 5 6 8 10 13 19 24,5 35,0 51 71 144

Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!

Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.
A production permission acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 is available.
The engineer, designing a system or a plant, is responsible for the selection of the correct valve.
Resistance and fitness must be verified (contact manufacturer for information, refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
4 Edition 03/19 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!
 ARI-Strainer 080
Technical data
Strainer - Y-pattern with butt weld ends (Cast steel)

Figure Nominal pressure Material Nominal diameter

35.080 PN40 1.0619+N DN15-300

Butt weld ends according to DIN EN 12627 - 4 (refer to page 5)

A supporting basket is necessary, with higher differential pressures, dependent on

clogging-up (DN >125 standard)
Test:  • EN ISO 15848-1 / TA - Luft TÜV-Test-No. TA 09 2016 C04

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 34./35.080
1 Body GP240GH+N, 1.0619+N
2 Cover DN ≤100: P250 GH, 1.0460
DN >100: P265 GH, 1.0425
3 x Screen X5CrNi18-10, 1.4301
3.1 Supporting basket DN >125: X5CrNi18-10, 1.4301
4 Stud 25CrMo4, 1.7218
5 Hexagon nut C35E, 1.1181
6 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
└ Spare parts

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300

Face-to-face dimension ETE series 1 according to DIN EN 12982

L (mm) 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480 600 730 850

Dimensions
H (mm) 90 100 115 125 150 160 180 215 235 275 305 390 540 680
H1 (mm) 135 150 180 205 235 250 285 330 365 425 480 610 915 1110
B (mm) 10 10 25 35 45 45 25 40 55 65 50 80 230 350
l1 (mm) 56 68 82 98 114 119 134 149 169 199 224 284 283 317
Ød1 (mm) 23 28 36 42 50 61,5 78,5 89,5 109,5 137,5 160 210 260 314
Mesh width (mm) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1,25 1,25 1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6
Standard screen Kvs-value 1) (m3/h) 6,9 10,8 17,8 26,1 36,7 61 98,6 146 234 376 398 652 1225 1873
Zeta-value -- 1,7 2,2 2 2,5 3 2,7 2,9 3,1 2,9 2,8 5,1 6 4,2 3,7
Mesh width (mm) 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25
Fine screen Kvs-value 1) (m3/h) 6,2 10,1 16,8 24,3 32,9 49,5 80,3 115 189 303 378 590 1231 1883
Zeta-value -- 2,1 2,5 2,2 2,8 3,8 4,1 4,4 4,9 4,5 4,2 5,6 7,3 4,1 3,6
Ratio of the free screen surface area to the area of
10 8,4 8,3 7,1 6,8 5,2 4,4 3,7 2,8 2,7 2,4 2,3 2,7 2,9
the nominal diametSp.p.
Zeta-value ... range of tolerance for Kvs-values acc. to VDI/VDE 2173  1)
Kvs-values based upon clean screen!

Weights
35.080 (kg) 2,5 3 3,5 4 5,5 7,5 12 15 23,5 33 49 106 135 240

Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!

Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.
A production permission acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 is available.
The engineer, designing a system or a plant, is responsible for the selection of the correct valve.
Resistance and fitness must be verified (contact manufacturer for information, refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
Edition 03/19 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 5
 ARI-Strainer 080
Valves with butt weld ends / Special design / Accessories
L = Face-to-face dimension
Edge shaping acc. to DIN EN 25817

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400

Butt weld ends according to DIN EN 12627

L (mm) 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480 600 730 850 980 1100
ØA (mm) 22 28 35 44 50 62 77 91 117 144 172 223 278 329 362 413
ØB (mm) 17,3 22,3 28,5 37,2 43,1 53,9 68,9 80,9 104,3 130,7 157,1 204,9 257 307,9 338 384,4
Ødi (mm) 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 330 375
R (mm) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5
L1 (similar) (mm) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 14 18 20 20 25 33 45 45
Ød3 (mm) 21,3 26,9 33,7 42,4 48,3 60,3 76,1 88,9 114,3 139,7 168,3 219,1 273,0 323,9 355,6 406,4
s1 (mm) 2 2,3 2,6 2,6 2,6 3,2 3,6 4 5 4,5 5,6 7,1 8 8 8,8 11
Face-to-face dimension ETE series 1 according to DIN EN 12982
Butt weld ends according to DIN EN 12627 Fig. 4
Weld joint according to DIN EN 29692 code number 1.3.3
The material used for ARI valves with butt weld ends are:
GP240GH+N, 1.0619+N acc. to DIN EN 10213-2.

Based on our experience we recommend electric welding process for connecting valves or strainers with tubes or with each other.
Lime based electrodes with an appropriate composite material should be used as filler material for welding.
Gas welding should be avoided.
Due to the different material composition and material thickness of valves and tubes, gas welding is more susceptible to produce faults than electric welding (hardness
cracks, coarse-grained structure).

Bar magnet
Operating temperature: up to +450°C
DN15 to DN300
Pos. Description Fig. 10./12./22./23./34./35.050; Fig. 52./54./55.059;
34./35.080
8 Drain screw C35E, 1.1181 A4
9 Bellows housing St Aramid Only DN15:
view on the cover flange Holes for differential pressure measurement
13 Bar magnet 1.4571 / AlNiCo 1.4571 / AlNiCo
(not for stainless steel) on request

DN G
(mm) (inch)
15-20 3/8
25-32 3/4 Permanent magnet
40-80 1
100-150 1 1/2
200-300 2
350-500 on request Alternative:
Permanent magnet
Drain screw Operating temperature: up to +210°C
Pos. Description Fig. 10./12./22./23./34./35.050; Fig. 52./54./55.059; Pos. Description Fig. 10./12./22./23./34./35.050; Fig. 52./54./55.059;
34./35.080 34./35.080
8 Drain screw C35E, 1.1181 A4 8 Permanent magnet C35E, 1.1181 / AlNiCo A4 / AlNiCo
9 Bellows housing St Aramid

6 Edition 03/19 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!

 ARI-Strainer
Flange dimensions / Pressure-temperature-ratings
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300

Standard-flange dimensions  Flanges acc. to DIN EN 1092-1/-2 (Flange holes / -thickness tolerances acc. to DIN 2533/2544/2545)
ØD (mm) 80 90 100 120 130 140 160 190 210 240 265 320 -- --
PN6 ØK (mm) 55 65 75 90 100 110 130 150 170 200 225 280 -- --
n x Ød (mm) 4x11 4x11 4x11 4x14 4x14 4x14 4x14 4x18 4x18 8x18 8x18 8x18 -- --
ØD (mm) 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405 460
PN16 ØK (mm) 65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 355 410
n x Ød (mm) 4x14 4x14 4x14 4x18 4x18 4x18 4x18 1)
8x18 8x18 8x18 8x22 12x22 12x26 12x26
ØD (mm) 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 235 270 300 360 425 485
PN25 ØK (mm) 65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 190 220 250 310 370 430
n x Ød (mm) 4x14 4x14 4x14 4x18 4x18 4x18 8x18 8x18 8x22 8x26 8x26 12x26 12x30 16x30
ØD (mm) 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 235 270 300 375 450 515
PN40 ØK (mm) 65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 190 220 250 320 385 450
n x Ød (mm) 4x14 4x14 4x14 4x18 4x18 4x18 8x18 8x18 8x22 8x26 8x26 12x30 12x33 16x33
1)
also with 8 bore holes acc. to DIN EN 1092-1/-2 possible.

Intermediate values for max. permissible operational pressures can be determined by linear interpolation of
Pressure-temperature-ratings the given temperature / pressure chart.

acc. to DIN EN 1092-2 -60°C to <-10°C 1) -10°C to 120°C 150°C 200°C 250°C 300°C 350°C 400°C 450°C
EN-JL1040 6 (bar) -- 6 5,4 4,8 4,2 3,6 -- -- --
EN-JL1040 16 (bar) -- 16 14,4 12,8 11,2 9,6 -- -- --
EN-JS1049 16 (bar) on request 16 15,5 14,7 13,9 12,8 11,2 -- --
EN-JS1049 25 (bar) on request 25 24,3 23 21,8 20 17,5 -- --

acc. to manufacturers standard -60°C to <-10°C 1) -10°C to 120°C 150°C 200°C 250°C 300°C 350°C 400°C 450°C
1.0619+N 25 (bar) 18,7 25 23,9 22 20 17,2 16 14,8 8,2
1.0619+N 40 (bar) 30 40 38,1 35 32 28 25,7 23,8 13,1
1.0460 25 (bar) 18,7 25 23,9 22 20 17,2 16 14,8 10
1.0460 40 (bar) 30 40 38,1 35 32 28 25,7 23,8 16

acc. to DIN EN 1092-1 -60°C to <-10°C 1) -10°C to 100°C 150°C 200°C 250°C 300°C 350°C 400°C 450°C
1.4408 16 (bar) 16 16 14,5 13,4 12,7 11,8 11,4 10,9 --
1.4408 25 (bar) 25 25 22,7 21 19,8 18,5 17,8 17,1 --
1.4408 40 (bar) 40 40 36,3 33,7 31,8 29,7 28,5 27,4 --

1)
Studs and nuts made of A4-70 (at temperatures below -10°C)

Please indicate when ordering:

- Figure-No.
- Nominal pressure
- Nominal diameter
- Special design / accessories
Example:
Figure 35.050; Nominal pressure PN40; Nominal diameter DN100; with drain screw.

Edition 03/19 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 7

 ARI-Strainer
Notes

ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG, D-33750 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock,
Tel. +49 52 07 / 994-0, Telefax +49 52 07 / 994-158 or 159 Internet: http://www.ari-armaturen.com E-mail: [email protected]
8 Edition 03/19 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!
 Operating and installation instructions
Strainer
PN6-160

Contents

1.0 General information on operating 6.0 Putting the valve into operation .............. 2-7
instructions ................................................2-2 7.0 Care and maintenance.............................. 2-8
2.0 Notes on possible dangers.......................2-2 8.0 Troubleshooting ........................................ 2-9
2.1 Significance of symbols .................................... 2-2
9.0 Troubleshooting table .............................. 2-9
2.2 Explanatory notes on safety information ........... 2-2
10.0 Dismantling the valve or the top part . 2-10
3.0 Storage and transport ..............................2-2
11.0 Warranty / Guarantee ............................ 2-10
4.0 Description .................................................2-3
4.1 Scope of applications ........................................ 2-3
4.2 Operating principles .......................................... 2-3
4.3 Diagram............................................................. 2-4
4.4 Technical data - remarks ................................... 2-5
4.5 Marking ............................................................. 2-5
4.5.1 PN6-40 ..................................................... 2-5
4.5.2 PN63-160 ................................................. 2-5
5.0 Installation..................................................2-6
5.1 General notes on installation............................. 2-6
5.2 Installing valves with butt weld ends ................. 2-7

Rev. 0040101000 0119 englisch - Translated original instructions -

 Operating and installation instructions
Strainer PN6-160

1.0 General information on operating instructions

These operating instructions provide information on mounting and maintaining the fittings.
Please contact the supplier or the manufacturer in case of problems which cannot be
solved by reference to the operating instructions.
They are binding on the transport, storage, installation, start-up, operation, maintenance
and repair.
The notes and warnings must be observed and adhered to.
- Handling and all work must be carried out by expert personnel or all activities must be
supervised and checked.
It is the owner’s responsibility to define areas of responsibility and competence and to
monitor the personnel.
- In addition, current regional safety requirements must be applied and observed when
taking the fittings out of service as well as when maintaining and repairing them.
The manufacturer reserves the right to introduce technical modifications at any time.
These Operating Instructions comply with the requirements of EU Directives.
2.0 Notes on possible dangers
2.1 Significance of symbols
ATTENTION !
... Warning of general danger.

2.2 Explanatory notes on safety information

In these Operating and Installation Instructions dangers, risks and items of safety
information are highlighted to attract special attention.
Information marked with the above symbol and “ATTENTION ! ” describe practices, a
failure to comply with which can result in serious injury or danger of death for users or third
parties or in material damage to the system or the environment. It is vital to comply with
these practices and to monitor compliance.
All other information not specifically emphasised such as transport, installation, operating
and maintenance instructions as well as technical data (in the operating instructions,
product documentation and on the device itself) must also be complied with to the fullest
extent in order to avoid faults which in turn can cause serious injury to persons or damage
to property.

3.0 Storage and transport

ATTENTION !
- Protect against external force (like impact, vibration, etc.).
- Valve mountings such as actuators, handwheels, hoods must not be used to
take external forces, e.g. they are not designed for use as climbing aids, or as
connecting points for lifting gear.
- Suitable materials handling and lifting equipment should be used.
See catalog sheet for weights.
- At -20°C to +65°C.
- The paint is a base coat to protect against corrosion during transportation and storage. Do
not damage paint protection.

Page 2-2 Rev. 0040101000 0119 - Translated original instructions -

 Operating and installation instructions
Strainer PN6-160

4.0 Description
4.1 Scope of applications
Strainers are used for "cleanin flowing mediums“.

ATTENTION !
- Refer to the data sheet for applications, limits on use and possibilities.
- Certain media require or preclude the use of special materials.
- The valves are designed for standard operating conditions. If conditions exceed
these requirements, e.g. aggressive or abrasive media, the operator should
state the higher requirements when ordering.
- Valves made from grey cast iron are not authorised for use in systems subject
to TRD 110.
The information complies to the Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.
It is the responsibility of the machine planner to ensure compliance.
The special markings on the valve must be taken into account.
Refer to the catalogue sheet to see which materials are used in standard versions.
Please contact the supplier or the manufacturer if you have any questions.

4.2 Operating principles

The medium flows through the strainer screen in the direction shown on the strainer and is
thereby cleaned.

- Translated original instructions - Rev. 0040101000 0119 Page 2-3

 Operating and installation instructions
Strainer PN6-160
4.3 Diagram

fig. 1: Strainer - Y fig. 2: Strainer - Y SE

fig. 3: Strainer - Y (1.4408) fig. 4: Strainer - DG

fig. 5: Strainer - DG PN63-160 fig. 6: Strainer - DG SE PN63-160

Refer to the data sheet for information about materials with designations and figure numbers.
Page 2-4 Rev. 0040101000 0119 - Translated original instructions -
 Operating and installation instructions
Strainer PN6-160
4.4 Technical data - remarks
for
- Principal dimensions
- Pressure-temperature-ratings
- Valves with butt weld ends, etc. refer to datasheet.

4.5 Marking
4.5.1 PN6-40
Details of the CE-marking on the valve:
CE-marking
0525 Notified body
Manufacturer Address of manufacturer:
refer to item 11.0 Warranty / Guarantee
Typ Type
Bj. Year of manufacture
According to the Pressure Equipment Directive table 6, annex II, valves without safety
function are only allowed to bear the CE-marking DN32 onwards.

4.5.2 PN63-160

Type number Serial number Manufacturer CE-marking

Notified body
Body material

Year of
manufacture
(clear speach)

PSmax (max. allowed pressure) Customer-specific Screen design Approval

PS (operating pressure) information (No./inspector/year)

TS (operating temperature) EAC-marking

TSmax. (max. allowed temperature)

fig. 7: Name plate

Address of manufacturer: refer to item 11.0 Warranty / Guarantee
According to the Pressure Equipment Directive table 6, annex II, valves without safety
function are only allowed to bear the CE-marking DN32 onwards.

- Translated original instructions - Rev. 0040101000 0119 Page 2-5

 Operating and installation instructions
Strainer PN6-160

5.0 Installation
5.1 General notes on installation
The following points should be taken into account besides the general principles governing
installation work:
ATTENTION !
- Remove flange covers if present.
- The interior of valve and pipeline must be free from foreign particles.
- Note installation position with reference to flow direction, see mark on valve.
- Steam line systems should be designed to prevent water accumulation.
- Lay pipelines so that damaging transverse, bending and torsional forces are avoided.
- Protect valves from dirt during construction work.
- Connection flanges must mate exactly.
- Connecting bolts for pipe flanges should be mounted preferably from the
counter flange side (hexagon nuts from the valve side).
At DN15-32: If valves should be mounted directly to valves, the upper flange
connecting bolts should be preferably executed with studs and hexagon nuts on
both sides.
- Valve mountings such as actuators, handwheels, hoods must not be used to
take external forces, e.g. they are not designed for use as climbing aids, or as
connecting points for lifting gear.
- Suitable materials handling and lifting equipment should be used.
See data sheet for weights.
- Leave sufficient space to remove the screen basket during installation in
pipelines.
- Installation position:
a) The screen basket should never be at the top, otherwise the dirt will
fall back into the pipe.
b) If water hammer is possible due to condensation in steam lines,
never install the trap with the screen basket at the bottom, but install
it so that it is horizontal.
- Centre gaskets between the flanges.
- Install compensators to compensate for thermal expansion of the piping.
- Planners / construction companies or operators are responsible for positioning and
installing products.
- The valves are designed for application, not influenced from weather.
- For application outside or in adverse environments like corrosion-promoting conditions
(sea water, chemical vapours, etc.), special constructions or protective measures are
recommended.

Page 2-6 Rev. 0040101000 0119 - Translated original instructions -

 Operating and installation instructions
Strainer PN6-160
5.2 Installing valves with butt weld ends
Please note that only qualified persons using appropriate equipment and working in
accordance with technical rules are allowed to install fittings by welding.
The responsibility for this lies with the system owner.
Refer to the data sheet for information about the shape of the butt weld ends.
6.0 Putting the valve into operation
ATTENTION !
- Before putting the valve into operation, check material, pressure, temperature
and direction of flow.
- Regional safety instructions must be adhered to.
- Residues in piping and valves (dirt, weld beads, etc.) inevitably lead to leakage.
- Touching the valve when it is operating at high (> 50°C) or low (< 0°C) media
temperatures can cause injury.
Affix warning notice or protective insulation as appropriate!
Before putting a new plant into operation or restarting a plant after repairs or
modification, always make sure that:
- All works has been completed!
- The valve is in the correct position for its function.
- Safety devices have been attached.

- Translated original instructions - Rev. 0040101000 0119 Page 2-7

 Operating and installation instructions
Strainer PN6-160

7.0 Care and maintenance

The strainer screens must be cleaned regularly. Maintenance and maintenance-intervals
have to be defined by the operator and depends on the degree of dirt accumulation in the
system.
- If necessary, the strainer can be fitted with an additional start-up filter (e.g. filter with
supporting basket) to start up the system.
- Flush the plant thoroughly before starting it.
- The strainer requires little maintenance.

ATTENTION !
Refer to point 10.0 before opening the strainer.
- Contaminated strainers in suction-lines will result cavitation and damage the
pumps.

- Before reassembling the unit, remember that the bearing surface must be cleaned and a
new gasket (pos. 6) must be inserted.
- Set the strainer cover (pos. 2) in place.
- Tighten the hexagon nuts (pos. 4) evenly crosswise.
- Tightening torque‘s for hexagon nuts / bolts:

hexagon nuts / Torque

PN DN
bolts (Nm)
6 - 40 15 - 32 M 10 20-35
40 M 12 20-35
50 - 65 M 12 60-80
80 - 150 M 16 100-125
200 M 20 150-200
250 - 400 M 24 340-410
500 M 27 340-410
63 - 160 10 - 25 M 16 50 ±2
32 - 50 M 20 150 ±3
65 M 24 200 +20
80 M 20 140 +20
100 M 24 200 +20

Page 2-8 Rev. 0040101000 0119 - Translated original instructions -

 Operating and installation instructions
Strainer PN6-160

8.0 Troubleshooting
In the event of malfunction or faulty operating performance check that the installation and
adjustment work has been carried out and completed in accordance with these Operating
Instructions.

ATTENTION !

-
It is essential that the safety regulations are observed when identifying faults.

If malfunctions cannot be eliminate with the help of the following table

“9.0 Troubleshooting table”, the supplier or manufacturer should be consulted.

9.0 Troubleshooting table

ATTENTION !
- read point 10.0 and 11.0 prior to dismantling and repair work!
- read point 6.0 before restarting the plant !

Fault Possible cause Corrective measures

No flow Flange covers have not been removed Remove flange covers
(Pos. 7, fig. 3) (Pos. 7, fig. 3)

Flow too low strainer clogged. Clean/replace screen.

Piping clogged. Check piping system.

Flange broken between Bolts tightened unevenly. Re-align piping and fit new valve!
unit and piping Mating flanges not properly aligned.

- Translated original instructions - Rev. 0040101000 0119 Page 2-9

 Operating and installation instructions
Strainer PN6-160

10.0 Dismantling the valve or the top part

ATTENTION !
The following points must be observed:
- Pressureless pipe system.
- Medium must be cool.
- Plant must be drained.
- Purge piping systems in case of caustic, inflammable, aggressive or toxic
media.

11.0 Warranty / Guarantee

The extent and period of warranty cover are specified in the "Standard Terms and
Conditions of Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG“ valid at the time of delivery or, by way of
departure, in the contract of sale itself.
We guarantee freedom of faults in compliance with state-of-the-art technology and the
confirmed application.
No warranty claims can be made for any damage caused as the result of incorrect handling
or disregard of operating and installation instructions, datasheets and relavant regulations.
This warranty also does not cover any damage which occurs during operation under
conditions deviating from those laid down by specifications or other agreements.
Justified complaints will be eliminated by repair carried out by us or by a specialist
appointed by us.
No claims will be accepted beyond the scope of this warranty. The right to replacement
delivery is excluded.
The warranty shall not cover maintenance work, installation of external parts, design
modifications or natural wear.
Any damage incurred during transport should not be reported to us but rather to the
competent cargo-handling depot, the railway company or carrier company immediately or
else claims for replacements from these companies will be invalidated.

Technology for the Future.

GERMAN QUALITY VALVES
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG, D-33750 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock
Telephone (+49 5207) 994-0 Telefax (+49 5207) 994-158 or 159
Internet: http://www.ari-armaturen.com E-mail: [email protected]

Page 2-10 Rev. 0040101000 0119 - Translated original instructions -

11 Pressure reducing valves (PCV)
ARI PREDU 35.701 DN25 PN40 pressure reducing valves
DIN PN40, Kvs 8.
Carbon steel.
Metal to metal.
Actuator with EPDM membrane (max +130C), DMA40.
For outlet pressure (P2): 4,5 - 10 bar.
Included sealpot.

Tag no.:
55-PCV-82202
63-PCV-82101
55-PCV-81202
63-PCV-81101
 ARI-PREDU®
Pressure reducing valve
Pressure reducing valve in straightway form
DN 15 - 150

ARI-PREDU®
Pressure regulating valve, straight
through with diaphragm actuator DMA
• Actuator with rolling diaphragm

Grey cast iron

SG iron
Cast steel
Fig. 701 Page 2

Fig. 701

Features:
• Compact design
• Construction without pillars
• Exact and easy adjustment
• Diameter independent ranges
• Simple change of spring and actuator
• 5 exchangeable actuator sizes
• 3 exchangeable spring sizes
• Pressure balanced by stainless steel bellow
• Spindle sealing via stainless steel bellow
• Secondary stem sealing (optional)
• Tapered seat ring
• Screwed seat ring
• Kvs-values reduceable
• Flow divider for noise reduction (optional)
• Plug with PTFE soft seal (optional)

Edition 02/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! Data sheet 700001 englisch (english)
 ARI-PREDU®
with Diaphragm-Actuator DMA
Pressure regulating valve, straight through with diaphragm actuator DMA

Plug DN 15 - 32

Plug DN 40 - 150

Bellows seal DN 15 - 40

Figure Nominal pressure Material Nominal diameter Downstream-pressure ranges Actuator

12.701 PN16 EN-JL1040 DN15-150
DMA 400
22.701 PN16 EN-JS1049 DN15-150 DMA 250
23.701 PN25 EN-JS1049 DN15-150 0,2 - 16 barg DMA 160
34.701 PN25 1.0619+N DN15-150 DMA 80
DMA 40
35.701 PN40 1.0619+N DN15-150
Technical data of the actuator refer to page 6.

2 Edition 02/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!

 ARI-PREDU®
with Diaphragm-Actuator DMA
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150

Kvs-value
standard (m3/h) 3,2 5 8 12,5 20 32 50 80 125 190 280
Kvs-value 0,1 / 0,4 / 0,1 / 0,4 /
0,1 / 0,4 /
reduced (m3/h) 1 / 2,5 / 1 / 2,5 / -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
1 / 2,5
4 4 / 6,3
Seat-ø (mm) 18 22 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150
Travel (mm) 4 5 6 8 8 10 11 13 16 19 22
Max. differential pressure drop (bar) 40 40 25 25 25 25 20 20 20 16 16
Shutt off class Leakage class I acc. to DIN EN 1349 or DIN EN 60534-4 ( ≤ 0,05% from Kvs-value)

Face-to-face dimension FTF series 1 according to DIN EN 558

L (mm) 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480

Flanges acc. to DIN EN 1092-1/-2  Flange holes / -thickness tolerances acc. to DIN 2533/2544/2545
PN16 (mm) 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220 250 285
ØD
PN25 / 40 (mm) 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 235 270 300
PN16 (mm) 65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 180 210 240
ØK
PN25 / 40 (mm) 65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 190 220 250
PN16 (mm) 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 22
n x Ød
PN25 / 40 (mm) 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 22 8 x 26 8 x 26

Dimensions
DMA 400 (mm) 495 495 500 500 540 540 545 585 610 650 690
DMA 250 (mm) 455 455 460 460 500 500 505 545 585 610 650
H DMA 160 (mm) 440 440 440 440 480 480 490 530 550 590 630
DMA 80 (mm) 435 435 440 440 480 480 485 530 550 590 630
DMA 40 (mm) 435 435 440 440 480 480 485 530 550 590 630

Weights
with DMA 400 (kg) 26 27 28 30 35 41 48 70 85 125 158
12.701 / with DMA 250 (kg) 21 22 23 25 30 36 43 65 83 123 156
22./23.701 / with DMA 160 (kg) 19 20 21 23 28 34 41 63 81 121 154
34./35.701 with DMA 80 (kg) 18 19 20 22 27 33 40 62 80 120 153
with DMA 40 (kg) 17 18 19 21 26 32 39 61 79 119 152

Downstream-pressure ranges
(barg) 0,2 - 0,6 0,5 - 1,2 0,8 - 2,5 2-5 4,5 - 10 8 - 16
Pneumatic Actuator DMA (cm )
2
DMA 400 DMA 250 DMA 160 DMA 80 DMA 40
Pneumatic Actuator PN-max. (barg) 1,6 2,5 6 10 20
Spring end-No. 04 04 07 07 07 10

DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150

Proportional ranges (Combination: actuator with valve in ± bar)

DMA 400 0,2 - 0,6 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,06 0,07 0,08 0,08 0,10 0,15
Pneumatic Actuator

DMA 250 0,5 - 1,2 0,09 0,09 0,06 0,08 0,09 0,09 0,10 0,15 0,10 0,15 0,23
pressure range
Downstream

DMA 160 0,8 - 2,5 0,15 0,20 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,25 0,25 0,30 0,35 0,40 0,50
(barg)
(cm²)

DMA 80 2,0 - 5,0 0,40 0,45 0,40 0,45 0,35 0,40 0,45 0,50 0,60 0,75 0,90
DMA 40 4,5 - 10,0 0,55 0,55 0,60 0,65 0,70 0,75 0,80 0,85 0,90 1,20 1,35
DMA 40 8,0 - 16,0 0,80 0,85 1,00 1,05 1,10 1,25 1,30 1,50 1,75 1,80 2,00
Pressure reducing valves are proportional regulators with permanent control deviation depending from the construction.
The actual control deviation depends on the valve load.
(Kv-value / Kvs-value-max) x Proportional range = Actual control deviation
The values shown are preliminary values and may vary by the real plant

Intermediate values for max. permissible operational pressures can be determined by linear
Pressure-temperature-ratings interpolation of the given temperature / pressure chart.

acc. to DIN EN 1092-2 -60°C to <-10°C* -10°C to 120°C 150°C 200°C 250°C 300°C 350°C
EN-JL1040 PN16 (bar) -- 16 14,4 12,8 11,2 9,6 --
EN-JS1049 PN16 (bar) on request 16 15,5 14,7 13,9 12,8 11,2
EN-JS1049 PN25 (bar) on request 25 24,3 23 21,8 20 17,5

acc. to manufacturers standard -60°C to <-10°C* -10°C to 120°C 150°C 200°C 250°C 300°C 350°C
1.0619+N PN25 (bar) 18,7 25 23,9 22 20 17,2 16
1.0619+N PN40 (bar) 30 40 38,1 35 32 28 25,7

* Studs and nuts made of A4-70 (at temperatures below -10°C)

Edition 02/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 3

 ARI-PREDU®
Application / Sizing
Application
The pressure regulating valve is a direct acting proportional regulator, self operated; which regulates a high inlet pressure to a smaller downstream pressure. The downstream
pressure is regulated, this means the valve closes when the downstream pressure rises.
Operating fields are to regulate fluids of the group II acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU, e.g. steam, neutral gases, vapours and liquids. With steam and liquids,
having temperatures higher than the allowable working temperatures a water seal pot must be installed in the control line (to protect actuator diaphragm) (refer to page 6).
Installation in the control line can be seen in the system drawing:

Bypass pipe

Inlet pressure
manometer FABA-Plus
SAFE
Downstream
pressure
Separator manometer

FABA-Plus Strainer FABA-Plus 10 x DN / min. 1m

(Fine screen) PREDU
Pressure reducing valve Water seal pot
Flow Control line
indicator

FABA-Plus FABA-Plus
Flow indicator
CONA B
CONA S
Bimetallic steam trap
Ball float steam trap

Sizing
For the calculation you have the program myValve (Program part „Pressure reducing valves“). After giving in the process data, the Fig.-No. and size is recommended out of the
integrated data bank. The diameter of the piping in front and behind of the pressure regulating valve can also be calculated with the max. allowable flow velocities with myValve.
The necessary downstream pressure gives the needed pressure range. Because the regulation tolerance at the end of the range is smaller, the smaller range must be used, in
case of a range overlapping. For example: Downstream pressure 2,4 bar(g), choose actuator range 0,8 - 2,5 bar(g), although 2-5 bar(g) could be used.
The safety valve used to secure the downstream pressure must have an adequate distance between set pressure and downstream pressure. The max. possible capacity of the
pressure reducing valve is used to select the safety valve at it’s set pressure. The max. possible capacity has to be calculated with p1 (= max. possible inlet pressure),
p2 (= set pressure of the safety valve) and the Kvs-value of the pressure reducing valve with myValve. With this found capacity you can, with myValve (Program part: Safety
valves), select the safety valve, and with the pressure reducing valves and other valves, administer them under a project.
Important: If not secured that the bypass valve has a larger capacity than the pressure reducing valve, or that it can be open parallel, then the extra capacity must be
considered for the safety valve sizing.

Edition 02/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 4

 ARI-PREDU®
Parts
Parts
Pos. Ers. Description Fig. 12.701 Fig. 22.701 Fig. 34.701
Fig. 23.701 Fig. 35.701
1 Body EN-JL1040, EN-GJL-250 EN-JS1049, EN-GJS-400-18U-LT GP240GH+N, 1.0619+N
2 x Screwed seat ring X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT
3 Stud 25CrMo4, 1.7218 -A2B
4 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
5 Bush housing EN-JS1049, EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
5.1 Guide bush X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT
6 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
8 x Balanced-bellow-unit X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4571 / X5CrNi18-10, 1.4301 / X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT
9 x Plug unit X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT (hardened)
10 Washer A2
11 Hexagon screw < DN40: A4-70
11 Head ≥ DN40: X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4541 / X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT
12 Bonnet Fig. 700 closed EN-JS1049, EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
14 Hexagon nut C35E, 1.1181 -A2B
15 x Gasket Pure graphite (CrNi laminated with graphite)
16 x Sealing-bellow-unit X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, 1.4571 / X5CrNi18-10, 1.4301 / X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT
17 Adjusting plate EN-JS1049, EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
18 Head EN-JS1030, EN-GJS-400-15
19 Screw joint 11SMn30+C, 1.0715+C
20 Thread pin 45H - A2B
21 Guide bush PTFE-25%C
22 Guide coupling X20Cr13+QT, 1.4021+QT
23 Cylindrical balls 102Cr6, 1.2067
24 Securing wire X12CrNi17-7, 1.4310
25 x Spring 51CrV4, 1.8159
26 Spring plate S235JR, 1.0037
27 Axial bearing 102Cr6, 1.2067
28 Pressure plate 11SMn30+C, 1.0715+C
29 Parallel pin St
30 Slotted nut 5.8 - A2B
31 x P-Actuator
31.6 x Rolling diaphragm NBR / EPDM
31.8 x Collar nut with sealing ring 8-A2B
└ Spare parts

Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!

Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.
ARI-Valves of EN-JL1040 are not allowed to be operated in systems acc. to TRD 110.
A production permission acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 is available (acc. to TRB 801 No. 45 EN-JL1040 is not allowed.)
The engineer, designing a system or a plant, is responsible for the selection of the correct valve.
Resistance and fitness must be verified (contact manufacturer for information, refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
Edition 02/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 5
 ARI-PREDU®
Actuator / Special designs

Diaphragm-Actuator DMA 400 - DMA 40

Vent plug
• Rolling diaphragm
• Connection through a central thread
• Spindle connection with a fast coupling
• Delivered with a flow restrictor and 90°-elbow
Material (Diaphragm):
EPDM -40°C to +130°C
NBR -40°C to +100°C
Selection of possible applications:
• Neutral gases, Vapours and liquids
(only fluids of group II acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU)

Pneumatic Actuator DMA 400 DMA 250 DMA 160 DMA 80 DMA 40 Connection for control line!
G1/4"
ØD (mm) 300 250 210 170 140
H (mm) 135 90 80 75 75
Weight (kg) 13,4 8,1 5,1 3,7 2,9

R3/8"

Water seal pot

(for media temperatures higher than the allowed diaphragm temperature)
• Delivered with a funnel 90°-elbow R1/4"
(e.g. ERMETO WE10-LLR)
Selection of possible applications:
• Steam
• Hot water
• Neutral liquids

Pneumatic Actuator DMA 400 DMA 250 DMA 160 DMA 80 DMA 40
Size 2 1
ØD (mm) 140 102
L (mm) 110 83 Weld screw Flow restrictor
V (dm3) 1,2 0,6 (e.g. ERMETO AS 10 - PL) G1/4" / G1/4"

Flow divider for noise reduction Plug with PTFE soft sealing
(max. 200°C, only for standard Kvs-values)

Please indicate when ordering:

- Figure-No. - Kvs-value
- Nominal diameter - Pressure range
- Nominal pressure - Actuator
- Body material - Special design / accessories
- Plug version
Example:
Figure 35.701; nominal diameter DN 100; nominal pressure PN 40; body material 1.0619+N; metal seal; Kvs 125; 0,8 - 2,5 bar; ARI-DMA 160 with NBR-diaphragm;
water seal pot size 1.

Technology for the Future.

GERMAN QUALITY VALVES
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG, D-33750 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock,
Tel. +49 52 07 / 994-0, Telefax +49 52 07 / 994-158 or 159 Internet: http://www.ari-armaturen.com E-mail: [email protected]

6 Edition 02/17 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!

 Operating and installation instructions
Pressure reducing valve PREDU®

PREDU®
(Series 700)

Contents
1.0 General information on operating instructions2-2 5.5 System arrangement - pressure reducing
2.0 Notes on possible dangers ............................... 2-2 station................................................................ 2-12
2.1 Significance of symbols ...................................... 2-2 5.6 Strainer ............................................................. 2-13
2.2 Explanatory notes on safety information ............. 2-2 5.7 Safety valves ..................................................... 2-13
3.0 Storage and transport ....................................... 2-3 6.0 Putting the valve into operation...................... 2-13
4.0 Description ......................................................... 2-3 7.0 Care and maintenance ..................................... 2-14
4.1 Scope of applications .......................................... 2-3 8.0 Troubleshooting ............................................... 2-14
4.2 Operating principles ............................................ 2-4 9.0 Troubleshooting table .................................... 2-15
4.3 Diagram .............................................................. 2-5 10.0 Dismantling the valve or the top part .......... 2-17
4.3.1 Parts ........................................................ 2-5 11.0 Warranty / Guarantee ..................................... 2-17
4.4 Technical data - remarks ..................................... 2-6
4.5 Marking .............................................................. 2-7
4.5.1 Marking of special flanges ....................... 2-8
5.0 Installation .......................................................... 2-9
5.1 General notes on installation............................... 2-9
5.2 Requirements at the place of installation .......... 2-10
5.3 Installation instructions concerning actuators ... 2-10
5.4 Control line, flow restrictor, water seal pot .........2-11
Rev. 0040701000 3616 englisch page 2-1
 Operating and installation instructions
PREDU®

1.0 General information on operating instructions

These operating instructions provide information on mounting and maintaining the fittings.
Please contact the supplier or the manufacturer in case of problems which cannot be
solved by reference to the operating instructions.
They are binding on the transport, storage, installation, start-up, operation, maintenance
and repair.
The notes and warnings must be observed and adhered to.
- Handling and all work must be carried out by expert personnel or all activities must be
supervised and checked.
It is the owner’s responsibility to define areas of responsibility and competence and to
monitor the personnel.
- In addition, current regional safety requirements must be applied and observed when
taking the fittings out of service as well as when maintaining and repairing them.
The manufacturer reserves the right to introduce technical modifications at any time.
These Operating Instructions comply with the requirements of EU Directives.

2.0 Notes on possible dangers

2.1 Significance of symbols
ATTENTION !
... Warning of general danger.

Non-compliance with operating instructions is dangerous!

Read the operating instructions before installation, operation,
maintenance or disassembly and adhere to them strictly.

2.2 Explanatory notes on safety information

In these Operating and Installation Instructions dangers, risks and items of safety
information are highlighted to attract special attention.
Information marked with the above symbol and “ATTENTION!” describe practices, a failure
to comply with which can result in serious injury or danger of death for users or third parties
or in material damage to the system or the environment. It is vital to comply with these
practices and to monitor compliance.
All other information not specifically emphasised such as transport, installation, operating
and maintenance instructions as well as technical data (in the operating instructions,
product documentation and on the device itself) must also be complied with to the fullest
extent in order to avoid faults which in turn can cause serious injury to persons or damage
to property.

Page 2-2 Rev. 0040701000 3616

 Operating and installation instructions
PREDU®

3.0 Storage and transport

ATTENTION !
- Protect against external force (like impact, vibration, etc.).
- Valve mountings such as actuators, handwheels, hoods must not be used to
take external forces, e.g. they are not designed for use as climbing aids, or as
connecting points for lifting gear.
- Suitable materials handling and lifting equipment should be used.
See catalog sheet for weights.
- At -20°C to +65°C.
- The paint is a base coat to protect against corrosion during transportation and storage. Do
not damage paint protection.
4.0 Description
4.1 Scope of applications
Pressure reducing valves are used for „pressure regulation of liquids, steam, gases and
vapours in the procedure and process technic as well as in the plant manufacture“.

ATTENTION !
- Refer to the data sheet for applications, limits on use and possibilities.
- The pressure reducing valve is suitable for regulation of fluids of group II acc. to
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.
- Certain media require or preclude the use of special materials.
- The valves are designed for standard operating conditions. If conditions exceed
these requirements, e.g. aggressive or abrasive media, the operator should
state the higher requirements when ordering.
- Valves made from grey cast iron are not authorised for use in systems subject
to TRD 110.
The information complies to the Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.
It is the responsibility of the machine planner to ensure compliance.
The special markings on the valve must be taken into account.
Refer to the catalogue sheet to see which materials are used in standard versions.
Please contact the supplier or the manufacturer if you have any questions.

Rev. 0040701000 3616 Page 2-3

 Operating and installation instructions
PREDU®
4.2 Operating principles
The pressure reducing valve is a direct acting proportional regulator for regulating the
pressure of fluid, gas and vapour media of Fluid Group II pursuant to Pressure Equipment
Directive 2014/68/EU. No auxiliary energy is needed.
In a pressureless state the valve is fully open. The media passes through the valve from the
inlet to the outlet. The downstream pressure sensing point should be positioned at least
10 x DN or a minimum of 1 m away from the valve, and is passed on to the actuator over
the control line pipe (refer to Fig. 5).
For operating temperatures above the allowable actuator temperature (refer to points 4.4
and 5.4) a water seal pot must be installed. The whole system, water seal pot, control line
and actuator must be filled with liquid (by steam with water). The downstream pressure is
converted over the actuator diaphragm in a force working in the disc closing direction.
The spring force is attained in the spindle over a pin and coupling and is opposed through
the diaphragm force, therefore works in the disc open direction. When both forces are
equal, the valve is balanced, and the downstream pressure is maintained constant.
When the downstream pressure is altered the disc either „opens“ or „closes“.

Page 2-4 Rev. 0040701000 3616

 Operating and installation instructions
PREDU®
4.3 Diagram

Plug DN 15 - 32

Plug DN 40 - 150

Bellows DN 15 - 40
Control line connection
Fig. 1
4.3.1 Parts
Pos. Designation Pos. Designation
1 Body 19 Screw
2 Screwed seat 20 Thread pin
3 Stud 21 Guide bush
4 Gasket 22 Guide coupling
5 Bush housing 23 Cylindrical balls
5.1 Guide bush 24 Securing wire
6 Gasket 25 Spring
8 Balanced bellows unit 26 Spring plate
9 Plug unit 27 Axial bearing
11 Head 28 Pressure plate
12 Bonnet closed 29 Pin
14 Hexagon nut 30 Lock nut
15 Gasket 31 DMA-Pneumatic actuator
16 Sealing bellows unit 31.6 Rolling diaphragm
17 Adjusting plate 31.8 Collar nut with sealing ring
18 Head
Refer to the data sheet for information about materials with designations and figure
numbers.
Rev. 0040701000 3616 Page 2-5
 Operating and installation instructions
PREDU®
4.4 Technical data - remarks
for
- Principal dimensions
- Pressure-temperature-ratings, etc. refer to datasheet.

Nominal diameter: DN 15 - DN 150, 1“ - 6“

Pressure class: PN 16, PN 25, PN 40, ANSI 150, ANSI 300
Body material: EN-JL1040, EN-JS1049, 1.0619+N, SA216WCB
Actuator size: DMA 40, 80, 160, 250, 400 - NBR, EPDM
Downstream pressure: acc. to downstream pressure table min. 0,2 bar, max. 16 bar
Temperature - valve: acc. to pressure-temperature table refer to datasheet
Temperature - actuator: max. 100C (NBR-diaphragm)
max. 130C (EPDM-diaphragm)
Disc seal: Metal, PTFE soft seal
Spindle tightness: Stainless steel bellows

Page 2-6 Rev. 0040701000 3616

 Operating and installation instructions
PREDU®
4.5 Marking

Figure number /
Type number Nominal pressure Year of manufacture Manufacturer CE-marking Notified body

max. permissible
Kvs-value Serial number operating temperature Plug design

Fig. 2: Body

Actuator
PN - max. Manufacturer

Actuator size CE-marking Notified body

Downstream pressure range

per spring size

Serial number Year of manufacture

Fig. 3: Actuator
Address of manufacturer: refer to item 11.0 Warranty / Guarantee
According to the Pressure Equipment Directive table 6, annex II, valves without safety
function are only allowed to bear the CE-marking DN32 onwards
Other marking is made on the outlet flange.
e.g. BA/BQ or approvals such as LR, GL, etc.

Rev. 0040701000 3616 Page 2-7

 Operating and installation instructions
PREDU®

4.5.1 Marking of special flanges

In case of deviations from the standard nominal pressure the valves are marked with an
additional name plate on the flange.

PSmax (max. allowed pressure) nominal pressure TS (operating temperature)

PS (operating pressure) TSmax (max. allowed temperature)

Fig. 4: Flange
The pairs of values of max. allowed pressure with its associated temperature and max.
allowed temperature with its associated pressure are determined from the respective
pressure-temperature diagram of material and nominal pressure.

Page 2-8 Rev. 0040701000 3616

 Operating and installation instructions
PREDU®

5.0 Installation
5.1 General notes on installation
The following points should be taken into account besides the general principles governing
installation work:

ATTENTION !
- Remove flange covers if present.
- The interior of valve and pipeline must be free from foreign particles.
- Note installation position with reference to flow, see mark on valve.
- Steam line systems should be designed to prevent water accumulation.
- Lay pipelines so that damaging transverse, bending and torsional forces are
avoided.
- Protect valves from dirt during construction work.
- Connection flanges must mate exactly.
- Connecting bolts for pipe flanges should be mounted preferably from the
counter flange side (hexagon nuts from the valve side).
At DN15-32: If valves should be mounted directly to valves, the upper flange
connecting bolts should be preferably executed with studs and hexagon nuts on
both sides.
- Valve mountings such as actuators, handwheels, hoods must not be used to
take external forces, e.g. they are not designed for use as climbing aids, or as
connecting points for lifting gear.
- Suitable materials handling and lifting equipment should be used.
See data sheet for weights.
- For operating temperatures above the allowable actuator temperatures (refer to
point 4.4 and 6.0) a water seal pot must be installed full of water, for steam use
(refer to point 5.4).
- When using a water seal pot the valve must be installed vertically downwards
with the spring actuator below the pipe work. Otherwise the valve can be
installed upright. The pressure reducing valve is only allowed to be installed in
horizontal pipework.
- In case of a damaged diaphragm dangerous media (hot condensate, steam
etc.) can escape out of the vent hole (screw plug), so connect with a pipe to a
safe place.

- Planners / construction companies or operators are responsible for positioning and

installing products.
- The valves are designed for application, not influenced from weather.
- For application outside or in adverse environments like corrosion-promoting conditions
(sea water, chemical vapours, etc.), special constructions or protective measures are
recommended.
- Before installing the pressure reducing valve rinse and clean the system otherwise the
seat / disc will be damaged and the control hole will be blocked.
- Centre packings between the flanges.
- Keep the bonnet thread free from paint.

Rev. 0040701000 3616 Page 2-9

 Operating and installation instructions
PREDU®
5.2 Requirements at the place of installation
The place of installation should be easily accessible and provide ample space for
maintenance and removing the actuator. Install a stop valve upstream and downstream of
the pressure reducing valve to enable repair and maintenance work, without emptying the
system. A bypass line enables a continuous working by hand. Install manometers upstream
and downstream to control the pressures.
Refer to a system sample under point 5.5 where all valves are shown. The piping before
and after the pressure reducing valve must be dimensioned so that the max. flow speed is
not exceeded, and the pressure reduction should be near to the users.

The nominal diameter of the pipes in front of and behind the pressure reducing valve must
be chosen corresponding to max. allowable flow rates (liquids max. 5 m/s; saturated steam
max. 25 m/s; steam and gases max. 50 m/s). With compressible media (i.e. steam, air) the
downstream piping must be larger because when expanding the volume increase blocks
the flow capacity. The rule 10 x DN is related to the larger downstream piping. When
isolating of the piping, do not isolate the spring room, the actuator, the water seal pot and
the control line.

5.3 Installation instructions concerning actuators

The pressure reducing valve is supplied with mounted actuator.

ATTENTION !
- It is not permitted to mantle / dismantle actuators with valves operating and
service conditions (temperature and pressure) (refer to point 10.0)
-

To alter the pressure range the actuator and spring may have to be changed in the following
sequence:

- Make the system pressureless.

- Remove control piping and empty the water seal pot.

ATTENTION !
- When disconnecting the control line piping, dangerous media can escape
(hot condensate, steam)!
-

- Loosen lock nut (pos. 30).

- Unscrew actuator away from the valve.

- Relax spring by turning the spring plate (pos. 17).

- Remove sideways pin (pos. 29) and remove the pressure plate (pos. 26), bearing
(pos. 27), spring plate (pos. 28) and spring downwards.

- Remount in the opposite way. The tightning torque for the lock nut is 50 Nm.

ATTENTION !
- The actuator must be screwed to the end position, then secure with the lock nut
(pos. 30). Reconnect the control line. Do not turn the actuator for a better
-

position.

- Putting the valve into operation (refer to point 6.0)

Page 2-10 Rev. 0040701000 3616
 Operating and installation instructions
PREDU®
5.4 Control line, flow restrictor, water seal pot
The control line should at least have a diameter of 10 mm and can be fixed with the help of
the supplied 90-screw. The downstream connection for the control line should be 10 x DN,
at least 1 m behind the pressure reducing valve, preferably on top or on the side of the pipe.
With following distributor, the connection should be direct on the distributor.
ATTENTION !
Install water seal pot for temperature in excess of 100 °C
Fill the water seal pot with water before starting up, e.g. with water vapour.
-

Fill through the filler neck using the funnel attached.

The water seal pot is mounted near the control line connection. The arrow on the
shield must show downwards. You can fill the pot with the help of the supplied
funnel (max. limit values PS 20 bar, TS -10°C to 350°C for downstream
pressure).
Only when the pressure reducing valve shows unstable working, the supplied
flow restrictor must be built in between actuator and control line.
Funnel
Fill hole

Connection R 3/8

Adjusting plate
Water seal pot

Weld screw
(e.g. Ermeto AS 10-PL)

Actuator Control line

Ventilation
plug Flow restrictor (only by unstable working!)
G 1/4 / G 1/4

Plug
to bleed water seal

90°-screw
(e.g. Ermeto WE 10-LLR)
R 1/4
Fig. 5

Rev. 0040701000 3616 Page 2-11

 Fig. 6

Page 2-12
Bypass pipe

ARI-FABA
with regulating plug
and cap ARI-SAFE
Upstream Downstream
Manometer ARI-FABA
manometer
Separator

10 x DN / min. 1m
ARI- ARI-
FABA Strainer

Rev. 0040701000 3616

PREDU
pressure ARI-Water seal pot
reducing valve
Control line
5.5 System arrangement - pressure reducing station

ARI-FABA ARI-FABA
AWH-
AWH- Sight
Ball Float AWH- Glasses
Bimetallic
AWH- Steam Traps Steam Traps
Sight
Glasses
PREDU®
Operating and installation instructions
 Operating and installation instructions
PREDU®
5.6 Strainer
ATTENTION !
Install a strainer before the pressure reducing valve, with the sieve sideways
(with the medium steam) to avid the collection of condensate.
-

The strainer must be cleaned from time to time.

5.7 Safety valves

ATTENTION !
The system part behind the pressure reducing valve (downstream pressure
side), the control line and actuator must be protected against excess pressure.
-

The necessary safety valve must be dimensioned so that by max. possible

upstream pressure, by fully open pressure reducing valve, the max. possible
capacity must be blown of by the safety valve.
The set pressure must be conform to the system part with the lowest nominal
pressure.
An adequate distance must exist between the set downstream pressure and the
safety valve set pressure.
If not secured that the bypass line works even more than the pressure reducing
valve or can be open parallel to it, the capacity rating for the safety valve must
include the extra capacity.

6.0 Putting the valve into operation

ATTENTION !
- Before putting the valve into operation, check material, pressure, temperature
and direction of flow.
- Regional safety instructions must be adhered to.
- Residues in piping and valves (dirt, weld beads, etc.) inevitably lead to leakage.
- Touching the valve when it is operating at high (> 50°C) or low (< 0°C) media
temperatures can cause injury.
Affix warning notice or protective insulation as appropriate!
- The water seal pot is available for media temperatures over 100 C (NBR-
diaphragm) or 130C (EPDM-diaphragm).
- The water seal pot is completely filled (by steam with water) and the actuator is
bleeded by the plug (refer to Fig. 5).
Before putting a new plant into operation or restarting a plant after repairs or
modification, always make sure that:
- All works has been completed!
- The valve is in the correct position for its function.
- Safety devices have been attached.

Rev. 0040701000 3616 Page 2-13

 Operating and installation instructions
PREDU®
The operation is then as follows:

- If present open the valve in the control line.

- Open the valve behind the pressure reducing valve

- Now open the valve in front of the pressure reducing valve (medium must flow).
- Slacken spring by turning adjusting plate (pos. 17) to the left, pressure reducer closes.
- Now pre-tension spring by turning adjusting plate (pos. 17) to the right (size 19 spanner)
until the desired downstream pressure is obtained (for possible downstream pressure see
type plate on actuator), if downstream pressure is too high, slacken spring by turning
adjusting plate (pos. 17) to the left.

- Now the pressure reducing valve is ready for use.

ATTENTION !
- Squashing of finger between the spring coils and in the area of the pin in the
head piece when the valve lift is moving.
-

- When in use high flow noise can occur.

7.0 Care and maintenance

Maintenance and maintenance-intervals have to be defined by the operator according to
the requirements.
8.0 Troubleshooting
In the event of malfunction or faulty operating performance check that the installation and
adjustment work has been carried out and completed in accordance with these Operating
Instructions.
ATTENTION !
It is essential that the safety regulations are observed when identifying faults.
If malfunctions cannot be eliminate with the help of the following table
“9.0 Troubleshooting table”, the supplier or manufacturer should be consulted.

Page 2-14 Rev. 0040701000 3616

 Operating and installation instructions
PREDU®

9.0 Troubleshooting table

ATTENTION !
- read point 10.0 and 11.0 prior to dismantling and repair work !
- read point 5.0 and 6.0 before restarting the plant !

Fault Possible cause Corrective measures

No flow Flange covers not removed. Remove flange covers.
Little flow Dirt sieve clogged. Clean / replace sieve.
Piping system clogged. Check piping system.
Kvs value of valve unsuitable. Fit valve with higher Kvs value.
Downstream pressure rises Seat / Disc leakage, very dirty Change valve or, if necessary,
quickly when the users are seat/plug
turned off
Control line or flow restrictor blocked Clean control line or flow restrictor
Diaphragm defect Change diaphragm
Thread plug blocked Open hole in the vent plug screw
Pressure balancing hole in the disc Open pressure balancing hole
blocked
Balanced bellows defect Renew balanced bellows
Valve in the control line closed Open valve in the control line
Actuator not fitted proper Loosen lock nut. Tighten actuator.
Fix lock nut.
Flange broken. Damage during transport. Replace pressure reducing valve.
Flange bolts not evenly tightened. Replace pressure reducing valve.
Transfer of unsafe forces such as Install free of tension.
bending or torsional forces.
Media comes out of the Diaphragm leaking. Change diaphragm.
vent plug hole
Downstream pressure can Valve laid out to small. New layout of valve.
not be adjusted in the full
capacity range Valve setting is wrong. Reset valve.

Valve doesn’t regulate Control line or flow restrictor blocked. Clean control line or flow restrictor.
Diaphragm defect. Change diaphragm.
Control line is connected to the vent Fix control line pipe to the control pipe
plug hole. connection.
Downstream pressure Flow restrictor not installed. Install flow restrictor.
unstable
The ratio of upstream to downstream Reduction over two stages. Install pres-
pressure to high. sure reducing valve in row.
Media exit out of the bon- Sealing bellows defect. Change sealing bellows.
net (at the spindle leakage)
Downstream pressure can’t Manometer defect. Change manometer.
be altered
Bonnet thread damaged. Change bonnet.
Valve closed in the control line. Open valve in the control line.
Valve stem moves in jerks. Valve plug slightly seized owing to solid Clean internals, change plug and
dirt particles. guide bush.

Rev. 0040701000 3616 Page 2-15

 Operating and installation instructions
PREDU®

Fault Possible cause Corrective measures

Leakage too high when Sealing surfaces of seat/plug eroded or Change valve or, if necessary,
valve is closed. worn. seat/plug.
Sealing edge of seating damages or Change valve or, if necessary, seat/
worn. plug, fit strainer if necessary.
Seat/plug leaking due to dirt. Clean internals of valve, fit strainer
if necessary.
Change valve or, if necessary,
seat/plug.
Unsafe rise in downstream Safety valve not present in downstream Fit safety valve.
pressure. pressure system.
Safety valve too small / wrong size. Reset safety valve and replace
if necessary.

Page 2-16 Rev. 0040701000 3616

 Operating and installation instructions
PREDU®

10.0 Dismantling the valve or the top part

ATTENTION !
The following points must be observed:
- Pressureless pipe system.
- Medium must be cool.
- Plant must be drained.
- Purge piping systems in case of caustic, inflammable, aggressive or toxic
media.

11.0 Warranty / Guarantee

The extent and period of warranty cover are specified in the "Standard Terms and
Conditions of Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG“ valid at the time of delivery or, by way of
departure, in the contract of sale itself.
We guarantee freedom of faults in compliance with state-of-the-art technology and the
confirmed application.
No warranty claims can be made for any damage caused as the result of incorrect handling
or disregard of operating and installation instructions, datasheets and relavant regulations.
This warranty also does not cover any damage which occurs during operation under
conditions deviating from those laid down by specifications or other agreements.
Justified complaints will be eliminated by repair carried out by us or by a specialist
appointed by us.
No claims will be accepted beyond the scope of this warranty. The right to replacement
delivery is excluded.
The warranty shall not cover maintenance work, installation of external parts, design
modifications or natural wear.
Any damage incurred during transport should not be reported to us but rather to the
competent cargo-handling depot, the railway company or carrier company immediately or
else claims for replacements from these companies will be invalidated.

Technology for the Future.

GERMAN QUALITY VALVES
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG, D-33750 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock
Telephone (+49 5207) 994-0 Telefax (+49 5207) 994-158 or 159
Internet: http://www.ari-armaturen.com E-mail: [email protected]

Rev. 0040701000 3616 Page 2-17

12 Steam traps
ARI CONA TD fig. 45.640..1, DN15 PN40 R32.
R32 controller
Body: 1.0460
DIN flanged

Tag no.:
55-15ST-8292
55-15ST-8192
 CONA® TD
Thermodynamic steam trap
Thermodynamic steam trap

Thermodynamic steam trap

PN40
- with flanges  (Fig. 640/641....1)
- with screwed sockets  (Fig. 640/641....2)
- with socket weld ends  (Fig. 640/641....3) Forged steel
- with butt weld ends  (Fig. 640/641....4) High temperature steel
Stainless steel
Fig. 640/641 (Y) Page 2 Fig. 641....1

Thermodynamic steam trap

PN63
- with screwed sockets  (Fig. 641....2)
- with socket weld ends  (Fig. 641....3)

Stainless steel
Fig. 641 (Y) Page 4
Fig. 641....2

Thermodynamic steam trap

PN63
- with flanges  (Fig. 640/641....1)
- with socket weld ends  (Fig. 640/641....3)
- with butt weld ends  (Fig. 640/641....4)

High temperature steel

Fig. 640/641 (Y) Page 6

Features:
• For discharging of slight to highly sub-cooled condensate
• Intermittent mode of operation
• Robust and resistant to water-hammer
• Integrated non return protection
• Constructions:
- With inside strainer - Fig. 640
- With outside strainer - Fig. 641 (Y)
• Optimized design for quick installation
• Gasket-free sealing of the screwed cap
• Installation in any position
• Heat chamber minimizes the impact of weather conditions
on the trap‘s performance (except Fig. 56.641)
• Replaceable controller-unit
A W H ARMATUREN-
®

HALLE
WERK HALLE GMBH
A member of the ARI group
Edition 04/18 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! Data sheet 640001 englisch (english)
 CONA®TD 640 / 641
PN40 - DN15-25
Thermodynamic steam trap (Forged steel, High temperature steel, Stainless steel)

Fig. 640/641....2
with screwed sockets

Fig. 640/641....3
with socket weld ends

Fig. 640....1 with flanges Fig. 641....1 with flanges

Fig.640/641....4
with butt weld ends

Nominal Nominal diam. / Operating pressure Inlet temperature Allow. differential perm. pressure ratio /
Figure Material
pressure NPS PS TS pressure ΔPMX min. operating pressure
32 barg 250 °C
45.640 15 - 25 /
PN40 1.0460 22 barg 385 °C
45.641 (Y) 1/2" - 1"
14,5 barg 450 °C perm. pressure ratio:
Back pressure /
35 barg 300 °C Inlet pressure
85.640 15 - 25 / 32 bar ≤ 0,8 barg
PN40 1.5415 32 barg 335 °C
85.641 (Y) 1/2" - 1" min. operating pressure:
28 barg 450 °C 0,7 barg
55.640 15 - 25 / 32 barg 350 °C
PN40 1.4541
55.641 (Y) 1/2" - 1" 22 barg 400 °C
For ANSI versions refer to data sheet CONA TD-ANSI
®

Types of connection  Other types of connection on request.

• Flanges ....1 ____________ acc. to DIN EN 1092-1
• Screwed sockets ....2 ____ Rp thread acc. to DIN EN 10226-1 or NPT thread acc. to ANSI B1.20.1
• Socket weld ends ....3 ____ acc. to DIN EN 12760
• Butt weld ends ....4 ______ Weld preparation acc. to EN ISO 9692 identification No. 1.3 and 1.5
(Note restriction on operating pressure / inlet temperature depending to design!)
Features
• T
 hermodynamic steam trap with replaceable controller-unit and cap with heat chamber wich minimize the effects from the weather
conditions to the function of the trap such as low ambient temperatures, rain, wind, etc.
• Intermittent mode of operation
• Heat chamber minimizes the impact of weather conditions on the trap‘s performance
• Robust and resistant to water-hammer
• Integrated non return protection
• With inside strainer - BR640 / With outside strainer - BR641 (Y)
• Installation in any position
• Optimized design for quick installation
• Maintenance simplified due to screwed cap without sealing
Options
• Outside strainer with blow down valve (Pos. 46)

2 Edition 04/18 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!

 CONA®TD 640 / 641
PN40 - DN15-25
Screwed sockets
Types of connection Flanges Butt weld ends
Socket weld ends
DN 15 20 25 15 20 25 15 20 25
NPS 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1/2" 3/4" 1"

Face-to-face acc. to data sheet resp. customer request

L (mm) 150 150 160 95 95 95 250 250 250

Dimensions  Standard-flange dimensions refer to page 9.

H (mm) 65 65 65 65 65 74 65 65 65
H1 (mm) 62 62 62 62 62 55 62 62 62
S (mm) 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
S1 (mm) 24 24 24 24 24 13 24 24 24
HEX (mm) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Weights
Fig. 640 / 641(app.) (kg) 2,7 3,3 3,7 1,4 1,3 1,8 1,8 1,9 2

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 45.640 / 45.641 Fig. 85.640 / 85.641 Fig. 55.640 / 55.641
1 Body P250 GH, 1.0460 16Mo3, 1.5415 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4541
2 x Strainer X5CrNi18-10, 1.4301
6 Cap P250 GH, 1.0460 16Mo3, 1.5415 X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4541
7 x Strainer X5CrNi18-10, 1.4301
8 x Strainer plug X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4541
24 x Controller, cpl. X39CrMo17-1+QT, 1.4122+QT
46 x Blow down valve, cpl. X8CrNiS18-9, 1.4305
└ Spare parts
Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!
Resistance and fitness must be verified (contact manufacturer for information, refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.

Capacity chart

The capacity chart shows the maximum flow of hot condensate for the
standard controller
Flow rate of cold condensate at 20°C is about 1,5 times the volume of
hot condensate
Flow (kg/h)

Differential pressure considering drainage into atmosphere (bar)

Options

Outside strainer with blow down valve

Edition 04/18 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 3

 CONA®TD 641
PN63 - DN10-25
Thermodynamic steam trap (Stainless steel)

Fig. 641....3
Fig. 641....2 with screwed sockets with socket weld ends

Nominal Nominal diam. / Operating pressure Inlet temperature Allow. differential perm. pressure ratio /
Figure Material
pressure NPS PS TS pressure ΔPMX min. operating pressure
perm. pressure ratio:
A743CA40 3/8"-3/4" Back pressure /
Inlet pressure
56.641 (Y) PN63 42 barg 400 °C 42 bar ≤ 0,8 barg
1.4006 1" min. operating pressure:
1 barg
For ANSI versions refer to data sheet CONA®TD-ANSI

Types of connection  Other types of connection on request.

• Screwed sockets ....2 ____ Rp thread acc. to DIN EN 10226-1 or NPT thread acc. to ANSI B1.20.1
• Socket weld ends ....3 ____ acc. to DIN EN 12760
Features
• Thermodynamic steam trap of stainless steel for the condensate-discharge from all kinds of steam systems
• Intermittent mode of operation
• Robust and resistant to water-hammer
• Integrated non return protection
• With outside strainer
• Installation in any position
• Optimized design for quick installation
• Maintenance simplified due to screwed cap without sealing

4 Edition 04/18 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!

 CONA®TD 641
PN63 - DN10-25

Screwed sockets (NPS 3/8" - 1")

Types of connection
-- Socket weld ends (DN 15-20) --
DN 10 15 20 25
NPS 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1"

Face-to-face acc. to data sheet resp. customer request

L (mm) 78 78 90 95

Dimensions  Standard-flange dimensions refer to page 9.

H (mm) 47 47 50 59
H1 (mm) 56 56 56 61
S (mm) 20 20 20 20
S1 (mm) 45 45 45 45
HEX (mm) 32 32 32 41

Weights
Fig. 641  (approx.) (kg) 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,9

Parts
Fig. 56.641
Pos. Sp.p. Description
NPS 3/8" - 3/4" NPS 1"
1 Body A743CA40 X12Cr13, 1.4006
6 Cap X8CrNiS18-9, 1.4305
7 x Strainer X5CrNi18-10, 1.4301
8 Strainer plug X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4541
25 x Disc X39CrMo17-1+QT, 1.4122+QT
└ Spare parts
Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!
Resistance and fitness must be verified (contact manufacturer for information, refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.

Capacity chart

The capacity chart shows the maximum flow of hot condensate for the
standard controller
Flow rate of cold condensate at 20°C is about 1,5 times the volume of
hot condensate
Flow (kg/h)

Differential pressure considering drainage into atmosphere (bar)

Edition 04/18 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 5

 CONA®TD 640 / 641
PN63 - DN15-25
Thermodynamic steam trap (High temperature steel)

Fig. 640/641....3
with socket weld ends

Fig. 640/641....4
with butt weld ends
Fig. 640....1 with flanges

Fig. 641....1 with flanges

Nominal Nominal diam. / Operating pressure Inlet temperature Allow. differential perm. pressure ratio /
Figure Material
pressure NPS PS TS pressure ΔPMX min. operating pressure
perm. pressure ratio:
Back pressure /
86.640 15 - 25 / Inlet pressure
PN63 1.5415 42 barg 450 °C 42 bar ≤ 0,8 barg
86.641 (Y) 1/2" - 1"
min. operating pressure:
0,7 barg
For ANSI versions refer to data sheet CONA®TD-ANSI

Types of connection  Other types of connection on request.

• Flanges ....1 ____________ acc. to DIN EN 1092-1
• Socket weld ends ....3 ____ acc. to DIN EN 12760
• Butt weld ends ....4 ______ Weld preparation acc. to EN ISO 9692 identification No. 1.3 and 1.5
(Note restriction on operating pressure / inlet temperature depending to design!)
Features
• T
 hermodynamic steam trap with replaceable controller-unit and cap with heat chamber wich minimize the effects from the weather conditions to the function
of the trap such as low ambient temperatures, rain, wind, etc.
• Intermittent mode of operation
• Heat chamber minimizes the impact of weather conditions on the trap‘s performance
• Robust and resistant to water-hammer
• Integrated non return protection
• With inside strainer - BR640 / With outside strainer - BR641 (Y)
• Installation in any position
• Optimized design for quick installation
• Maintenance simplified due to screwed cap without sealing

6 Edition 04/18 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!

 CONA®TD 640 / 641
PN63 - DN15-25

Types of connection Flanges Socket weld ends Butt weld ends1)

DN 15 20 25 15 20 25 15 20 25
NPS 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1/2" 3/4" 1"
1)
Please indicate dimension of the tube when ordering
Face-to-face acc. to data sheet resp. customer request
L (mm) 210 210 230 95 95 95 250 250 250

Dimensions  Standard-flange dimensions refer to page 9

H (mm) 65 65 65 65 65 74 65 65 65
H1 (mm) 62 62 62 62 62 55 62 62 62
S (mm) 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
S1 (mm) 24 24 24 24 24 13 24 24 24
HEX (mm) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Weights
Fig. 640 / 641  (approx.) (kg) 3,7 5,2 6,6 1,3 1,2 1,7 1,8 1,9 2,0

Parts
Pos. Sp.p. Description Fig. 86.640 Fig. 86.641
1 Body 16Mo3, 1.5415
2 x Strainer X5CrNi18-10, 1.4301 --
6 Cap 16Mo3, 1.5415
7 x Strainer -- X5CrNi18-10, 1.4301
8 x Strainer plug -- X6CrNiTi18-10, 1.4541
24 x Controller, cpl. X39CrMo17-1+QT, 1.4122+QT
└ Spare parts
Information / restriction of technical rules need to be observed!
Resistance and fitness must be verified (contact manufacturer for information, refer to Product overview and Resistance list).
Operating and installation instructions can be downloaded at www.ari-armaturen.com.

Capacity chart
Flow (kg/h)

Differential pressure considering drainage into atmosphere (bar)

The capacity chart shows the maximum flow of hot condensate for the standard controller
Flow rate of cold condensate at 20°C is about 1,5 times the volume of hot condensate

Edition 04/18 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 7

 ARI-myValve®
VAlve SIzing-Program

myValve® - Your VAlve SIzing-Program.

myValve is a powerful software tool that not only helps you size your system components; it also gives you instant access to all other data about the selected product, such as
order information, spare parts drawings, operating instructions, data sheets, etc., whenever you need it.

myValve - VAlve SIzing-Program

Contents: Module ARI-Steam trap CONA-Calcuation
- Sizing (calculation of steam trap systems with given flow capacity or heat capacity)
- Calculation of nominal diameter acc. to given pressure, condensate quantity, condensate sub-cooling and speed

Media: - Steam (saturated and superheated)

- Compressed air

Special Features - Project administration of the calculation and product data incl. spare part drawings concerning to project and tag number
- Direct output or calculation and product data in PDF format
- Product data could be taken for a direct order
- SI- and ANSI-units with direct conversion to another databank
- Settings with over pressure or absolute pressure
- All ARI products are integrated in one databank
- Direct access concerning to the product on data sheets, operating instructions, pressure-temperature-diagram and spare part
drawings
- Operation in company networks possible (no complex installations on individually PC‘s necessary)
- Extensive catalogue extending over several product groups

System Requirements: Windows operating systems, Linux, etc.

Edition 04/18 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 8

 CONA®TD
Informations about pipe welding / Standard-flange dimensions

Informations about pipe welding

Welding groove acc. to DIN 2559
The material used for ARI valves with butt weld ends are: 1.0460 P250GH acc. to DIN EN 10222-2
1.5415 16Mo3 acc. to DIN EN 10222-2
Note: A743CA40 acc. to ASTM A743/A743M-98a
Note restriction on operating pressure / inlet temperature depending to 1.4006 X12Cr13 acc. to DIN EN 10250-4
design!

Due to our experience, we recommend to apply an electric welding process.

Because of the different material compositions and wall thickness of the steam traps and the pipe gas welding shall not be applied. Quenching cracks and coarse grain
structure may develop.
Steam traps with socket-weld ends shall only be welded by arc welding (welding process 111 acc. to DIN EN 24063).
If during the time of warranty others than the manufacturer or by the manufacturer authorized persons are interfering in the product and/or the setting, the right of claim for
warranty will lapse!

Standard-flange dimensions acc. to DIN EN 1092-1

DN 15 20 25
NPS 1/2" 3/4" 1"
ØD (mm) 95 105 115
PN40 ØK (mm) 65 75 85
n x Ød (mm) 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14
ØD (mm) 105 130 140
PN63 ØK (mm) 75 90 100
n x Ød (mm) 4 x 14 4 x 18 4 x 18

Selection criteria: Example for order data:

• Steam pressure • Type of connection
• Back pressure • Material Thermodynamic steam trap CONA® TD,
• Quantity of condensate • Place of service or kind Fig. 640, PN 40, DN 15, 1.0460, with flanges, Face-to-face dimension 150 mm
• Nominal diameter / pressure of steam consumer

Edition 04/18 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! 9

 CONA®TD
Accessories / further components

Multifunction tester
ARImetec®-S

Condensate collection (B = 160), steam distribution (B = 120)

Vacuum breaker CODI ®S with gland packing Fig. 671/672;
Fig. 655 CODI ®B with bellows seal, maintenance-free Fig. 675/676

Automatic air vent for liquid systems Condensate discharge temperature limiter Flow indicator
Fig. 656 Fig. 645/647 Fig. 660/661

Return temperature limiter Liquid drainer

Fig. 650 Fig. 665
(Further informations about the accessories can be found in the appropriate data sheets.)

A W H ARMATUREN-
® M A N AG
Y
EM
T
QU A LI

ISO WHG
E NT

HALLE
WERK HALLE GMBH SY
S T E MS
9001 §19 I
A member of the ARI group Technology for the Future.
GERMAN QUALITY VALVES

ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG, D-33750 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock,
Tel. +49 52 07 / 994-0, Telefax +49 52 07 / 994-158 or 159 Internet: http://www.ari-armaturen.com E-mail: [email protected]

10 Edition 04/18 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!

 Operating and installation instructions
Thermodynamic steam traps
CONA®TD (PN40 - 63)

PN40
- with flanges (series 640/641....1)
- with screwed sockets (series 640/641....2) PN63
- with socket weld ends (series 640/641....3) - with screwed sockets (series 641....2)
- with butt weld ends (series 640/641....4) - with socket weld ends (series 641....3)

Contents
1.0 General information on 5.4 Steam trap testing through
operating instructions ............................. 2-2 ultrasonic measurement...................................... 2-6
2.0 Notes on possible dangers........................ 2-2 5.5 Installation position.............................................. 2-6
2.1 Significance of symbols ...................................... 2-2 6.0 Putting the valve into operation ............... 2-6
2.2 Explanatory notes on safety information ............. 2-2 7.0 Care and maintenance............................... 2-7
3.0 Storage and transport ............................... 2-2 7.1 Cleaning / replacing controller assembly............. 2-7
4.0 Description.................................................. 2-3 7.1.1 Series 640/641 ......................................... 2-7
4.1 Scope of applications .......................................... 2-3 7.2 Option blow down valve ...................................... 2-7
4.2 Operating principles ............................................ 2-3 7.3 Tightening torques............................................... 2-8
4.3 Diagram............................................................... 2-4 8.0 Troubleshooting ......................................... 2-8
4.4 Technical data - remarks ..................................... 2-5 9.0 Troubleshooting table................................ 2-8
4.5 Marking .............................................................. 2-5 10.0 Dismantling the valve or the body.......... 2-9
5.0 Installation................................................... 2-5 11.0 Warranty / Guarantee ............................... 2-9
5.1 General notes on installation............................... 2-5
5.2 Installation instructions for welding ..................... 2-6
5.3 Controller adjustment .......................................... 2-6

Rev. 0040806000 3317 englisch

 Operating and installation instructions
CONA®TD - Thermodynamic steam traps

1.0 General information on operating instructions

These operating instructions provide information on mounting and maintaining the fittings.
Please contact the supplier or the manufacturer in case of problems which cannot be
solved by reference to the operating instructions.
They are binding on the transport, storage, installation, start-up, operation, maintenance
and repair.
The notes and warnings must be observed and adhered to.
- Handling and all work must be carried out by expert personnel or all activities must be
supervised and checked.
It is the owner’s responsibility to define areas of responsibility and competence and to
monitor the personnel.
- In addition, current regional safety requirements must be applied and observed when
taking the fittings out of service as well as when maintaining and repairing them.
The manufacturer reserves the right to introduce technical modifications at any time.
These operating instructions comply with the requirements of EU Directives.
2.0 Notes on possible dangers
2.1 Significance of symbols
ATTENTION !
... Warning of general danger.

2.2 Explanatory notes on safety information

In these operating and installation instructions dangers, risks and items of safety
information are highlighted to attract special attention.
Information marked with the above symbol and “ATTENTION ! ” describe practices, a
failure to comply with which can result in serious injury or danger of death for users or third
parties or in material damage to the system or the environment. It is vital to comply with
these practices and to monitor compliance.
All other information not specifically emphasised such as transport, installation, operating
and maintenance instructions as well as technical data (in the operating instructions,
product documentation and on the device itself) must also be complied with to the fullest
extent in order to avoid faults which in turn can cause serious injury to persons or damage
to property.

3.0 Storage and transport

ATTENTION !
- Protect against external force (like impact, vibration, etc.).
- Valves must not be used to take external forces, e.g. they are not designed for
use as climbing aids, or as connecting points for lifting gear.
- Suitable materials handling and lifting equipment should be used.
See catalog sheet for weights.
- At -20°C to +65°C.
- The paint is a base coat to protect against corrosion during transportation and storage.
Do not damage paint protection.

Page 2-2 Rev. 0040806000 3317

 Operating and installation instructions
CONA®TD - Thermodynamic steam traps

4.0 Description
4.1 Scope of applications
Thermodynamic steam traps are used for the drainage of industrial steam facilities.

ATTENTION !
- Refer to the data sheet for applications, limits on use and possibilities.
- Certain media require or preclude the use of special materials.
- The valves are designed for standard operating conditions. If conditions exceed
these requirements, e.g. aggressive or abrasive media, the operator should
state the higher requirements when ordering.
- Valves made from grey cast iron are not authorised for use in systems subject
to TRD 110.
The information complies to the Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.
It is the responsibility of the machine planner to ensure compliance.
The special markings on the valve must be taken into account.
Refer to the catalogue sheet to see which materials are used in standard versions.
Please contact the supplier or the manufacturer if you have any questions.

4.2 Operating principles

Series 640/641:
(refer to Fig. 1-Fig. 2 page 4, -Fig. 3 page 4)
For control the steam trap uses the condensate temperature as well as the available
upstream pressure and back pressure.
In the controller (Pos. 24) the valve plate (Pos. 25) is enclosed by the cap and the seat.
When the boiling temperature of the medium is reached, a cushion of steam forms over the
valve plate (Pos. 25) and presses the valve plate (Pos. 25) onto the seal faces of the seat.
To a very great extent the external sealing cap (Pos. 6) frees the steam trap (in PN40) from
environmental influences. The steam cushion collapses as a result of condensate formation
and the associated temperature drop.
The system pressure lifts the valve plate (Pos. 25) from the seat face. The steam trap
opens and removes condensate.
The steam trap vents air automatically during system start-up and operation, but with a time
lag. The steam trap acts as a non-return valve.
The built-in controller is marked on the type plate.

Rev. 0040806000 3317 Page 2-3

 Operating and installation instructions
CONA®TD - Thermodynamic steam traps
4.3 Diagram

Fig. 1: CONA®TD - series 640 PN40 Fig. 2: CONA®TD - series 641 PN40

Fig. 3: CONA®TD - series 641 PN63

Refer to the data sheet for information about materials with designations and figure numbers.

Page 2-4 Rev. 0040806000 3317

 Operating and installation instructions
CONA®TD - Thermodynamic steam traps
4.4 Technical data - remarks
for
- Principal dimensions,
- Pressure-temperature-ratings, operating limits,
- Valves with different types of connection , etc.
refer to datasheet.

4.5 Marking
AWH Manufacturer Address of manufacturer:
refer to item 11.0 Warranty / Guarantee
Typ Type
Bj. Year of manufacture
According to the Pressure Equipment Directive appendix 2 diagram 7 valves acc. to article
1 paragraph 2.1.2 (pipes) only show the CE-marking from DN40 onwards.

5.0 Installation
5.1 General notes on installation
The following points should be taken into account besides the general principles governing
installation work:

ATTENTION !
- Remove flange covers if present.
- The interior of valve and pipeline must be free from foreign particles.
- Installation in any position. Note installation position with reference to flow, see
mark on valve.
- Steam line systems should be designed to prevent water accumulation.
- Lay pipelines so that damaging transverse, bending and torsional forces are
avoided.
- Protect valves from dirt during construction work.
- Connection flanges must mate exactly.
- Valves must not be used to take external forces, e.g. they are not designed for
use as climbing aids, or as connecting points for lifting gear.
- Suitable materials handling and lifting equipment should be used.
See data sheet for weights.
- Centre gaskets between the flanges.
- Precautions against freezing should be taken as a matter of course in any
facilities susceptible to frost.

- Planners / construction companies or operators are responsible for positioning and

installing products.
- The valves are designed for application, not influenced from weather.
- For application outside or in adverse environments like corrosion-promoting conditions
(sea water, chemical vapours, etc.), special constructions or protective measures are
recommended.

Rev. 0040806000 3317 Page 2-5

 Operating and installation instructions
CONA®TD - Thermodynamic steam traps
5.2 Installation instructions for welding
(refer to Fig. 2 page 4 )
Please note that only qualified persons using appropriate equipment and working in
accordance with technical rules are allowed to install fittings by welding.
The responsibility for this lies with the system owner.
Please refer to the catalogue sheet for information on type and instructions relating to
welding socket weld ends/butt weld ends.
When welding products to the pipeline system they should be adequately cooled to prevent
any adverse effect on the complete controller assembly (Pos. 24). The heat-affected zone
should be restricted to the immediate weld seam area!
Note pre- and post-welding heat treatment in accordance with Material Fact Sheet DIN EN
10222.
5.3 Controller adjustment
The steam trap cannot be adjusted.

5.4 Steam trap testing through ultrasonic measurement

Testing the operation of the steam trap in the installed state is straightforward with the
“ARImetec®-S” mulitfunctional testing device.
Refer to data sheet “ARImetec®-S”.

5.5 Installation position

The steam trap can be installed in any position.
Note direction of flow when installing, see marking on valve.

6.0 Putting the valve into operation

ATTENTION !
- Before putting the valve into operation, check material, pressure, temperature
and direction of flow.
- Regional safety instructions must be adhered to.
- Residues in piping and valves (dirt, weld beads, etc.) inevitably lead to leakage.
- Touching the valve when it is operating at high (> 50 °C) or low (< 0 °C) media
temperatures can cause injury.
Affix warning notice or protective insulation as appropriate.
Before putting a new plant into operation or restarting a plant after repairs or
modification, always make sure that:
- All works has been completed.
- The valve is in the correct position for its function.
- Safety devices have been attached.

Page 2-6 Rev. 0040806000 3317

 Operating and installation instructions
CONA®TD - Thermodynamic steam traps

7.0 Care and maintenance

Maintanance and maintenance-intervals have to be defined by the operator according to
the requirements.
ATTENTION !
- refer to item 10.0 and 11.0 prior to dismantling and repair work!
- refer to item 6.0 before restarting the plant!
Prior to installation, threads and seal faces should be coated with temperature-
stable lubricant (e.g. “OKS Anti-Seize Paste” white/metal-free).
7.1 Cleaning / replacing controller assembly
7.1.1 Series 640/641
(see Fig. 1-Fig. 2 page 4, -Fig. 3 page 4)
- Release sealing cap (Pos. 6) and unscrew.
- Unscrew controller (Pos. 24) and remove strainer (Pos. 2).
- Clean body (Pos. 1), sealing cap (Pos. 6) and strainer (Pos. 2) plus all seal faces.
- Clean controller (Pos. 24). ). If the operator thinks there is unwarranted leakage of steam
at the steam trap, we recommend replacing the complete controller (Pos. 24).
- Insert strainer (Pos. 2), making sure controller/body seal faces are clean.
- Screw in and tighten controller (Pos. 24).
- Put on and tighten sealing cap (Pos. 6).
Series 641:
- Unscrew strainer plug (Pos. 8), remove strainer sleeve (Pos. 7) and clean components/
seal faces.
- Fit strainer sleeve (Pos. 7), making sure seal faces are clean.
- Tighten strainer plug (Pos. 8) (see 7.3).

7.2 Option blow down valve

ATTENTION !
Escape of hot medium under pressure!
Observe item 2.2!

Accumulated dirt can be blown out of the strainer sleeve

(Pos. 7) through the blow down valve by opening the
pressure screw (Pos. 46.1) (PN40 only).
When opening, hold against blow down valve (Pos. 46).
During operation it is imperative to observe general working
safety conditions and possibly fit devices to guard against
scalding/injury.
Note section 7.3 when installing and operating the option.
Fig. 4

Rev. 0040806000 3317 Page 2-7

 Operating and installation instructions
CONA®TD - Thermodynamic steam traps
7.3 Tightening torques
(refer to Fig. 1 page 4-Fig. 3 page 4, Fig. 4 page 7)

Pos. CONA TD Torque (Nm)

6 Screw cap (PN40) 100
6 Screw cap (PN63) 80
24 Controller 80
8 Strainer plug 70
46 Blow down valve 70
46.1 Pressure screw 15

8.0 Troubleshooting
In the event of malfunction or faulty operating performance check that the installation and
adjustment work has been carried out and completed in accordance with these Operating
Instructions.

ATTENTION !
- It is essential that the safety regulations are observed when identifying faults.
-

If malfunctions cannot be eliminate with the help of the following table

“9.0 Troubleshooting table”, the supplier or manufacturer should be consulted.
9.0 Troubleshooting table
ATTENTION !
- refer to item 10.0 and 11.0 prior to dismantling and repair work!
- refer to item 6.0 before restarting the plant!

Fault Possible cause Corrective measures

No flow Installed in wrong flow direction Fit valve in direction of flow arrow
Flange covers not removed Remove flange covers
Little flow Strainer clogged (Pos. 2) Clean / change strainer;
refer to item 7.1
Piping system clogged Check piping system
Changed upstream pressure or back Correct selection acc. to flow diagram
pressure operating conditions
No closure, or internal Controller (Pos. 24) clogged Clean strainer and controller;
leakage refer to item 7.1
Controller worn out Replace controller or valve;
refer to item 7.1
Controller (Pos. 24) incorrectly screwed Check seal face between body and
into body controller, tighten controller correctly,
refer to item 7.3
External leakage Sealing cap (Pos. 6) not properly tight- Tighten; refer to item 7.3
ened

Page 2-8 Rev. 0040806000 3317

 Operating and installation instructions
CONA®TD - Thermodynamic steam traps

10.0 Dismantling the valve or the body

ATTENTION !
The following points must be observed:
- Pressureless pipe system.
- Medium must be cool.
- Plant must be drained.
11.0 Warranty / Guarantee
The extent and period of warranty cover are specified in the "Standard Terms and
Conditions of Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG“ valid at the time of delivery or, by way of
departure, in the contract of sale itself.
We guarantee freedom of faults in compliance with state-of-the-art technology and the
confirmed application.
No warranty claims can be made for any damage caused as the result of incorrect handling
or disregard of operating and installation instructions, datasheets and relavant regulations.
This warranty also does not cover any damage which occurs during operation under
conditions deviating from those laid down by specifications or other agreements.
Justified complaints will be eliminated by repair carried out by us or by a specialist
appointed by us.
No claims will be accepted beyond the scope of this warranty. The right to replacement
delivery is excluded.
The warranty shall not cover maintenance work, installation of external parts, design
modifications or natural wear.
Any damage incurred during transport should not be reported to us but rather to the
competent cargo-handling depot, the railway company or carrier company immediately or
else claims for replacements from these companies will be invalidated.

Technology for the Future.

GERMAN QUALITY VALVES
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG, D-33750 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock
Telephone (+49 5207) 994-0 Telefax (+49 5207) 994-158 or 159
Internet: http://www.ari-armaturen.com E-mail: [email protected]

Rev. 0040806000 3317 Page 2-9

13 Separators
ARI separator fig. 82.Z21-112, DN25 PN40
All flanges DIN DN25 PN40
Material: P235GH0

Tag no.:
55-25SU-8284
55-25SU-8114
 Z21-112
Separator
Separator

Material: • Steel (P235GH, 1.0345)

• Stainless steel (1.4571, X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2)
Nominal pressure: • PN16/40
Steam Steam Function: • Steam or compressed air entering the separator
inlet outlet is swirled. Centrifugal forces push the heavier
materials (water, oil droplets) to the outside where
they are collected and drained to the bottom of a
separator and removed by a steam or compressed
air trap.
Design: • Efficient centrifugal design
• Compact installation
• Long service life
• Negligible pressure drop
• Rate of saturation up to 98%
Media: • Steam
• Compressed air
• other gases compatible with the construction
Max. temperature: • 300 °C
Connection: • Flanges (PN16/40, ANSI150/300)
(150)

Condensate
Installation: • Horizontal
outlet
250

Options: • Externally zinc plating

(not in combination with 1.4571)
100

• Nominal diamters >DN200 on request

120

(sample picture) Pollution drain

Material PN Temperature
(Body) 20°C 100°C 150°C 200°C 250°C 300°C
Steel 16 16 bar 14,9 bar 13,9 bar 12,4 bar 11,4 bar 10,3 bar
40 40 bar 37,1 bar 34,7 bar 30,2 bar 28,4 bar 25,8 bar
Edelstahl 16 16 bar 16 bar 15,6 bar 14,9 bar 14,1 bar 13,3 bar
40 40 bar 40 bar 39,2 bar 37,3 bar 35,4 bar 33,3 bar
Intermediate values for max. permissible operational pressures can be determined by linear interpolation of the given temperature / pressure chart.

Nominal diameter (Inlet) DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200

Nominal pressure PN16/40 PN16/40 PN16/40 PN16/40 PN16/40 PN16/40 PN16/40 PN16/40 PN16/40 PN16/40 PN16/40 PN16/25
L (mm) 230 230 230 260 260 310 380 400 485 555 715 765
H (mm) 170 260 300 395 435 505 550 610 715 845 1100 1230
H1 (mm) 70 75 90 100 100 110 140 160 190 230 295 320
H2 (mm) 100 185 210 295 335 395 410 450 525 615 805 910
A (mm) 114 114 114 140 140 168 219 219 273 324 406 508
Volume (dm3) 1,6 2,7 3,2 6,1 6,6 10 18 20 40 65 122 215
PN16 3.3 3.3 3.3 I I I II II II II III III
PED category
PN40 I I I I I II II II III III III III
Weight (kg) 5 6 7 12 14 20 32 38 57 82 152 229
Condensate outlet DN 15 DN 15 DN 15 DN 15 DN 15 DN 15 DN 20 DN 20 DN 25 DN 25 DN 25 DN 25
For drainage, we recommend a ball float steam trap ARI-CONA S / CONA-SC.

Pos. Designation Material

Fig. 82Z21-112 / 85Z21-112 Fig. 52Z21-112 / 55Z21-112
1 Body Steel Stainless steel
Internal parts Steel Stainless steel

Edition 01/16- Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com! Data sheet Z21-112 (english)
 Z21-112
Order data

Please indicate when ordering:

1. Material □ Steel (P235GH, 1.0345)

□ Stainless steel (1.4571, X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2)

2. Nominal pressure □ PN 16
□ PN 25
□ PN 40

3. Max. permissible temperature TS _________ °C

Max. permissible pressure PS _________ bar

4. Medium □ Hot steam

□ Saturated steam
□ ______________ (Fluid group 2 in accordance with PED 97/23)

5. Nominal diameter ________________

6. Main connection □ Flange

□ Screwed sockets
□ Butt weld ends

7. Connection condensate outlet □ Flange

□ Screwed sockets
□ Butt weld ends
□ cpl. with valves
8. Direction of condensate outlet □ Steam inlet
□ Steam outtlet
□ draining only downwards

9. Approval □ ________________

Technology for the Future.

GERMAN QUALITY VALVES
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG, D-33750 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock,
Tel. +49 52 07 / 994-0, Telefax +49 52 07 / 994-158 or 159 Internet: http://www.ari-armaturen.com E-mail: [email protected]

2 Edition 01/16 - Data subject to alteration - Regularly updated data on www.ari-armaturen.com!

Part 1.6 ARI Declaration of confirmity and ARI DNV
Declaration of conformity
acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU

Table of contents

Control valves ............................................................................. 2

Stop valves .................................................................................. 4
Butterfly valves ........................................................................... 7
Safety valves ............................................................................... 9
Combinend flow regulating valves ......................................... 10
Regulators - self operated ....................................................... 11
Check valves ............................................................................. 16
Strainer ...................................................................................... 17

t000039258-2 Page No. 1

 Control valves

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU

Herewith we declare:
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG,
Mergelheide 56-60, D-33758 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive and the risk assessment in accordance with the machinery directive.
Description of the products:
Control valve in straight through and 3-way ARI-STEVI® Table 1
Control valve for heating ARI-STEVI®H
Blow down valve ARI-STEVI®BBD
Type Nom. pressure Nom. diameter Fluid group Module Diagram Certificate-No. Applied standards
405 PN 16-40 15-500 1 H 6 50003/3*
415 PN 40 25-50 2 A 7 --
422 200-250
423 200-300
425 PN 16-40
300-500
426
440 15-250
440 ANSI Class 300 1/2"-2"
441 15-250
445
15-250
446
448 PN 16-40
15-100
449
1, 2, 6
450
15-150 1 H 6 50003/3*
451
452 PN 25 65-150
453 PN 40 25-100
460 15-500
462 200-250
PN 16-40
463 200-250
470 15-150
470 ANSI Class 150-300 1"-8"
471 PN 16-40 15-150
471 ANSI Class 150-300 1"-8"
480
PN 16-25 15-100
483
485 15-250
PN 6-16
486 15-150
2 A2 7 50003/5* 1, 6
487
488
PN 16 15-50
491
2 A 7 -- 15
492
Note: Products which fall under Art. 4, Section 3 of the Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU do not bear the CE marking.
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040) 6) DIN EN 60534-1 15) VDI 2173

* Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
Lloyd’s Register Deutschland GmbH 0525
Am Sandtorkai 41, D-20457 Hamburg

Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock, 27.05.2019

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity

t000039258-2 Page No. 2

 Control valves

Translation of the Original Declaration of Incorporation of Partly Completed Machinery

according to EC Directive 2006/42/EC
for in table 1 mentioned products:
ARI-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG as manufacturer herewith declares, that the products mentioned above meet the following basic
requirements of the Machinery Directive (2006/42/EC):
Annex I, Articles 1.1.2, 1.1.3, 1.1.5, 1.2.1, 1.3.1, 1.3.2, 1.3.4, 1.3.7, 1.3.9, 1.5.1, 1.5.3, 1.5.4, 1.5.5, 1.5.6, 1.5.7, 1.5.15, 1.6.1, 1.7.1,
1.7.2, 1.7.3, 1.7.4
The following harmonised standards have been applied:
EN ISO 12100: 2010

ARI-products are designed for assembling with electric, pneumatic and hydraulic thrust actuators.
ARI-products must not be put into service until the final machinery, into which they are to be incorporated has been declared in
conformity with the provisions of the EC Directive 2006/42/EC.
With regard to the partly completed machinery, the manufacturer commits to submitting the documents to the competent national
authority via electronic transmission upon request. The relevant technical documentation pertaining to the machinery described in
Annex VII, part B has been prepared.
Authorised person for documentation: Dieter Richter

Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock, 14.12.2016

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity

t000039258-2 Page No. 3

 Stop valves

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU

Herewith we declare:
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG,
Mergelheide 56-60, D-33758 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive and the risk assessment in accordance with the machinery directive.
Description of the products:
Stop valve with gland seal ARI-STOBU® / ARI-STOBU®017 Table 2
Stop valve with bellows seal ARI-FABA®-Plus / -Supra / -LA
Stop valve with soft seal ARI-EURO-WEDI®
Type Nom. pressure Nom. diameter Fluid group Module Diagram Certificate-No. Applied standards
PN 16-40 15-300
005
PN 63-160 10-100
PN 16-40 15-500
006
PN 63-160 10-100
007 15-500
009 PN 16-40 15-200
017 15-250
040 PN 25-40 15-300
041 Class 150-300 1/2"-10" 1 1, 2
044 PN 25-40 15-500
046 PN 16-40 15-400
047 PN 16-40 15-300
049 Class 300 1/2"-2"
066 PN 25-40 15-300
067 15-300
PN 40
068 200-300
H 6 50003/3
069 PN 16-40 15-200
070
071
PN 6-16 15-200 2
072
1
073
076
PN 16 15-50
078
140 PN 40 15-300
141 Class 150-300 1/2"-10"
146 15-400
PN 25-40
147 15-300 1
149 Class 300 1/2"-2" 1, 2
166 PN 40 15-300
169 PN 25-40 15-200
306
PN 16-40 15-500
307
Note: Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 2014/68/EU (article 4,
paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040)

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
Lloyd’s Register Deutschland GmbH 0525
Am Sandtorkai 41, D-20457 Hamburg

Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock, 22.03.2019

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity

t000039258-2 Page No. 4

 Stop valves

Translation of the Original Declaration of Incorporation of Partly Completed Machinery

according to EC Directive 2006/42/EC
for in table 2 mentioned products type 005/006 with electric and pneumatic thrust actuators and type 140/141/146/147/149/166/169
with pneumatic actuators:
ARI-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG as manufacturer herewith declares, that the products mentioned above meet the following basic
requirements of the Machinery Directive (2006/42/EC):
Annex I, Articles 1.1.2, 1.1.3, 1.1.5, 1.2.1, 1.3.1, 1.3.2, 1.3.4, 1.3.7, 1.3.9, 1.5.1, 1.5.3, 1.5.4, 1.5.5, 1.5.6, 1.5.7, 1.5.15, 1.6.1, 1.7.1,
1.7.2, 1.7.3, 1.7.4
The following harmonised standards have been applied:
EN ISO 12100: 2010

ARI-products are designed for assembling with electric, pneumatic and hydraulic thrust actuators.
ARI-products must not be put into service until the final machinery, into which they are to be incorporated has been declared in
conformity with the provisions of the EC Directive 2006/42/EC.
With regard to the partly completed machinery, the manufacturer commits to submitting the documents to the competent national
authority via electronic transmission upon request. The relevant technical documentation pertaining to the machinery described in
Annex VII, part B has been prepared.

Authorised person for documentation: Dieter Richter

Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock, 14.12.2016

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity

t000039258-2 Page No. 5

 Stop valves

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU)

Herewith we declare:
AWH Armaturenwerk Halle GmbH,
Turmstraße 118, D-06110 Halle/Saale
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive.

Description of the products:

Stop valve with gland seal 6A1 Table 3
Stop valve with bellows seal 6A2
Nom. Nom. Fluid Material Applied
Type Module Diagram Certificate-No. standards
pressure diameter group Body/Cover
6A1 2 7
PN 40 15-25 -- 1.0460, 1.4541 -- 1, 2, 4
6A2 1 8
Note: Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 2014/68/EU (article 4,
paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040) 4) ASME Code (Sec.VIII Div.1) / ASME Code (Sec.II)

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
TÜV Thüringen e.V. 0090
Melchendorfer Str. 64, D-99096 Erfurt

Haale/Saale, 14.12.2016

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity

t000039258-2 Page No. 6

 Butterfly valves

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU

Herewith we declare:
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG,
Mergelheide 56-60, D-33758 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive and the risk assessment in accordance with the machinery directive.

Description of the products:

Butterfly valve ARI-ZESA® / -GESA® / -ZESA®EA / -GESA®EA Table 4
Butterfly valve ARI-ZIVA®Z / -ZIVA®G
Process valve ARI-ZETRIX®
Type Nom. pressure Nom. diameter Fluid group Module Diagram Certificate-No. Applied standards
012 PN 6-16
25-500
013 PN 10-16
1
014 PN 6-16
25-600
015 PN 10-16
PN 10-40 80-600
016 1 H 6 50003/3
PN 6-40 700-1200
016 ANSI Class 150-300 3"-48"
1, 2
018 PN 10-40 80-600
018 ANSI Class 150-300 3"-24"
019 PN 6-40 80-600
019 ANSI Class 150-300 3"-24"
Note: Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 2014/68/EU (article 4,
paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (on request)

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
Lloyd’s Register Deutschland GmbH 0525
Am Sandtorkai 41, D-20457 Hamburg

Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock, 22.03.2019

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity

t000039258-2 Page No. 7

 Butterfly valves

Translation of the Original Declaration of Incorporation of Partly Completed Machinery

according to EC Directive 2006/42/EC
for in table 4 mentioned products with electric, pneumatic and hydraulic thrust actuators:
ARI-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG as manufacturer herewith declares, that the products mentioned above meet the following basic
requirements of the Machinery Directive (2006/42/EC):
Annex I, Articles 1.1.2, 1.1.3, 1.1.5, 1.2.1, 1.3.1, 1.3.2, 1.3.4, 1.3.7, 1.3.9, 1.5.1, 1.5.3, 1.5.4, 1.5.5, 1.5.6, 1.5.7, 1.5.15, 1.6.1, 1.7.1,
1.7.2, 1.7.3, 1.7.4
The following harmonised standards have been applied:
EN ISO 12100: 2010

ARI-products are designed for assembling with electric, pneumatic and hydraulic thrust actuators.
ARI-products must not be put into service until the final machinery, into which they are to be incorporated has been declared in
conformity with the provisions of the EC Directive 2006/42/EC.
With regard to the partly completed machinery, the manufacturer commits to submitting the documents to the competent national
authority via electronic transmission upon request. The relevant technical documentation pertaining to the machinery described in
Annex VII, part B has been prepared.
Authorised person for documentation: Dieter Richter

Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock, 31.01.2018

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity

t000039258-2 Page No. 8

 Safety valves

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU

Herewith we declare:
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG,
Mergelheide 56-60, D-33758 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive.

Description of the products:

Safety valve ARI-SAFE / -SN / -P / -TC / -TCP/TCS Table 5
Safety valve ARI-REYCO R-Series (Full Nozzle)
Type Nom. pressure Nom. diameter Fluid group Module Diagram Certificate-No. Applied standards
901 PN 16-40 15-250
1 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10, 11
902 Class 150-300 1"-6"
903 PN 16-40
20-150 2 1, 2, 7, 9, 10, 12
904 PN 16
911 PN 16-40 15-250
1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10, 11
912 Class 150-300 1"-6"
921
922
PN 16-40 15-100
923 1
924 1, 2, 3, 9, 10, 11
941
942 H1/
-- 50003/3
943 PN 40 B+D
945
2 1, 2, 7, 9, 10, 12
946
951 15-25
952
953
PN 100 1, 2, 3, 9, 10, 11
961
962 1
963
971 Class 150-2500 1"-8"
973 4, 9, 13
974 PN 16-400 25-200

1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040) 3) AD 2000 leaflet A2
4) ASME Code (Sec.VIII Div.1) / ASME Code (Sec. II) 7) DIN EN 12828 9) DIN EN ISO 4126-1
10) VdTÜV 100 11) TRD 421 12) TRD 721
13) API 526

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
Lloyd’s Register Deutschland GmbH 0525
Am Sandtorkai 41, D-20457 Hamburg

Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock, 27.05.2019

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity

t000039258-2 Page No. 9

 Combinend flow
regulating valves

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU

Herewith we declare:
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG,
Mergelheide 56-60, D-33758 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive.

Description of the products:

Combinend flow regulating valve ARI-ASTRA® / ASTRA® -Plus Table 6
Type Nom. pressure Nom. diameter Fluid group Module Diagram Certificate-No. Applied standards
020 15-200
PN 16 1 H 6 50003/3 1, 2
042 15-400
Note: Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 2014/68/EU (article 4,
paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040)

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
Lloyd’s Register Deutschland GmbH 0525
Am Sandtorkai 41, D-20457 Hamburg

Flow limiting valve ARI-ASTRA® D Table 7

Pressure independent balancing and control valve ARI-ASTRA® DC
Type Nom. pressure Nom. diameter Fluid group Module Diagram Certificate-No. Applied standards
PN 16 350-800
021 2 A 9 -- 5
PN 25 250-600
PN 16 65-150
022 2 A 7 -- 5
PN 25 50-125
5) EN 1092-2

Flow limiting valve ARI-ASTRA® D

Pressure independent balancing and control valve ARI-ASTRA® DC
Type Nom. pressure Nom. diameter
PN 16 100-300 These Products are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment
021
PN 25 50-200 directive 2014/68/EU (article 4, paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
022 PN 16 50

Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock, 22.03.2019

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity

t000039258-2 Page No. 10

 Pressure regulating valves

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU

Herewith we declare:
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG,
Mergelheide 56-60, D-33758 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive.

Description of the products:

Pressure regulating valve ARI-PRESO® Table 8
Type Nom. pressure Nom. diameter Fluid group Module Diagram Certificate-No. Applied standards
753 PN 16 15-100 1 H 6 50003/3 1, 2
Note: Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 2014/68/EU (article 4,
paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040)

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
Lloyd’s Register Deutschland GmbH 0525
Am Sandtorkai 41, D-20457 Hamburg

Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock, 22.03.2019

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity

t000039258-2 Page No. 11

 Pressure reducing valves /
Excess pressure regulators

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU

Herewith we declare:
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG,
Mergelheide 56-60, D-33758 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive and the risk assessment in accordance with the machinery directive.

Description of the products:

Pressure reducing valve ARI-PREDU® Table 9
®
Excess pressure regulator ARI-PREDEX
Type Nom. pressure Nom. diameter Fluid group Module Diagram Certificate-No. Applied standards
701 PN 16-40 15-150
701 ANSI Class 150-300 1"-6"
2 H 7 50003/3 1, 2, 6
705 PN 16-40 15-150
705 ANSI Class 150-300 1"-6"
Note: Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 2014/68/EU (article 4,
paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040) 6) DIN EN 60534-1

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
Lloyd’s Register Deutschland GmbH 0525
Am Sandtorkai 41, D-20457 Hamburg

Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock, 22.03.2019

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity

t000039258-2 Page No. 12

 Pressure reducing valves /
Excess pressure regulators
Translation of the Original Declaration of Incorporation of Partly Completed Machinery
according to EC Directive 2006/42/EC
for in table 9 mentioned products:
ARI-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG as manufacturer herewith declares, that the products mentioned above meet the following basic
requirements of the Machinery Directive (2006/42/EC):
Annex I, Articles 1.1.2, 1.1.3, 1.1.5, 1.3.1, 1.3.2, 1.3.7, 1.3.8, 1.5.4, 1.5.8, 1.7.1, 1.7.3, 1.7.4
The following harmonised standards have been applied:
EN ISO 12100: 2010

ARI-products must not be put into service until the final machinery, into which they are to be incorporated has been declared in
conformity with the provisions of the EC Directive 2006/42/EC.
With regard to the partly completed machinery, the manufacturer commits to submitting the documents to the competent national
authority via electronic transmission upon request. The relevant technical documentation pertaining to the machinery described in
Annex VII, part B has been prepared.

Authorised person for documentation: Dieter Richter

Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock, 14.12.2016

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity

t000039258-2 Page No. 13

 Temperature regulators

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU

Herewith we declare:
AWH Armaturenwerk Halle GmbH,
Turmstraße 118, D-06110 Halle/Saale
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive and the risk assessment in accordance with the machinery directive.
Description of the products:
Temperature regulator ARI-TEMPTROL® Table 10
Type Nom. pressure Nom. diameter Fluid group Module Diagram Certificate-No. Applied standards
PN 16-40 15-100
771
PN 40 G 1/2"-2" 00901510529
772 PN 40 G 1/2"-2" A2 /
1 6/1 3100/2427/18 1, 2, 8
773 PN 16-40 15-100 B+D
774 PN 16-40 15-100 00901510323
775 PN 16-40 15-100
72771 PN 16 G 1/2"-1"
72773 PN 16 G 1/2"-2" 2 A 7 -- 1, 8
72775 PN 16 G 1/2"-2"
Note: Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 2014/68/EU (article 4,
paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
In connection with controller / detector / manual control device / sensor pocket
Type
9900386011 to 990038361
9900387461 to 9900387601 These Products are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment
9900387611 to 9900387961 directive 2014/68/EU (article 4, paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
990038600Z21 to 990038600Z36
9900390011
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040) 8) DIN EN 14597

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
TÜV Thüringen e.V. 0090
Melchendorfer Str. 64, D-99096 Erfurt

Haale/Saale, 15.07.2019

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity

t000039258-2 Page No. 14

 Temperature regulators

Translation of the Original Declaration of Incorporation of Partly Completed Machinery

according to EC Directive 2006/42/EC
for in table 10 mentioned products:
ARI-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG as manufacturer herewith declares, that the products mentioned above meet the following basic
requirements of the Machinery Directive (2006/42/EC):
Annex I, Articles 1.1.2, 1.1.3, 1.1.5, 1.3.1, 1.3.2, 1.3.7, 1.3.8, 1.5.4, 1.5.8, 1.7.1, 1.7.3, 1.7.4
The following harmonised standards have been applied:
EN ISO 12100: 2010

ARI-products must not be put into service until the final machinery, into which they are to be incorporated has been declared in
conformity with the provisions of the EC Directive 2006/42/EC.
With regard to the partly completed machinery, the manufacturer commits to submitting the documents to the competent national
authority via electronic transmission upon request. The relevant technical documentation pertaining to the machinery described in
Annex VII, part B has been prepared.
Authorised person for documentation: Dieter Richter

Haale/Saale, 14.12.2016

...................................................
(Brechmann, Geschäftsführer)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity

t000039258-2 Page No. 15

 Check valves

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU

Herewith we declare:
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG,
Mergelheide 56-60, D-33758 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive.

Description of the products:

Check valve ARI-CHECKO®V / CHECKO®D Table 11
Type Nom. pressure Nom. diameter Fluid group Module Diagram Certificate-No. Applied standards
001 PN 40 15-100
PN 6-40 15-500
003
PN 63-160 10-100
004 PN 16-40 15-500
PN 40 15-300
030 1 H 6 50003/3 1, 2
PN 63-160 10-100
039 15-200
PN 40
063 15-250
303
PN 16-40 15-500
304
Note: Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 2014/68/EU (article 4,
paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040)

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
Lloyd’s Register Deutschland GmbH 0525
Am Sandtorkai 41, D-20457 Hamburg

Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock, 22.03.2019

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity

t000039258-2 Page No. 16

 Strainers

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU

Herewith we declare:
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG,
Mergelheide 56-60, D-33758 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive.

Description of the products:

ARI-Strainer Table 12
Type Nom. pressure Nom. diameter Fluid group Module Diagram Certificate-No. Applied standards
PN 6-40 15-500
050
PN 63-160 10-100
059 PN 16-40 15-200 1 H 6 50003/3 1, 2
PN 40 15-300
080
PN 63-160 10-100
Note: Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 2014/68/EU (article 4,
paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040)

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
Lloyd’s Register Deutschland GmbH 0525
Am Sandtorkai 41, D-20457 Hamburg

Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock, 22.03.2019

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity

t000039258-2 Page No. 17

 ®
AWH ARMATUREN-
HALLE
WERK HALLE GMBH
ein Unternehmen der ARI-Gruppe

Declaration of conformity
acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EG (until 18.07.2016) and
acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU (from 19.07.2016)

Table of contents

Bimetallic steam traps CONA-B ..................................................... 2

Thermostatic steam traps CONA-M ............................................... 3
Ball float steam traps CONA-S/CONA-SC ..................................... 4
Thermodynamic steam traps CONA-TD ........................................ 6
Float-operated condensate pump CONLIFT ................................. 7
Float-operated pump trap CONA-P ................................................ 7
Condensate collection/Steam distribution CODI-S/CODI-B ........ 8
CONA-Accessories .......................................................................... 9

t000039259-2 Page No. 1

 Bimetallic ®
AWH ARMATUREN-
HALLE
WERK HALLE GMBH
steam traps ein Unternehmen der ARI-Gruppe

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (until 18.07.2016) and
acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU (from 19.07.2016)
Herewith we declare:
AWH Armaturenwerk Halle GmbH,
Turmstraße 118, D-06110 Halle/Saale
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive.
Description of the products:
Bimetallic steam trap ARI-CONA®B / CONA®B-All-in-one / CONA®B-Universal Table 1
Nom. Fluid Material Applied
Type Nom. pressure Module Diagram Certificate-No.
diameter group Body/Cover standards
PN 40 15-25 1.0460, 1.4541
60A 1, 2, 4
Class 150-300 1/2"-1" -- SA105, SA182F321 --
PN 16-630 15-25 --
1.0460, 1.4541,
PN 40 40-50
B1+D 1.5415 3100/0446/14
600 PN 63 40-50 1.5415
Class 150 1.1/2"-2" -- --
2 7 SA105, SA182F321
Class 300 1.1/2"-2" B+D 3100/0709/19 1, 2, 4, 5, 14
Class 150-2500 1/2"-1" -- -- --
1.0460, 1.4541,
PN 40 40-50 B1+D 3100/0446/14
1.5415
601
Class 150 1.1/2"-2" -- --
SA105, SA182F321
Class 300 1.1/2"-2" B+D 3100/0709/19
604 Class 300 2 x 3/8" UNC -- SA351CF8 -- 1, 2, 4
Note: Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 97/23/EG (article 3, paragraph 3)
and need not to carry a CE mark.
Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 2014/68/EU (article 4,
paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
Module D has an own Certificate-No. which is 00901510323.
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040) 4) ASME Code (Sec.VIII Div.1) / ASME Code (Sec.II)
5) EN 1092-2 14) ASME B16.34

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
TÜV Thüringen e.V. 0090
Melchendorfer Str. 64, D-99096 Erfurt

Halle/Saale, 22.03.2019

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity.

t000039259-2 Page No. 2

 Thermostatic ®
AWH ARMATUREN-
HALLE
WERK HALLE GMBH
steam traps ein Unternehmen der ARI-Gruppe

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (until 18.07.2016) and
acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU (from 19.07.2016)
Herewith we declare:
AWH Armaturenwerk Halle GmbH,
Turmstraße 118, D-06110 Halle/Saale
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive.
Description of the products:
Thermostatic steam trap ARI-CONA®M / CONA®M-All-in-one / CONA®M-Universal Table 2
Nom. Nom. Fluid Material Applied
Type Module Diagram Certificate-No.
pressure diameter group Body/Cover standards
PN 40 15-25 1.0460, 1.4541
61A
Class 150-300 1/2"-1" SA105, SA182F321
610 1, 2, 4
EN-JL1040, 1.0460,
611 PN 16-40 15-25
1.4541
612
-- --
613
614 Class 150-300 1/2"-1" SA105, SA182F321 1, 2, 4, 14
615 2 7
PN 40 25 1.0460
616
Class 150 1.1/2"-2" SA105
1, 2, 4, 5, 14
PN 40 40-50 B1+D 1.0460 3100/0447/14
616
Class 300 1.1/2"-2" B+D SA105 3100/0709/19
PN 40 15-25 1.4541
619
Class 300 1/2"-1" -- SA182F321 -- 1, 2, 4
622 Class 300 2 x 3/8" UNC SA351CF8
Note: Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 97/23/EG (article 3, paragraph 3)
and need not to carry a CE mark.
Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 2014/68/EU (article 4,
paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
Module D has an own Certificate-No. which is 00901510323.
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040) 4) ASME Code (Sec.VIII Div.1) / ASME Code (Sec.II)
5) EN 1092-2 14) ASME B16.34

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
TÜV Thüringen e.V. 0090
Melchendorfer Str. 64, D-99096 Erfurt

Halle/Saale, 22.03.2019

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity.

t000039259-2 Page No. 3

 Ball float ®
AWH ARMATUREN-
HALLE
WERK HALLE GMBH
steam traps ein Unternehmen der ARI-Gruppe

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (until 18.07.2016) and
acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU (from 19.07.2016)
Herewith we declare:
AWH Armaturenwerk Halle GmbH,
Turmstraße 118, D-06110 Halle/Saale
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive.
Description of the products:
Ball float steam trap ARI-CONA®S Table 3
Nom. Nom. Fluid Material Applied
Type Module Diagram Controller Certificate-No. standards
pressure diameter group Body/Cover
PN 16 40-50 EN-JL1040 R8, R13
15-25 R22, R32
3100/0443/14
EN-JS1049 R8, R13,
40-50
R22, R32
15-25 R22, R32
PN 40 1.0460/1.0619+N R8, R13, 3100/0444/14
40-50
R22, R32
15-25 R22, R32
1.4541/1.4308 R8, R13, 3100/0445/14
40-50
R22, R32
Class 125 EN-JL1040
630
EN-JS1049
SA105 /
1.1/2"-2" R8, R13
Class 150 SA216WCB
SA182F321 /
SA351CF8
--
1/2"-1" R22, R32
SA105 /
R8, R13,
1.1/2"-2" SA216WCB
R22, R32
Class 300
1/2"-1" R22, R32
SA182F321 /
R8, R13,
1.1/2"-2" SA351CF8
R22, R32
PN 16 40-50 EN-JL1040 R8, R13
15-25 R22, R32
3100/0431/14
EN-JS1049 R8, R13,
40-50 1 B1+D 1 1, 2, 4, 5
R22, R32
15-25 R22, R32
PN 40 1.0460/1.0619+N R8, R13, 3100/0432/14
40-100
R22, R32
15-25 R22, R32
1.4541/1.4308 R8, R13, 3100/0433/14
40-100
R22, R32
PN 63 R50
1.5415/1.7357
R50, R64
3100/0434/14
PN 100 15-50 R50, R64,
1.7335/1.7357 R80
631
PN 160 R80, R110 3100/0435/14
Class 125 EN-JL1040
1.1/2"-2"
EN-JS1049
SA105 / R8, R13
Class 150
1.1/2"-4" SA216WCB
SA182F321
1/2"-1" R22, R32
SA105 /
R8, R13, --
1.1/2"-4" SA216WCB
R22, R32
Class 300
1/2"-1" R22, R32
SA182F321 /
R8, R13,
1.1/2"-4" SA351CF8
R22, R32
SA182F12 /
Class 900 1/2"-2" R80, R110
SA217WC6
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040) 4) ASME Code (Sec.VIII Div.1) / ASME Code (Sec.II)
5) EN 1092-2

t000039259-2 Page No. 4

 Ball float ®
AWH ARMATUREN-
HALLE
WERK HALLE GMBH
steam traps ein Unternehmen der ARI-Gruppe

Ball float steam trap ARI-CONA®S Table 3

Nom. Nom. Fluid Material Applied
Type Module Diagram Controller Certificate-No. standards
pressure diameter group Body/Cover
PN 160 15-50 1.7335/1.7357 R80, R110 3100/0435/14
632 SA182F12 /
Class 900 1/2"-2" R80, R110 --
SA217WC6
R4-S,
1.0460 / EN-
PN 16 R8-S,
JL1040
R13-S
1.0460/1.0619+N R22, R32
50-100 3100/0436/14
R4-S,
PN 40 R8-S,
1.4541/1.4308
R13-S,
1 B1+D 1 R22, R32 1, 2, 4, 5
SA105 / EN-
639 Class 125
JL1040
R4-S,
SA105 /
R8-S,
SA216WCB
Class 150 R13-S,
SA182F321 /
2"-4" --
SA351CF8
SA105 / R4-S,
SA216WCB R8-S,
Class 300
SA182F321 / R13-S,
SA351CF8 R22, R32

Ball float steam trap ARI-CONA®S / CONA®SC / CONA®SC-Plus / CONA®S-All-in-one / CONA®S-Universal Table 4
Nom. Nom. Fluid Material
Type Module Diagram Certificate-No. Applied standards
pressure diameter group Body/Cover
PN 40 15-25
63A
Class 150-300 1/2"-1"
2 7
628 Class 300 2 x 3/8“ UNC
629 PN 16 15
630
(≤4bar)
PN 16-40 15-100
631
1 1
(≤4bar)
-- -- 1, 2, 4
633 PN 40 40-100
(≤4bar) Class 150-300 1.1/2"-4"
PN 16-40 15-25
634
Class 150-300 1/2"-1"
2 7
PN 16-40 25
635
Class 150-300 1"
PN 16-40 15-25
636 1 1
Class 150-300 1/2"-1"
Note: These Products are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 97/23/EG (article 3, paragraph 3)
and need not to carry a CE mark.
These Products are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 2014/68/EU (article 4, paragraph 3)
and need not to carry a CE mark.
Module D has an own Certificate-No. which is 00901510323.
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040) 4) ASME Code (Sec.VIII Div.1) / ASME Code (Sec.II)
5) EN 1092-2

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
TÜV Thüringen e.V. 0090
Melchendorfer Str. 64, D-99096 Erfurt
Halle/Saale, 16.03.2016

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity.

t000039259-2 Page No. 5

 Thermodynamic ®
AWH ARMATUREN-
HALLE
WERK HALLE GMBH
steam traps ein Unternehmen der ARI-Gruppe

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (until 18.07.2016) and
acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU (from 19.07.2016)
Herewith we declare:
AWH Armaturenwerk Halle GmbH,
Turmstraße 118, D-06110 Halle/Saale
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive.

Description of the products:

Thermodynamic steam trap ARI-CONA®TD / CONA®TD-All-in-one / CONA®TD-Universal Table 5
Nom. Nom. Fluid Material Applied
Type Module Diagram Certificate-No.
pressure diameter group Body/Cover standards
PN 40 15-25 1.0460, 1.4541
64A
Class 150-300 1/2"-1" SA105, SA182F321
16Mo3, 1.0460,
PN 40 15-25
1.4541
640
PN 63 15-25 16Mo3
Class 150-600 1/2"-1" SA105, SA182F321
16Mo3, 1.0460,
PN 40 15-25
2 -- 7 1.4541 -- 1, 2, 4, 14
15-25 16Mo3
PN 63
641 3/8"-1" A743CA40, 1.4006
SA105, SA182F321,
Class 150-600 1/2"-1" SA182F6A,
A743CA40
642 SA276Gr.420
Class 300 2 x 3/8" UNC
643 SA182F6A
Note: Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 97/23/EG (article 3, paragraph 3)
and need not to carry a CE mark.
Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 2014/68/EU (article 4,
paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040) 4) ASME Code (Sec.VIII Div.1) / ASME Code (Sec.II)
14) ASME B16.34

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
TÜV Thüringen e.V. 0090
Melchendorfer Str. 64, D-99096 Erfurt

Halle/Saale, 16.03.2016

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity.

t000039259-2 Page No. 6

 Condensate pump / ®
AWH ARMATUREN-
HALLE
WERK HALLE GMBH
Pump trap ein Unternehmen der ARI-Gruppe

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (until 18.07.2016) and
acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU (from 19.07.2016)
Herewith we declare:
AWH Armaturenwerk Halle GmbH,
Turmstraße 118, D-06110 Halle/Saale
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive.

Description of the products:

Float-operated condensate pump ARI-CONLIFT® Table 6
Float-operated pump trap ARI-CONA®P
Nom. Nom. Fluid Material Applied
Type Module Diagram Certificate-No.
pressure diameter group Body/Cover standards
691 25-80 1.0345, 1.0425 0662/0166/15 2, 5
PN 16 2 B1+D 2
694 25-50 EN-JS1049 3008/0434/16 1, 2, 5
Note: Products ≤DN25 with a pressure PS < 1000 bar and a volume under 1 liter or a product PS*V < 50 bar liter are covered to
the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 97/23/EG (article 3, paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
Products ≤DN25 with a pressure PS < 1000 bar and a volume under 1 liter or a product PS*V < 50 bar liter are covered to
the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 2014/68/EU (article 4, paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE
mark.
Module D has an own Certificate-No. which is 00901510323.
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 5) EN 1092-1

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
TÜV Thüringen e.V. 0090
Melchendorfer Str. 64, D-99096 Erfurt

Halle/Saale, 16.03.2016

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity.

t000039259-2 Page No. 7

 Condensate collection / ®
AWH ARMATUREN-
HALLE
WERK HALLE GMBH
steam distribution ein Unternehmen der ARI-Gruppe

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (until 18.07.2016) and
acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU (from 19.07.2016)
Herewith we declare:
AWH Armaturenwerk Halle GmbH,
Turmstraße 118, D-06110 Halle/Saale
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive.

Description of the products:

Condensate collection / Steam distribution ARI-CODI®S / CODI®B Table 7
Nom. Nom. Fluid Material Applied
Type Module Diagram Certificate-No.
pressure diameter group Body/Cover standards
1.0460,
PN 40
15-50 1.4404/1.4541 3100/0448/14
671
PN 63 1.0460
Class 150-300 1/2"-2" SA105, SA182F321 --
2 7
1.0460,
PN 40
15-50 1.4404/1.4541 3100/0448/14
672
PN 63 1.0460
Class 150-300 1/2"-2" SA105, SA182F321 --
B1+D 1, 2, 4, 5
1.0460,
PN 40
15-50 1.4404/1.4541 3100/0448/14
675
PN 63 1.0460
Class 150-300 1/2"-2" SA105, SA182F321 --
1 8
1.0460,
PN 40
15-50 1.4404/1.4541 3100/0448/14
676
PN 63 1.0460
Class 150-300 1/2"-2" SA105, SA182F321 --
Note: Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 97/23/EG (article 3, paragraph 3)
and need not to carry a CE mark.
Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 2014/68/EU (article 4,
paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
Module D has an own Certificate-No. which is 00901510323.
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040) 4) ASME Code (Sec.VIII Div.1) / ASME Code (Sec.II)
5) EN 1092-2

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
TÜV Thüringen e.V. 0090
Melchendorfer Str. 64, D-99096 Erfurt

Halle/Saale, 16.03.2016

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity.

t000039259-2 Page No. 8

 CONA-Accessories ®
AWH ARMATUREN-
HALLE
WERK HALLE GMBH
ein Unternehmen der ARI-Gruppe

Declaration of conformity acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (until 18.07.2016) and
acc. to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU (from 19.07.2016)
Herewith we declare:
AWH Armaturenwerk Halle GmbH,
Turmstraße 118, D-06110 Halle/Saale
that the below listed products are meeting with the essential safety requirements of the above mentioned pressure
equipment directive.

Description of the products:

Condensate discharge temperature limiter ARI-CONA®645/647 Table 8
Return temperature limiter ARI-CONA®650
Steam injector ARI-CONA®651
Vacuum breaker ARI-CONA®655
Automatic air vent for liquid systems ARI-CONA®656
Liquid drainer ARI-CONA®665
External test chamber ARI-CONA®-control 685
Nom. Nom. Fluid Material
Type Module Diagram Certificate-No. Applied
pressure diameter group Body/Cover standards
PN 40 15-25 1.0460
645
Class 150-300 1/2"-1" SA105
2 7
PN 40 15-25 1.0460
647 -- --
Class 150-300 1/2"-1" SA105
PN 40 15-25 1.0460 1, 2, 4
650 1/2"-1" 1 8
Class 150-300 SA105
1.1/2"-2" B+D 3100/0709/19
651 PN 25 Rp 1/2"-1.1/2" 1.4301, 1.4305
2 7
655 PN 16/40 Rp 1/2" 1.4301
PN 16 1/2"-1" 1.0460, EN-JS1049
1.0619+N, 1.4308,
PN 25-40 2 x 3/8" UNC
1.4541
656 1 -- 8 -- 1, 2, 4, 5
SA105, SA216WCB,
Class 150-300 1/2"-1" SA182F321,
SA351CF8
PN 16/40 15-25 EN-JL1049, 1.0460
665 1, 2, 4
Class 150-300 1/2"-1" SA105
15-25 -- --
PN 40 2 7 1.0460, 1.4541
40-50 B1+D 3100/0449/14
685 1, 2, 4, 5
1/2"-1" --
Class 300 SA105, SA182F321 --
1.1/2"-2" B1+D
Note: Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 97/23/EG (article 3, paragraph 3)
and need not to carry a CE mark.
Products ≤DN25 are covered to the requirements of the Pressure Equipment directive 2014/68/EU (article 4,
paragraph 3) and need not to carry a CE mark.
Module D has an own Certificate-No. which is 00901510323.
1) DIN EN 12516 / DIN 3840 2) AD 2000 leaflet A4 (all except EN-JL1040) 4) ASME Code (Sec.VIII Div.1) / ASME Code (Sec.II)

Name of the authorizing, monitoring, notified body: No. of the notified body:
TÜV Thüringen e.V. 0090
Melchendorfer Str. 64, D-99096 Erfurt

Halle/Saale, 22.03.2019

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)
The declaration certifies the conformity with the mentioned directives, it does not contain any warranty of properties in the sense of the product liability law,
however. The safety hints of the product information supplied with the product must be observed. In case of a modification of the appliance not agreed with
the manufacturer and of non-observance of the safety hints this declaration loses its validity.

t000039259-2 Page No. 9

14 Non Return Valves

Air
CSD6464E DN25 PN40 /ANSI class 300
Material 1.4408 - 1.4404
EPDM O-ring
Flange connection, Wafer: PN6-40, ANSI150-300#
Tightness class DIN EN 12266-1, class B

Tag no.:
63-25CD-8203
63-25CD-8103

Steam
CSD6464M DN15 & DN25 PN40 /ANSI class 300
Material 1.4408 - 1.4404
Metal to metal
Flange connection, Wafer: PN6-40, ANSI150-300#
Tightness class DIN EN 12266-1, class C

Tag no.:
55-15CD-8295
55-25CD-8288A
55-25CD-8288B
55-25CD-8288C
55-15CD-8195
55-25CD-8188A
55-25CD-8188B
55-25CD-8188C
55-25CD-8286
55-25CD-8186
2015/04:: | ::www.chemvalve-schmid.com:: | ::[email protected]:: | ::T:+41 32 639 50 10:: | ::F:+41 32 639 50 15::

::Data Sheet:: | ::Chapter 3: Page 1/6

::Non Return Valve Type CSD:: | ::DN015 - 100:: | ::PN6 - 40:: | ::ANSI150 - 300::

Non Return Valve Type CSD

DN015 - 100

Designation Material
Body see table
Valve Plate 1.4404
Spring Cap 1.4401
Spring 1.4401
Soft sealing see table

Technical Specifications
Classification of these products according to DGRL 97/23/EC, fluid group 1
Installation with sealing between flanges according to
DIN EN 1092-1 Form B1, PN 6-40and ANSI B16.5 Class 150/ 300 RF
Nominal pressure max. PN40
Operational limits according to DIN EN 1092-1 and AD-Merkblätter W10
Tightness according to DIN EN 12266-1, Leakage Rate D (Sealing M, T) and Leakage Rate A (Sealing E, P, V)
Overall lengths according to DIN EN 558, line 49
Standard spring applicable up to 300°C
Identification according to DIN EN 19
Packed in separate card board boxes

Utilisation
For liquids, gases and steams in all process technologies.
Important: Must not used as a safety relief or vacuum valve!

Constructional Features
- Easy mounting and centering thanks to multiflangeable body design:
PN6-40 and ANSI CL.150/300
- Wider sealing surface as a result of applying the newest casting
technologies
- Long lifetime due to guided valve plate by casted body ribs
- Closed spring cap design for full safety

Special Types
- Hastelloy C4 springs (up to 400°C) and Nimonic (up to 500°C)
- Special springs for different opening pressures

Designation CSD- 6 4 64 - M - 100

CSD- - - - DN015 - 100

Body Valve plate Soft sealing

Material Nr. Code Material Nr. Code Material Temperatur Code
Steel 1.0619 27 Austenit 1.4404 64 Metal-seated -200 to 500°C M
Austenit 1.4408 64 EPDM -50 to 130°C E
NBR -30 to 120°C P
VITON -20 to 200°C V
PTFE -200 to 200°C T

Subject to change without notice

2015/04:: | ::www.chemvalve-schmid.com:: | ::[email protected]:: | ::T:+41 32 639 50 10:: | ::F:+41 32 639 50 15::

::Data Sheet:: | ::Chapter 3: Page 2/6

::Non Return Valve Type CSD:: | ::DN015 - 100:: | ::PN6 - 40:: | ::ANSI150 - 300::

DN (mm) 015 020 025 032 040 050 065 080 100
DN (zoll) ½“ 3/4“ 1“ 1 ¼“ 1 ½“ 2“ 2 ½“ 3“ 4“
Ø d1 15 20 25 32 39 48 62 72.5 89
Ø d2 26 31 36 44 51.5 62 77.5 92 107
Ø D1 44 54 63.5 73 82.5 96 116 132 152
Ø D2 51 61 71 79.5 92 107 127 142 162/168
L 16 19 22 28 31.5 40 46 50 60
weight 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.1 1.6 3.0 3.5
Opening pressures (mbar)
pO 24 23 23 23 24 24 25 27 27
pO 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
pO 16 17 17 17 16 16 15 13 13
Opening pressures without spring (mbar)
pO 4 3 3 3 4 4 5 7 7

Kv-Value (m3/h)
4 7 12 19 27 45 68 88 133

If lowest opening pressures are necessary, the valves without spring

can be installed in vertical directions with direction of flow from bottom
to top.

Pressure drop diagram

Pressure drop diagram for water at 20°C with opened valve and
horizontal flow.
For calculating the pressure drop of the medium the equivalent water
flow volume has to be calculated.

ρ
V w = v
1000

V w = Equivalent water flow volume in m3/h

ρ = Density of the medium in kg/m3 (in use)
v = Flow volume of the medium in m3/h
(in use)

Subject to change without notice

2015/05:: | ::www.chemvalve-schmid.com:: | ::[email protected]:: | ::T:+41 32 639 50 10:: | ::F:+41 32 639 50 15::

::Data sheet:: | ::Chapter 3:: Page 3/6

::Non Return Valve Type CVD:: | ::DN015 - 100:: | ::PN6 - 40 or PN6 - 16::

Non Return Valve Type CVD

DN015 - 100

Designation Material
Body see table
Valve plate see table
Spring cap 1.4401
Spring 1.4401
Soft sealing see table

Technical specifications
Placement between flange according to DIN EN 1092-1, PN 6-40
Nominal pressure max. PN40
Overall lengths according to DIN EN 558, Gr. 49
Tightness according to DIN EN 12266-1, Leakage Rate D (Sealing M, T) and Leakage Rate A (Sealing E, P, V)
Operational limits according to DIN EN 1092-1
Identification according to DIN EN 19
Standard spring applicable up to 300°C
Packed in separate card board boxes
Utilisation
For liquids, gases and steams in all process technology.
Important: Must not used as a safety relief or vacuum valve!

Constructional Features
- Easy mounting and centering thanks to multiflangeable body
design: PN6-40
- Wider sealing surface as a result of applying the newest casting
technologies
- Long lifetime due to guided valve plate by casted body ribs
- Closed spring cap design for full safety

Special Types
- Hastelloy C4 springs (up to 400°C) and Nimonic (up to 500°C)
- Special springs for different opening pressures

Designation: CVD- 33 64- M - 100

CVD- - - - DN015 - 100

Body Valve plate Soft sealing

Material Nr. Code Material Nr. Code Material Temperatur Code
Bronce 2.1050 33 Austenit 1.4404 64 Metal-seated -200 up to 500°C M
Austenit Mo-free 1.4301 65 Austenit Mo-free 1.4301 65 EPDM -50 up to 130°C E
Duplex 1.4462 Duplex 1.4462
67 67 NBR -30 bis 120°C P
Superduplex 1.4410 Superduplex 1.4410
Uranus 1.4539 68 Uranus 1.4539 68 VITON -20 up to 200°C V
Titanium 3.7035 90 Titanium 3.7035 90 PTFE -200 up to 200°C T
Hastelloy B 2.4600 94 Hastelloy B 2.4600 94
Hastelloy C 2.4819 95 Hastelloy C 2.4819 95 Depending on pressure and medium
Subject to change without notice
2015/05:: | ::www.chemvalve-schmid.com:: | ::[email protected]:: | ::T:+41 32 639 50 10:: | ::F:+41 32 639 50 15::

::Data sheet:: | ::Chapter 3:: Page 4/6

::Non Return Valve Type CVD:: | ::DN015 - 100:: | ::PN6 - 40 or PN6 - 16::

DN (mm) 015 020 025 032 040 050 065 080 100
DN (zoll) ½“ 3/4“ 1“ 1 ¼“ 1 ½“ 2“ 2 ½“ 3“ 4“
Ø d1 15 20 25 32 39 48 62 72 89
Ø D1 43 53 63 75 86 96 116 133 154
Ø D2 50 60 70 81 91 105 126 148 164/170
L 16 19 22 28 31.5 40 46 50 60
Weight 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.1 1.6 3.0 3.5
Opening pressures (mbar)
pO 24 23 23 23 24 24 25 27 27
pO 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
pO 16 17 17 17 16 16 15 13 13
Opening pressures without spring (mbar)
pO 4 3 3 3 4 4 5 7 7
3
Kv-Value (m /h)
4 7 12 19 27 45 68 88 133

If lowest opening pressures are necessary, the valves without spring

can be installed in vertical directions with direction of flow from bottom
to top.

Pressure drop diagramm

Pressure drop diagram for water at 20°C with opened valve and
horizontal flow.
For calculating the pressure drop of the medium the equivalent water
flow volume has to be calculated.

ρ
V w = v
1000

V w = Equivalent water flow volume in m3/h

ρ = Density of the medium kg/m3 (in use)
v = Flow volume of the medium in m3/h (in use)

Subject to change without notice

 6 5 4 3 2 1

A-A
D L D

A
1
1
D
Q

Q D2

Q d1

Q d2
C C

A
3

B - Product classification according to DGRL 97/23/EC, Fluid Group 1 B

- Placement between flanges according to DIN EN 1092-1, Form B1, PN 6-40
and ANSI B16.5 Class 150/ 300 RF
- Operational limits according to DIN EN 1092-1 and AD-Merkblätter W10
- Tightness according to DIN EN 12266-1
Leakage Rate D (Sealing M, T) and Leakage Rate A (Sealing E, P, V)
- Overall length according to DIN EN 558-1, line 49 (K4)
- Identification according to DIN EN 19 Stückliste
PO ANZA BAUTEILNUMMER BEZEICHNUNG MAT
4 1 csdfe__-025 CSD-Spring see data sheet CSD
DN (mm) 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 3 1 csdfk64-025 CSD-Spring Holder see data sheet CSD
DN (zoll) ½“ 3/4“ 1“ 1 ¼“ 1 ½“ 2“ 2 ½“ 3“ 4“ 2 1 csdvp__-025 CSD-Valve PlateDN 15-100 see data sheet CSD
Ø d1 15 20 25 32 39 48 62 72.5 89 1 1 csdge__-025 CSD-Body DN 15-100 see data sheet CSD
A Ø d2 26 31 36 44 51.5 62 77.5 92 107 Auftrags-Nr.: last edit 19.11.2008 A
Ø D1 44 54 63.5 73 82.5 96 116 132 152 FN: N:\3D\CSD\csd025\csd-____m025.iam Gezeichnet 03.05.2006 Massstab

Ø D2 51 61 71 79.5 92 107 127 142 162/168 Änd. Änd. Ersteller B.Schmid 1.5:1
Benennung Zeichnungs-Nr.
L 16 19 22 28 31.5 40 46 50 60
 
weight 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.1 1.6 3 3.5    Non Return Valve Type CSD 15-100 csd-____m025.iam

6 5 4 3 2 1
 6 5 4 3 2 1

ØD1 L
D D

A 1

Ød1
C C

2 4
D
Ø
A 3

B B
- Product classification according to DGRL 97/23/EC, Fluid Group 1
- Placement between flanges according to DIN EN 1092-1, Form B1, PN 6-40 A-A ( 1 : 1 )
- Operational limits according to DIN EN 1092-1 and AD-Merkblätter W10
- Tightness according to DIN EN 12266-1
Leakage Rate D (Sealing M, T) and Leakage Rate A (Sealing E, P, V)
- Overall length according to DIN EN 558-1, line 49 (K4)
- Identification according to DIN EN 19 Stückliste
PO ANZA BAUTEILNUMMER BEZEICHNUNG MAT
4 1 csdfe__-015-100 CSD- Spring DN 15-100 see data sheet CVD
DN (mm) 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 3 1 csdfk64-015-100 CSD- Spring Holder DN 15-100 see data sheet CVD
DN (zoll) ½“ 3/4“ 1“ 1 ¼“ 1 ½“ 2“ 2 ½“ 3“ 4“ 2 1 csdvp__-015-100 CSD- Valve Plate DN 15-100 see data sheet CVD
Ø d1 15 20 25 32 39 48 62 72 89 1 1 cvdge__-015-100 CVD- Body DN 15-100 see data sheet CVD
A Auftrags-Nr.: last edit 19.11.2008 A
Ø D1 43 53 63 75 86 96 116 133 154 Massstab
FN: N:\3D\CVD\Cvd050\cvd-3364m-050.iam Gezeichnet 15.07.2008
Ø D2 50 60 70 81 91 105 126 148 164/170 Änd. Änd. Ersteller B.Schmid 1:1
L 16 19 22 28 31.5 40 46 50 60 Benennung

 
Weight 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.1 1.6 3 3.5    Non Return ValveType CVD 15-100 cvd-3364m-050.iam

6 5 4 3 2 1
 6 5 4 3 2 1
L
A 9

D D
8
2
ØD
5
7

Q d1 (DN)

QD1
4 3

C C
6

A
- Product classification according to DGRL 97/23/EC, Fluid Group 1 A-A
- Placement between flanges according to DIN EN 1092-1, Form B1, PN 10-40
and ANSI B16.5 Class 150/ 300 RF
- Operational limits according to DIN EN 1092-1 and AD-Merkblätter W10
B - Tightness according to DIN EN 12266-1, B
Leakage Rate D (Sealing M, T) and Leakage Rate A (Sealing E, P, V) Stückliste
- DN125-200, Overall length according to DIN EN 558-1, line 49
- DN250-350, Overall length according to DIN EN 558-2, line 52 PO ANZA BAUTEILNUMM BEZEICHNUNG MATERIAL
- Identification according to DIN EN 19 9 1 zr11-150 Centre Ring DN150 1.4301
8 1 M5 x 8 ISK mit Senkkopf St. Steel
- The pressure rates marked in blue are indicating the use of a centre ring.
D2 shows the outer diameter of the centre ring. 7 1 csdfe__-150 CSD-Spring DN125-350 1.4401/ Hastelloy
6 1 csddu__-150 CSD-Bearing PTFE MoS2/St.Steel
DN (mm) 125 150 200 250 300 350 5 1 cschp__-125-150 CSD-Anti-Twist Holder 125-150 1.4408/ Hastelloy
DN (zoll) 5“ 6“ 8“ 10“ 12“ 14“ 4 1 csdsr__-125-150 CSD-Safety Ring DN125-150 see data sheet CSD
Ø D1,PN10 192 218 273 328 378 438 3 1 csdvp__-150 CSD-Valve Platte DN125-350 see data sheet CSD
Ø D1,PN16 192 218 273 328 378 444 2 1 csdst__-150 CSD-Star DN125-350 see data sheet CSD
Ø D1,D2,PN25 192 226 283 338 400 457
1 1 csdge__-150 CSD-Body DN125-350 see data sheet CSD
A Ø D1,D2,PN40 192 226 290 352 417 474 Auftrags-Nr.: last edit 19.11.2008 A
D1,D2,ANSI150
Ø 192 218 273 338 400 447 FN: N:\3D\CSD\csd150\CSD____m150_broschüre.iam Gezeichnet 03.05.2006 Massstab

D1,D2,ANSI300 212 247 304 352 417 482 Änd. Änd. Ersteller B.Schmid 1:2
Benennung Zeichnungs-Nr.
L 90 106 140 200 250 280
 
Weight (kg) 10 14 24 50 77 108    Non Return Valve Type CSD 125-350 CSD____m150_broschüre.iam

6 5 4 3 2 1
2015/05:: | ::www.chemvalve-schmid.com:: | ::[email protected]:: | ::T:+41 32 639 50 10:: | ::F:+41 32 639 50 15::

::Operating Instructions:: | ::Chapter 3:: Page 1/5

::Non Return Valve Type CSD/CVD:: | ::DN015 - 350:: | ::PN6 - 40:: | ::ANSI150-300::

Operating instructions and security regulations for putting into operation and maintenance of the
non-return valve CSD and CVD.

Please read carefully!

Security note

Only qualified skilled workers are permitted to install the armature. This should be staff that is well
acquainted with setting up, fitting, putting into operation, operating and maintain the equipment. The staff
must have a qualification at their disposal which corresponds with their function and occupation, such as:

• Instruction and commitment for the observance of all regional and internal regulations and
commitments regarding operation.

• Education in accordance with the standards of security engineering, in application and maintenance
of adequate equipments of security and labour protection.

• Training in first aid etc.

Proper maintenance

Inset in pipes for prevention of return flow of the media within the permissible limits of pressure and
temperature, observing the chemical and corrosive influences on the valve.

The media-resistance of the valve must be tested for operating conditions.

Danger notes

During operation the valve is under pressure!

If flange connections or screw plugs are loosened, hot water, steam, corroding liquids or toxic gases will
escape. Serious scalds and burns on the whole body are possible! Serious contaminations are possible!

• Work for assembly or maintenance to be done in pressure less condition only.

• During operation, the valve will be hot or extremely cold.

• Work for assembly or maintenance to be done at room temperature only.

• Sharp-edged interior parts can cause cuts on hands. Wearing gloves for exchanging the valve is
necessary!

• Further measurements, materials and fields of application can found in the correspondent Data
Sheet.

Subject to change without notice

2015/05:: | ::www.chemvalve-schmid.com:: | ::[email protected]:: | ::T:+41 32 639 50 10:: | ::F:+41 32 639 50 15::

::Operating Instructions:: | ::Chapter 3:: Page 2/5

::Non Return Valve Type CSD/CVD:: | ::DN015 - 350:: | ::PN6 - 40:: | ::ANSI150-300::

Installation

Non return valve Type CSD and CVD for installation between flanges according to the drawings

• Installation between flanges according to DIN EN 1092-1 Form B1, PN 6/10/16/40 and ASA B16.5
Class 150/300 RF. The centring between the flanges is executed at the body integrated centre ring
band by means of the flange connecting screws. The centring ØD1 is for the nominal pressure
classification PN6 and ASA Class 150, ØD2 for PN 10-40 and ASA Class 300 interpreted.
Installation between flanges of other norms on inquiry. The installation length corresponds to DIN
EN 558-1, line 49. For special applications corresponding regulations have to be noted e.g.
AD- Merkblätter (working group for pressure devices) or TRD-directives (technical rules for steam
boilers).

Preparation for installation

• The assembly must be carried out according to the recognized rules of technology.
• The non-return valve assemble with two seals, a flange pair and at least two screws weld to the
piping. Removing the non-return valve and seals and carry out the flange welding. The welding
residue must be removed and the weld must be cleaned. The cleaned non-return valve can be
reinstalled with the seals.

Note direction of flow (direction of arrow on valve body)!

• The installation position is optional.

• For oscillatory systems (e.g. compressors, diaphragm pumps etc.) please pay attention that the
standard execution corresponds with the operation.
• A holding flange is required if the non-return valve shall be bolt between the flange of the outlet side
and the piping flanges or if the non-return valve as ventilation, vacuum breaker, suck valve etc.
must get connected to the individual flange.
• Non-return valves mustn’t be disassembled.
• Using only original spare parts.
• Functional test.

Subject to change without notice

2015/05:: | ::www.chemvalve-schmid.com:: | ::[email protected]:: | ::T:+41 32 639 50 10:: | ::F:+41 32 639 50 15::

::Operating Instructions:: | ::Chapter 3:: Page 3/5

::Non Return Valve Type CSD/CVD:: | ::DN015 - 350:: | ::PN6 - 40:: | ::ANSI150-300::

Product classification according to article 9 of pressure devices 97/23/EC (DGRL)

Group 1 (Dangerous fluids)

Appendix II (Diagram 6)

Category with pressure limit Exception according

I II
PN 40 and ANSI 300 LBS to article 3.3
Nominal DN 15-25 none 32-100
CE-Marking no CE1250
all types except all all
CSD3364

Category with pressure limit Exception according

I II
PN 40 and ANSI 150 LBS to article 3.3
Nominal DN 15-25 32-50 65-100
CE-Marking no CE1250 CE1250
Type CSD3364 all all all

Technical data Non Return Valve Type CSD, DN 15 – 100 (PN40, ANSI 300 LBS)
Application limits according to DIN EN 1092-1 and AD-Merkblätter W10

CSD2764M
DN015-100
t (°C) -10 RT 150 250 400*
Ps (bar) 40 40 35.2 30.4 23.8

CSD6464M
DN015-100
t (°C) -200 RT 100 200 300 400* 500**
Ps (bar) 40 40 37.9 31.8 27.6 25.7 24.3
* with Hastelloy C4 Spring ** with Nimonic spring

Application limits for soft sealing

Soft Sealing Temperature Range Code

EPDM -50 up to 130°C E
NBR -30 up to 120°C P
VITON -20 up to 200°C V
PTFE -200 up to 200°C T

Pressure and temperature limits for PTFE O-Rings

PTFE O-Ring
DN 15-100
t (°C) -20 20 100 120 140 160 180 200
Ps (bar) 40 16 14 9 6 3 1

For further technical information please consult the corresponding datasheet.

Subject to change without notice
2015/05:: | ::www.chemvalve-schmid.com:: | ::[email protected]:: | ::T:+41 32 639 50 10:: | ::F:+41 32 639 50 15::

::Operating Instructions:: | ::Chapter 3:: Page 4/5

::Non Return Valve Type CSD/CVD:: | ::DN015 - 350:: | ::PN6 - 40:: | ::ANSI150-300::

Technical data Non Return Valve Type CVD, DN015 – 100 (PN40, ANSI 300 LBS)
Application limits according to DIN EN 1092-1 and AD-Merkblätter W10

CVD3364M CVD6565M
DN015-100 DN015-100
t (°C) -60 RT 120 200 250 t (°C) -200 RT 150 300 500
Ps (bar) 16 16 16 14 13 Ps (bar) 40 40 32.7 25.7 22.8

CVD6767M CVD6868M
DN015-100 DN015-100
t (°C) -100 RT 250 t (°C) -60 RT 150 300 400
Ps (bar) 40 40 40 Ps (bar) 40 40 34.4 27.6 24.3

CVD9090M CVD9494M
DN015-100 DN015-100
t (°C) -200 RT 120 200 300 t (°C) -200 RT 120 250 400
Ps (bar) 40 40 40 23 14 Ps (bar) 40 40 40 34 32

CVD9595M
DN015-100
t (°C) -200 RT 120 250 400
Ps (bar) 40 40 40 34 32

Application limits for soft sealing

Soft Sealing Temperature Range Code

EPDM -50 up to 130°C E
NBR -30 up to 120°C P
VITON -20 up to 200°C V
PTFE -200 up to 200°C T

Pressure and temperature limits for PTFE O-Rings

PTFE O-Ring
DN 15-100
t (°C) -20 20 100 120 140 160 180 200
Ps (bar) 40 16 14 9 6 3 1

For further technical information please consult the corresponding Data Sheet.

Subject to change without notice

2015/05:: | ::www.chemvalve-schmid.com:: | ::[email protected]:: | ::T:+41 32 639 50 10:: | ::F:+41 32 639 50 15::

::Operating Instructions:: | ::Chapter 3:: Page 5/5

::Non Return Valve Type CSD/CVD:: | ::DN015 - 350:: | ::PN6 - 40:: | ::ANSI150-300::

Technical data Non Return Valve Type CSD and CVD, DN125 – 350 (PN40, ANSI 300 LBS)
Application limits according to DIN EN 1092-1 and AD-Merkblätter W10

CSD2727M CSD2764M
DN125-350 DN125-350
t (°C) -10 RT 150 200 300 400* t (°C) -10 RT 150 200 300 400*
Ps (bar) 40 40 35.2 33.3 27.6 23.8 Ps (bar) 40 40 35.2 33.3 27.6 23.8

CSD6464 CSD3364M
DN125-350 DN125-200
t (°C) -200 RT 150 300 400* 500** t (°C) -60 RT 120 200 250
Ps (bar) 40 40 36.3 29.7 27.4 26.4 Ps (bar) 16 16 16 14 13
* with Hastelloy C4 Spring ** with Nimonic spring

CSD6767M
DN125-200
t (°C) -100 RT 250
Ps (bar) 40 40 40

Application limits for soft sealing

Soft Sealing Temperature Range Code

EPDM -50 up to 130°C E
NBR -30 up to 120°C P
VITON -20 up to 200°C V
PTFE -200 up to 200°C T

Pressure and temperature limits for PTFE O-Rings

PTFE O-Ring
DN 15-100
t (°C) -20 20 100 120 140 160 180 200
Ps (bar) 40 16 14 9 6 3 1

For further technical information please consult the corresponding Data Sheet.

Subject to change without notice

 Certificate
In accordance with the requirements of the Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU and the Ordinance
on the Safety of Pressure Equipment SR 930.114, as a notified body SQS certifies that the following company

ChemValve-Schmid AG
Valve Technology
Duennernstrasse 540
4716 Welschenrohr
Switzerland

at its production facility

Duennernstrasse 540, 4716 Welschenrohr,

Switzerland

e m e n t S ys
g
fulfils the requirements for the manufacture of pressure equipment

te
na
within the modular area of application.
The acceptance of pressure equipment is subject to supervision in
the form of unannounced visits by the notified body according to the
requirements of Appendix III,
a

m
Cer t i f i ed M

Module H
s
of the Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU for the following
products
b y
Pressure devices up to Category III
Development and manufacturing of valves

Approval will be given to continue using the following code number

of SQS as the notified body in accordance with the directive and

d
regulations in relation to these products.

a n
ze rl
w i t
Issue 01. 09. 2016
S
Validity 01. 09. 2016 – 31. 08. 2019 Reg. no. 43209

X. Edelmann, President SQS R. Glauser, CEO SQS

Swiss Association for Quality and

Management Systems SQS
sqs.ch
Bernstrasse 103, 3052 Zollikofen, Switzerland Swiss Made